
ra«s HVF"///r£ 
Book 3? A " 






fopyrigM?. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSTR 



• 




Very Truly Yours 



t 






TENTH EDITION— 132 THOUSAND 



Scientific 

SUGGESTION 



THE 



SECRET OF SUCCESS 



Hypnotism 

ITS USES AND ABUSES 

BY 

R Urutb Seefeer 



PRICE, ONE DOLLAR 



PUBLISHED FOR 

AGENTS AND THE TRADE 
1909 






;i « 



LiBRARY of CONGRESS 
Two Cooies Received 

MAR 8 1909 

_y Oopyh»itt Entry _ 
CLASS Q_ XXft No, 



Copyright 1909 by 
L.H.ANDERSON, Chicago, Ills, 



• • » 



INTRODUCTION. 

LISTEN! This is a living age of mar 
velous invention — the crystalization 
of thought hourly grows finer and finer. 
The human mind spans the earth and 
heavens like a band of lightning. It stays 
at nothing — knows no height, no breadth, 
no depth, no bounds. The geologist un- 
ravels the secrets of the earth; the astrono- 
mer pierces the mysteries of the heavens, 
unrolling, like a scroll, the infinite paintings 
and delicate touches of the Great Artist, the 
awful grandeur and sublimity of immutable 
worlds — the incomprehensible power of 
God; the physician's all-searching vision 
penetrates every cell, artery, tissue and 
fibre of the human body in a vain and fruit- 
less attempt to discover new inventions and 
remedial agents to alleviate the terrible 
suffering of poor diseased humanity; the 
scientific magnetic physician experiments — 
and lo ! he almost evolves the elixir of life, 
of which man may drink and live forever ! 

Listen again! 

Thoughts aee Living Things ! They soar 
into unknown realms and evolve the 
wonders that startle the world. Thoughts 
have form, life and being. In man behold 
the thought of God— his highest evolved 
thought. Man thinks and his thought 
evolves form, for see the intricate mechanical 
inventions of the country standing out as 
monuments of his creative genius. 

Reader, thank God and science that you 
are living in this age. But pause! Look 
back for a single moment on the dim vista 
of time and see a surging battle — supersti- 
tion and ignorance against science. On the 
noble brow of Galileo shines the light of 
infinite worlds ; Newton soars like an eagle 
high into the realms of philosophical light 



and evolves a law old as God but new as 
earth; Franklin stretches forth his hand 
and clutches the forked lightning in a death- 
less grasp ; Morse, in the dusty silence of an 
old loft, deemed insane and ostracized by 
his own brother and friends, evolves from 
his immortal brain the magical machine 
whose tiny click startled the world like the 
thunders from Mt. Sinai ; Harvey peers into 
the invisible veins of the human body, 
throbbing with life, and establishes circula- 
tion; and these men and their co-workers 
fought a vast multitude of disbelievers who 
hurled at them anathemas of ignorance and 
sarcasm, but through all, over all, the light 
of their souls streamed outward and onward 
to illuminate the world, and they came off 
the field, like Wellington and Grant, con- 
querors. 

But mark ye ! 

The spirit of persecution is not yet dead. 
Like an evil ghost its gaunt ghost stalks 
abroad hideous as a many-deviled night- 
mare, but more alive than the deadly 
cobra. Its foul presence pollutes the pro- 
gressive atmosphere like the nauseating 
stench of carrion, and through men — civil- 
ized (?) men — is such deadly persecution 
breathed. 

We may question why? 

Ask the pestilence why it robs the fair 
young girl of life; ask the burning sun why 
the drought saps the life-springs of earth ; 
ask the fragrant hly resting peacefully upon 
the dreamy bosom of the lake why hurling 
winds toss her graceful form ; ask the tender 
rose why bristling thorns thrust their barbs 
into the quivering air by her side ; ask the 
mild zephyrs why cyclones hurl awful de- 
struction o'er the earth — and receive your 
answer. They reply that the whole universe 
is alive with combating elements, each 



apparently warring with each, but made 
and operated by an all-wise power as it 
seemeth best; and we learn immortal truths 
thereby, until with Longfellow we can say: 

"Nothing useless is or low; 

Each thing in its place is best, 
And what seems but idle show, 

Strengthens and supports the rest." 

This present age is one of rapid and mar- 
velous progress, but there yet remains a 
class of men who should have been born in 
the antediluvian era, for the few ideas which 
happen to inhabit the large vacuum in their 
benighted intellect, are fossilized with the 
moss of ages. It is doubtful if they ever 
conceived an original thought in their lives. 
These are the thorns in life — the pricks 
against which thinking men have to kick; 
and the old saying, "It is hard to kick 
against the pricks" is literally true, but 
thanks to the sunlight of science and the 
broadened views of man, these fossilized 
ideas are being relegated back to the musty 
archives of dead ages whence they came. 

To particularize the many intellectual 
giants of the past up to the present age is 
without the pale of this little work — the 
giants at whom was pointed the finger of 
scorn, when, through their brain, evolved 
some reformation, or startling invention or 
truth. When the thought of the incarnate 
persecution of these men rush over us, all 
the hot blood of our forefathers courses like 
moulten fire through every vein, and then 
calm, cool reason comes to the front and 
wisely bids the tumult still, and in that 
state of mind do we gaze upon the present 
age and feel deep pity for those whose 
minds are so shallow, whose hearts are so 
callous that they can see no good in human 
progression, no light in science, no relief 
and benefit in human inventions save that 
which emanates from themselves. 



Dear reader, you have been gazing 
through a kaleidoscope and caught a 
glimpse of the reflecting lights and shad- 
ows, and now the moment has come when 
you must focalize your thought upon a cer- 
tain point, because you must clearly see, as 
noon-day light, what lies in these pages 
before you. This may be an unusual 
preface. Perhaps so, as we have dealt with 
the unusual all our life. We have had the 
battle of life to fight 'mid contending forces 
and bitter persecution, but we are happy to 
add that the per cent, is small, compara- 
tively speaking. A few antiquated, fossil- 
ized mossbacks, who hide under the 
all-protecting title of "regular," bombard 
our position with a fusillade of small shot 
that rattle on the fort parapet like peas in a 
bladder. Their aim is plain; they wish to 
exterminate us because they are fearful we 
shall exterminate their very lucrative prac- 
tice. In order to protect themselves they 
cry "humbug," "fraud," and "quack." We 
cannot say, "Father, forgive them, they 
know not what they do," because they do 
know what they do and go about it coolly 
and systematically; but we will ask the 
Father to forgive them just the same, for it 
is a sweet peace to feel that we bear no ill- 
will toward our enemies. Other men have 
had these persecutions fall upon their 
devoted heads, as we have slightly shown, 
and in the end they conquered — and thus 
have we conquered, and glorious has been 
the victory ! 

Thanking the public for the kind appre- 
ciation with which our efforts have been 
received in years gone by, and asking a 
good word for us to poor suffering humanity 
whenever an opportunity offers, we are 
The public's obedient servants, 



TABLE OP CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER I. 

PERSONAL MAGNETISM. 

What it is and what it does — Noted Illustrations 
— Its Value to the Poor and Unsuccessful — You have 
Wealth in Tour Own Personality, a Power in Possi- 
bility far Exceeding that of Money — The Man and 
the Woman Possessing a Charming Personality are 
Wanted Everywhere — A Salesman that Opens 

Hearts and Purses — Every Living Person has his or « ' 

her own Peculiar Magnetism — The Magic Spell Ex- 
erted by Noted Actors and Actresses — It Thrills in-- 
the Hearty Grasp of the Hand — How a Dog Traces 
his Master — The True Philosophy of Nature and of 
Mind — The Gracious Influence of Attractive, Win- 
some Women and Great Hearted Men in the Social 
Circle — The Brilliant Glance of the Eye — You have 
this Power Already; it is a Sacred Gift Entrusted ' 
to your keep and should be Nurtured and Devel- m»i ■ 
oped — It is Difficult to Refuse Magnetic People : 
Anything They Ask — Everybody Wants to Help 
Them — The Inspirers — The Greatest Thing in Life 
— The Hidden Beauties in Our Nature — Charm of 
Manner — How to Become Popular — The Art of 
Pleasing — The Secret of Being "Naturally Mag- «.. 
netic" — It is possible for You to be Welcomed 
Everywhere Without an Introduction — True Riches 
has Nothing to do with Money — The Personality 
that Wins and Holds Hearts — Gifts from the Hand 
are Silver and Gold, but the Heart Gives that 
which Neither Silver nor Gold can Buy — Be a Law 
Unto Yourself, a Guiding Star to Others — The 
Power of Fascination in Man and the Lower Ani- 
mals Illustrated — Man Can Fascinate Man — Man . 
Can Fascinate the Lower Animals — The Lower 
Animals Can Fascinate One Another — The Lower 
Animals Can Fascinate Man — The Rites and Ges- 
tures of Savage Magicians. 



CHAPTER II. 

THE RULING FORCES ARE INVISIBLE. 

The Magi or Wise Men of India — The Priests of 
Egypt — The Nervous Fluid — Different Degrees of 
the Influence — The Simple Produces the Marvelous 
— Fascination was Universally Known and Prac- 
ticed by the Priests of the Temples — The Modern 
Priests of Nature — Modernized Natural Healing — 
Endorsed by many Distinguished Scientists — The 
Mighty Governing Forces that Rule the Universe. 



CHAPTER III. 

SUGGESTION. 

Suggestion la the Power Employed by all Mag- 
netic, Divine, and Psychic Healers — Good Sugges- 
tions Result in Good Only — Evil Suggestions De- 
grade and Drag Down — Suggestion Can Destroy as 
Well as Build Up — Rightly Used it Will Attract, 
Uplift and Heal — This Mighty Power, the Natural 
Possession of Every Human Being — The Earth a 
Magnet to which we can Adjust our Bodies — Dis- 
eases heretofore Considered Incurable, Instantly 
Relieved — Psychic Magnetism an Invisible Aura — 
Human Vampires — A Mother's Magnetic Influence 
— Suggestive Treatments by the Fascinating 
Method — How to Remove the Influence — Dangers 
to be Avoided — Concentrate the Will — Avoid Imper- 
tinent Curiosity — Nature has Endowed You with 
Reason — Use It — The Grandness of Nature — Man 
is Intellectually a Progressive Being — His Mind is 
Capable of a Ceaseless Development of its Powers. 



CHAPTER IV. 
ELECTRICAL PSYCHOLOGY. 

***«• Electricity the Connecting Link Between Mind 
and Matter — Wonderful and Startling Experiments 
Made Upon Persons when Fully Awake — One of 
the Greatest Blessings ever Vouchsafed to the 
Human Race — Founded in Immutable Truth — It 
Alleviates Pain and Cures Disease — Wonderful and 
Startling Phenomena Hover Around It — One Can 
Influence Another to Any Extent While He is in a 

~— Perfectly Wakeful State — Electrical Psychology not 
Mesmerism — The Difference Clearly Explained — 
Many Naturally in the Electro-Psychological State 
— Skeptics are Enemies of Science — The Chariot of 
Science — A Secret Rapture of Thrilling Delight — 
Truths from the Empire of Nature — Nature a 
Wonder-Worker — No Man of Genius has ever Op- 

■ posed Electrical Psychology — Harvey Opposed — 
Galileo Derided — Newton Mocked — Fulton Scorned 
— The Universe Swarms with Nature's Truths — 
Electricity All Powerful — The Chemical Man an 
Epitome of the Universe — Man Subject to the same 
Grand Electrical Laws that Pervade the Universe 
— All the Powers of Nature are Lodged in the Un- 
seen — Murder and Suicide Committed under Strange 
Hallucinations — Some Visible and Tangible Experi- 
ments of Startling Interest. 



CHAPTER V. 

HOW TO OBTAIN CONTROL OF OTHERS. 

Directions for Securing Electric and Psychologic 
Control of Others — To Control is to Cure — How to 
Establish Communication — The Doctrine of Im- 



pressions — The Supreme Method — The Electrical 
State Defined — Astonishing Impressions and Re- 
sults — Endless, Interesting Experiments — How to 
Make Mental Impressions — The Psychological Con- 
dition Made Plain — An Inestimable Blessing. 



CHAPTER VI. 

HYPNOTISM AND ITS USE. 

The Gift of Healing — Magnetic Treatments — 
Nervous Vital Force — Nature's Great Laboratory — 
Learned Physicians Distrust Their Remedies — 
Their Only Virtue Due to Faith — Medical Knowl- 
edge Broadening Out Into More Rational Channels 
— Confidence of Great Importance — A Simple Cure 
for the Tobacco Habit — The True Philosophy of 
the Power of the Human Will — Man's Will a Pow- 
erful Force — Importance of Self-Control. 



CHAPTER VII. 

MAN A MAGNET, THOUGHTS ARE THINGS. 

Doubts are Perplexing — Peosonal Magnetism a 
Phase of Hypnotism — Man a Magnet — The Brain 
the Chief Magnet — A Profligate Love of Gold — 
Force an Attractive Agency — Abhorence for Certain 
Individuals — The Interesting Stranger — A New Era 
in Science — Can You Imagine a Pursuit More Cap- 
tivating ? — Hypnotism and the Insane — Suggestion 
Acts Like Magic — Effects of the Moon — Insanity 
Like a Dream — Hypnotism in Surgery — Laws of the 
Nervous System — Effects of Chloroform — Cancer 
Cured by Hypnotism — Of Paramount Importance to 
the Human Race. 

CHAPTER VIII. 

BERHEIM'S METHOD OF HYPNOTIZING. 

How to Bring About Sleep — Torpor can be In- 
duced in Anyone — Not Accompanied with any Un- 
usual Sensation — Some Close Their Eyes and are 
Asleep Immediately — Sleep, However, is not Essen- 
tial — Sleep by Suggestion. 



CHAPTER IX. 

HYPNOTISM— ITS ABUSE. 

Dangers to be Avoided — Embarrassing Difficulties 
— Carelessness and Prejudice Cause Trouble — Only 
Danger Lies in Ignorance — Public Exhibitions Usu- 
ally an Abuse of this Power — Nothing Objectionable 
About Hypnotism When Used by One Whose Prin- 
ciples and Morals are Good — One Should Adopt Cer- 
tain Precautions and Regulations — There is an At- 
traction Toward the Hypnotist that Often Amounts 



to Affection or Even Love — The Science Should be 
Diligently and Carefully Studied — Experience has 
Sufficiently Tested its Usefulness — The Blessings 
Possible from a Proper Use of this Power Cannot 
be Estimated — Some of the Phenomena are so 
Extraordinary in their Nature, that to Believe, They 
Must be Seen — The Different Senses to be Appealed 
To — Wonderful Phenomena of Hallucinations which 
the Science of the Present Day has not Been Able 
to Explain. 

CHAPTER X. 

HYPNOTISM. 

A "Wonderful Discovery — The Crowning Triumph 
of Intellectual Achievements — A New Era in the 
History of Science — The Greatest Sceptic Easily 
Convinced — Hypnotism the Keynote to Life's Prob- 
lems Insuring Real Happiness — New Light on the 
Possibilities of Life — Disease Yields to This Mas- 
ter Science — The True Philosophy of Success — 
Every Faculty Developed to the Highest Possi- 
bility — Greatest Miracle Worker in the Entire 
Realm of Nature — The Hypnotist All-Powerful — 
The Mind a Blank to All that has Transpired — 
All Sorts of Illusions and Hallucinations Easily 
Created — Post-Hypnotic Suggestion — Most Mys- 
terious and Wonderful Phases of Hypnotism — A 
Force that Moulds the Minds of Men — Bad Habits 
Easily Overcome — Hypnotism and Transformation 
are Twin Brothers Bringing Happiness into every 
Home — Used as a Means of Amusement — Anyone 
Can Become a Royal Entertainer. 



CHAPTER XI. 

THE POWER OF THE HUMAN MIND. 

Hypnotism in Healing, Politics and Religion — 
Dr. Cooke says he has Hypnotized 1,350 People — 
The Human Mind, a Boundless Study — The Subject 
Fascinating and Alluring — Harm Can Result from 
its Misuse — The Crafty Rascal and his Winning 
Smile — The Mysterious Power which Many Exert 
Over the Opposite Sex — Crime is Essentially a 
Disease — Latent Impulses Often Easily Awakened. 



PREFACE. 

Man, besides mind and matter, possesses 
an intermediate principle distinct from and 
between both, called the life power; or in 
the words of Bonard, "he is an intelligence 
served by organs" — these organs being the 
servants of life power, by which it operates 
upon the material world, and is in turn op- 
erated upon by it. A proper knowledge of 
the life power is a key to explain all the 
phenomena of fascination; and this it is the 
object of the present work to communicate. 
A very concise but perfectly clear idea of 
physiology is given, and on this the founda- 
tion is laid. 

The phenomena presented, though new 
and startling, is in strict accordance with 
the laws of life. In explaining the views 
advanced, everything has been written for 
the people, entirely dispensing with tech* 
nical terms except in one or two instances, 
in the hope that their perusal may clear up 
in the minds of all many obscure and mys- 
terious points and thus subserve the inter- 
ests of truth. 

As investigations have been continued 
upon the great subject of Psychology, to- 
gether with its cognate and still higher 
themes, embraced under the general head 
of the Scientific Evolution and Development 
of the Self, it has, of course, greatly ex- 
panded; until, in the aspect which the ques- 
tion finally assumed, it was perceived to be 
impossible to give any adequate exposition 
of the great realm of being within man, 
without the aid of some more enlarged, sys- 
tematic, and interior exposition than any 



which was yet generally extant, of the great 
realm of being without which serves to the 
former as a natural counterpart and ex- 
ponent. 

In speaking briefly of the further objects 
and general plan of the present work, it 
may be said that the whole realm of created 
being, natural and psychological (at least 
in the general sense), is one perfectly 
united System, consistent and harmonious 
in all its parts and interactivities. To this 
proposition the reason and intuition of every 
well-constituted human mind responds an 
instant assent. 

By harmonizing and unitizing all nat- 
ural series and degrees of creation, clearly 
illustrates the fact that all truths are in- 
volved in, and evolved from, one grand cen- 
tral Truth; that they are, indeed, but parts 
and degrees of that one fundamental truth, 
which are ultimated in the various forms of 
embodiment which compose the sum total 
of created existence. By pursuing the method 
of reasoning which this idea unfolds, we 
make one portion of the system of Nature 
expose the secrets of another, and cause 
visible facts and invisible principles to mu- 
tually cast their light upon each other. 

But there is a class of sceptics, who have 
witnessed experiments which they cannot 
explain and still cry, "humbug and collu-; 
sion!" Of these, there are two kinds. First, 
those who never investigate anything for 
i themselves, and who do not know the defi- 
\ nitions of the words, "humbug and collu- 
sion;" but who, nevertheless, use them very 
Vreely, because they have heard their min- 
ister, their doctor, or, perchance, their 
schoolmaster, use them. They do it by imi- 
tation, on the same principle that the parrot 
imitates the sound of the human voice, and 



they do it just about as understandingly. 
Second, those who are talented, and desire 
to keep on the wings of the popular breeze, 
and catch the breath of fame. These may 
be known by the ridicule, wit, and sarcasm 
they employ, through the press and other- 
wise. But, "humbug and; collusion" have 
become stereotyped' words, and their use 
costs but little labor; and they answer most 
admirably to supply the place of sound ar- 
gument and common sense in the most of 
minds. If you please turn your attention to 
all the talented writers, who have, in vari- 
ous ages, vehemently opposed those now 
well-established sciences which, in their in- 
fancy, appeared incredible, and who assailed 
them with the bitterest invective and sar- 
casm, you will learn that they were men 
who were always studying what was popu- 
lar, and who had a large share of self- 
esteem, and of the love of approbation. This 
test will hold good from the opposers of 
the earth's revolution on its axis, discovered 
by Galileo 1 ; from the scoffers at the science 
of the circulation of the human blood, dis- 
oovered by Harvey, step by step, down to 
the scoffers at Fulton's application of steam- 
power, — yesi, even down to the opposers of, 
and scoffers at, the brilliant science of Phre- 
nology, which is now spreading with a power 
that can never be successfully resisted, a 
zeal that cannot be quenched, and a living 
energy that can never die. True, a candid 
man, as well as any other, may doubt a new 
science; yet, however strange or incompre- 
hensible it may appear, he will not de- 
nounce till he has given the subject a candid 
investigation. This refers to those only who 
denounce without investigation, and who can 
assign no other reason for so doing, but 
their own willing ignorance, or because the 
popular voice is against it. 



The sciences herein treated are embraced 
by men of the first talents and science in 
both continents, and whose names will live 
in the republic of letters, and shine with 
lustre long after those of fawning syco- 
phants shall have been lost in unremembered 
nothingness. It is embraced by men who 
have forgotten more than those who cry 
"humbug and collusion" ever knew. 

That there are mysteries in this science all 
will readily admit; but that there are prob- 
ably no more than in any other science. 
We may, for instance, tell the chemical 
properties of earth, water, and air, and the 
degree of warmth necessary to produce vege- 
tation, But still no one can solve the mys- 
tery how an acorn becomes an oak, or a 
seed becomes a plant. There is no science 
in the universe, but what has some incom- 
prehensibilities resting upon its face; but 
this circumstance is considered no objec- 
tion to the truth of any science. Hence 
there is no reason why this one should be 
rejected on this ground. Yet thousands do 
reject it, because they contend that it is in- 
comprehensibly strange! They know noth- 
ing but what is strange, and yet what is 
new and strange they cannot believe! All 
the operations of Nature going on around 
us are strange, and the only reason we have 
ceased to wonder is, because they are com- 
mon. All such objections are therefore 
futile. 

Having made these introductory remarks, 
let us proceed more directly to the consider- 
ation of the subject. In presenting before 
you "the why and tne wherefore" of these 
interesting phenomena, and, in order to 
make them plain to the humblest capacity, 
it will be necessary to associate the subject 
with other principles in philosophy which 
are well understood by all, and thus rise 



from the consideration) of the more gross 
and dense particles of matter, step by step, 
up to those which are the most rarified and 
subtil of which we can form any conception. 
In doing this it is not necessary to take into 
consideration every possible' grade or species 
of matter, but those substances only which 
belong to the great classifications of Nature's 
empire, and which are the most obvious to 
every observer. 

In the first place, then, there is but one 
common law pervading the whole universe 
of Nature which is the law of equilibrium. 
In perfect accordance with this law there is 
kept up a constant action and reaction 
throughout every department of Nature. On 
this principle the earth is certainly not eter- 
nal, for were it so, the hills and mountains 
would long ago have been washed to a level 
by the storms of heaven. 

Having begun at the grossest particles of 
matter, let us now rise gradually in our con- 
templations, step by step, up to those that 
are the most rarified and subtil of which we 
can form any conception. Water is a body 
lighter than earth. Let a canal be dug and 
a strong lock constructed across its center, 
and one-half filled with water. Let the gate 
be hoisted, and the water in the one division 
will fall, and in the other rise, until an equi- 
librium of height is attained. Nature, hav- 
ing gained her end, is then at rest. And the 
action of this element will be great in pro- 
portion as it was thrown out of balance. 
The same is true in relation to our atmos- 
phere, a substance lighter than water. 

The same is true in relation to electricity, 
a substance more rarified and light than air. 
If two clouds are equally charged with this 
subtil fluid, they may pass and repass each 
other, or mingle into one, yet not a flash of 
lightning will be seen. But if they are un- 



equally charged, or what is called in electri- 
cal science, "positively and negatively 
charged," then the heavens will stream with 
forked lightning, till both clouds are equally 
chargedl 

If we pass on from inert matter to ani- 
mated nature, we shall find that the same 
law there also holds its empire. If, for in- 
stance, a healthy child, three or four years 
of age, be permitted to sleep every night 
for a year or two between two* very old, de- 
crepit grandparents!, it will pine away, and 
if not removed, perchance it may die. The 
nervo-vital fluid passes from this child to the 
two aged persons in conjunction. The child 
loses, and they continue to revive and as 
this little one can never bring those infirm 
persons up to an equilibrium with itself, so 
it must go down to them. Nature will have 
her equilibrium, if she has it in death. 

Once more: there is in the nervous system 
no blood. The blood belongs exclusively to 
the circulating system, which embraces the 
veins and arteries. The blood-vessels pass 
round the convolutions of the brain, but in 
the nerve itself there is no blood, and the 
whole mass of brain is but a congeries of 
nerves. These are charged with a nervo-vital 
fluid which is manufactured from electricity. 
Hence, the circulating system containing the 
blood, and the nervous system containing 
the magnetic fluid, are not to be blended, but 
distinctly considered. Now, as a human be- 
ing may lack the proper quantity of blood 
in his circulating system, so he may lack 
the proper quantum of the nervo-vital fluid 
in his nervous system. This is magnetism; 
and it is in perfect accordance with all the 
principles of philosophy in the known realms 
of Nature. 

The argument offered stands nailed with 
immutable truth; and hence, on this subject, 



is invulnerable to every attack. Truth, is im- 
mutable, cannot bend to circumstances', and 
must stand independent of the belief or un- 
belief of men. It must soar on towering 
wing far above the reach of scorn, and 
sooner or later triumph over all opposition. 

Many works have been heretofore pub- 
lished on the subject of Suggestion, Hypno- 
Magnetism, Mesmerism, and other mysteri- 
ous powers. The public mind has been awak- 
ened to the fact that these powers do exist, 
and as we advance with time, as those who 
read and think over what they read, the be- 
lievers in the existence of these powers are 
growing steadily in numbers, and were those 
who have been convinced, many of them 
against a strong prejudice, of the power of 
the mysterious, they would number a vast 
army, and among its ranks would be found 
many of the foremost thinkers of the day. 

In the preparation of this work the author 
has spent many months in the researches of 
Scientific and Historical records, and has en- 
deavored to present the records thus ob- 
tained in a concisely published form, and he 
thereby is enabled to furnish it at a price 
within the reach of all and at the same time 
supply the very cream oif the best and most 
reliable literature upon the subjects treated. 
Among the well known authors, from which 
the greatest portion of this work is indebted 
may be mentioned Professor Anderson, Pro- 
fessor Bernheim, J. R. Cooke, M.D., Dr. 
Dods, Marden and J. B. Newman, M.D. 

Those who purchase this volume may rest 
assured that they will have in their hands 
information of greater value than can be 
purchased elsewhere for so little money. 

No such interest has been manifested in 
the art of curing disease without material 
remedies as is shown at the present time. 
People are tired of prolonged, tedious medi- 



eating without receiving any benefit, and it 
is the disappointments which, they have ex- 
perienced that cause them to turn to a sci- 
ence which not only promises but guarantees 
a cure. Chief among the new principles of 
treatment, and also one of comfort to the pa- 
tient, is that of Modernized Natural Healing 
which in addition to the employment of all 
the well known Hygienic measures also in- 
cludes Suggestive Therapeutics and Magne- 
tism. The latter is only a reviving of an 
ancient method which in past ages was called 
"Laying on of hands." It is sometimes re- 
garded as a mysterious gift conferred upon 
an elect few. But it is of the attainable sci- 
ences and can be acquired by anyone who de- 
sires to be taught its principles!. True, some 
magnetic healers possess more magnetic 
force than' others, and of course exert more 
influence in giving treatments but yet it is 
a principle of healing which is vested with 
a plain, broad intelligence that appeals to 
the patient's mind, and also to the under- 
standing of the student. 

History informs us that the principles of 
Sympathetic or Animal Magnetism were 
known to the Ancients, but their practices 
were enshrouded in mystery. 

The Egyptian Priests used this knowledge 
in the performance of the holy rites of their 
office, and candidates for holy orders were 
initiated in its mysteries. It was also made 
use of by these holy men for the cure of 
disease, and that celebrated Savant, Greg- 
ory, Bishop of Tours, used this power of 
Sympathetic Fascination when he declared to 
those who undertook the pilgrimage to the 
tombs: "Behold I say unto you, any person, 
whomsoever he may be, coming to these holy 
sepulchers, who shall come in faith and 
prayer, shall be speedily cured of whatso- 
ever illness he shall be possessed." 



Let us but stop and consider the proof of 
the existence of Suggestion as shown in the 
every day walk of life. Let one of a nu- 
merous company give way to laughter, or, if 
you please, yawning, is it not contagious? 
Does it not affect others in a more or less 
degree? Then, again, is it not daily demon- 
strated how easily one may overcome the an- 
ger of another by observing a calm self-pos- 
session. 

This book aims to touch on all the im- 
portant questions in life. If it has failed 
to reach your particular case you are at 
liberty to write for further information, and 
whatever you wish to know will be ex- 
plained. 

All letters and questions will be answered. 
When writing describe plainly and to the 
point and in as few words as you can to 
be definite. 

The author in conclusion asks your kind 
consideration of this work, firm in the be- 
lief that in its pages you will find both 
pleasure and great profit. 

A Truth Seeker. 



CHAPTER I. 

PERSONAL MAGNETISM. 

There is something about one's person- 
ality which eludes the photographer, which 
the painter cannot reproduce, which the 
sculptor cannot chisel. This subtle some- 
thing which every one feels, but which no 
one can describe, we call magnetism. For- 
tunate, indeed, is he who possesses it, for 
it has a great deal to do with his happiness 
and success in life. 

It is this indescribable quality, which 
some persons have in a remarkable degree, 
that sets an audience wild at the mention 
of the name of a Blaine or a Lincoln, and 
makes people applaud beyond the bounds of 
enthusiasm. It was this particular atmos- 
phere which made Clay the idol of his con- 
stituents. Although, perhaps, Calhoun was 
a greater man, he never aroused any such 
enthusiasm as "the mill-boy of the slashes." 
Webster and Sumner were great men, but 
they did not arouse a tithe of the sponta- 
neous enthusiasm evoked by men like Blaine 
and Clay. 

Poor boys and girls who are trying to get 
a start in the world often envy the rich 
youth who does not have to struggle for a 
living; yet many of them have a wealth in 
their own personalities, a power in possi- 
bility far exceeding that of money. The 
man and the woman of charming personality 
are wanted everywhere. They are welcome 
in every home and are more likely to suc- 
ceed in a profession or business without 
capital, than are those having it but lack- 
ing the magnetic quality. 

25 



26 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



Every living being has its own peculiar 
magnetism. Every individual has his or her 
personal magnetism. If this were not so, a 
dog could not trace its master through a 
crowded street where thousands of persons 
have passed. The magnetism which em- 
anates from the master is the means through 
which the dog is enabled to follow him. Per- 
sonal magnetism is the medium through 
which persons are attracted or repelled. It 
has much to do with one's success in busi- 
ness, love, or social affairs. Success along 
these lines does not always depend upon in- 
telligence or true moral worth alone, as is 
demonstrated in every-day life. It depends 
largely upon personal magnetism. All pos- 
sess it to a greater or less degree, but few 
know how to develop and exercise it to its 
fullest extent. To possess it is one thing, 
to use it successfully is quite another. 

The very word magnetism is invested with 
a subtle, indefinable charm, — as subtle, in- 
definable, and alluring as its own nature. 
Its far-reaching influence is felt in every 
walk of life; like the genial rays of the 
glorious sun, it permeates everywhere, beau- 
tifying, strengthening, and cheering those 
who give and those who receive. 

It radiates in the mother's loving smile 
and cooing lullaby, drawing her dear ones 
closer; speaks in the clear, firm, convincing 
tones of the pleasant teacher; and soothes in 
the gentle voice and kindly ministrations of 
the patient, skilled nurse. 

Who has not felt the influence of a dearly 
loved one's very presence? Their magnetic 
touch and reassuring words give new life 
and hope. Personal magnetism sings in 
every dulcet, sparkling tone of Patti's mar- 
vellous voice; breathes in every word, look, 
and movement of the "divine Sarah," en- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 27 



thralling the senses by the eloquence of its 
magnetic spell. Calve, Nordica, Melba, Sam- 
brich, Booth, Barrett, genial Joe Jefferson, 
Irving, Terry, Modjeska, Eleanora Duse, 
Brema, and a host of lesser lights, have 
charmed us by means of this selfsame, won- 
derful gift. 

The leader in any circle, at any place, 
and at any time sways his hearers by his 
unusual power to attract and bind others to 
him and his code. Washington, Lincoln, 
Grant, Roscoe Conkling, Bryan, Blaine, 
Henry George, Frances Willard, Chauncey 
Depew, Phillips Brooks, ex-Governor Russell, 
ex-Governor Long, and Ingersoll bear wit- 
ness to this fact. 

To understand the true philosophy of Na- 
ture and of mind is one of the highest and 
most noble objects that can possibly engage 
the attention of any human being. 

In the social circle, the gracious influence 
of attractive, winsome women and great- 
hearted men is always forcibly felt. It scin- 
tillates in the brilliant glance of the eye, 
flashes in the welcoming smile, glows in the 
friendly word, and thrills in the hearty 
grasp of the hand. In no sphere, then, is 
the assiduous cultivation of magnetic quali- 
ties of more importance. The opportunities 
thus afforded for uplifting and materially 
benefiting mankind are well-nigh boundless. 
We have but to look about us in the land 
to find this simple truth verified many times 
over each day. 

"Who soweth good seed will surely reap." 
Is this power within the reach of all? you 
ask. You have it already; it is a force 
latent in every human being and only needs 
to be developed by one thoroughly skilled 
in the art, and brought into activity under 
such guidance, in order to reach the highest 



28 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



possible results. This is a sacred gift en- 
trusted to your keeping, and should be nur- 
tured tenderly, reverently, and with exceed- 
ingly great care. It is truly the "open 
sesame" to many coveted dreams. 

Who, having a priceless jewel, would ruth- 
lessly crush it under foot? Personal mag- 
netism is a "gem of purest ray serene," 
much to be desired. 

The faculty of influencing one's fellow 
creatures for good, being the most beautiful 
and the most precious which has ever been 
given to man, it is necessary to regard the 
exercise of magnetism as an act which de- 
mands the greatest purity of intention. 

A TALISMAN THAT OPENS HEARTS AND 
PURSES. 

A man or woman who, in addition to 
agreeable manners, and an attractive, well 
"groomed" person, possesses magnetism, has 
a talisman which opens all doors. We find 
it difficult to say "No" to magnetic people, to 
refuse them anything for which they ask. 
The magnetism that opens hearts, and — in- 
cidentally — purses, that are closed to most 
people, is the secret of many a man's suc- 
cess. You know those who possess this 
quality in such a remarkable degree, that 
they can get almost anything they want 
merely for the asking. They do not seem 
to have any difficulty in raising large 
amounts for any purpose whatever. Every- 
body is their friend and wants to help them. 

The successful business man is singularly 
magnetic. He interests himself in you at 
once, and makes it almost impossible for 
you not to buy of him. His manners are 
so ingratiating that you cannot help liking 
and admiring him, — even loving him. He 
enters into your life so completely that pres- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 29 



ently you are amazed to find yourself talk- 
ing to him as if he were an old friend. You 
feel constrained to do business with him, no 
matter whether you want his wares or not, 
and leave him under the impression that 
he has done you a kindness in allowing you 
to purchase what you really do not want. 

Everywhere we see the extraordinary 
power of an attractive appearance and mag- 
netic personality illustrated. 

The promoter knows the value of per- 
sonal magnetism and persistently cultivates 
it. The business man understands it and 
tries to secure magnetic employees. The 
commercial traveller exploits it every day. 
Pew, even amongst the shrewdest and most 
calculating men, are proof against its per- 
suasive influence. The man of the world, 
the clergyman, the statesman, the politician, 
and even the judge on the bench, are un- 
consciously swayed by the charm of a fine 
appearance, the fascination of a magnetic 
personality. 

THE INSPIRERS. 

Now and then we all meet characters of 
this kind, so charming, so attractive, that 
we throw open wide the doors of our hearts 
and bid them come in and be welcome. There 
is nothing too good, too sacred, for them. 
We give ourselves to them without reserve. 
The moment we come into their presence we 
have a sense of enlargement, of expansion in 
every direction. They seem to unlock with- 
in us possibilities of which we previously 
had no conception. Our horizon broadens: 
we feel a new power stirring through all 
our being; we experience a sense of relief, 
as if a great weight which long had pressed 
upon us had been removed. 

The greatest thing in life is not to make 



30 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



money, but to raise ourselves to our high- 
est power, to call out the hidden beauties of 
our nature, and to make ourselves attrac- 
tive and helpful instead of repellent and un- 
sympathetic. 

The charm of manner which comes from 
a magnetic personality, a generous, well- 
wishing heart, a heart that longs to scat- 
ter sunshine, and to fling the perfume of 
gladness and helpfulness wherever it goes, — 
that is wealth compared with which mere 
monetary wealth looks contemptible. 

No power which man possesses is so force- 
ful, so capable of giving greatness as this. A 
knowledge of this science and its laws will 
clear away many mysteries. An understand- 
ing of this science is needed by men in ev- 
ery walk of life; but, to be ignorant of it 
means loss to many who follow the leading 
professions. Do you thoroughly understand 
the secret of power? Are you applying it 
systematically and successfully, or are you 
attempting to use an agent you are unfa- 
miliar with, and doing more things wrong 
than right? When you approach and talk 
to a person have you any well-defined and 
systematic method of action, or do you pro- 
ceed without knowing how to commence or 
where to end? If you lack a thorough knowl- 
edge of the science of influencing others how 
do you expect to compete with others who 
have this information? The philosophy of 
influencing others is a study, a development, 
a science depending upon certain established 
laws. There is a first thing to do, a second 
thing to do, etc., etc. Do you know these 
things? If not, how can you hope to deal 
with people to the best advantage? You 
might as well try to run an engine without 
ever having studied engineering, or solve a 
problem without having studied arithmetic. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 31 



You can be taught. "A hint to the wise is 
sufficient." 

This knowledge need not, therefore, be re- 
garded as a profession of exclusiveness for 
the favored few. It is free to the multitude, 
and when once you have learned this Sci- 
ence it can never be forgotten. No earthly 
power can do for man what the Scientific 
Evolution and Development of the Self can 
and is doing. This mysterious force that no 
human tongue can unravel, is slowly unfold 1 - 
ing its secrets in a way that brings to earth, 
many blessings. They are for all who will 
stretch out their hands to receive this gift 
from Nature. She has now deemed all 
worthy to experiment with this wonder sci- 
ence, which astounds this generation. The 
study fascinates, yet fills the mind of man 
with wonder. This master power has been 
given to man, and man must develop it for 
some great, good cause. Its advance is as in- 
evitable as human progress. To the student 
the study is an absorbing and fascinating 
one, leading among the mysterious forces 
which are all powerful in human life, yet 
which are veiled in their operations. Only 
the earnest seeker after truth will be able 
to come to correct conclusions regarding this 
wonderful science which knowledge and 
self development brings within the reach 
of all, and makes subservient to the will. 

The Scientific Evolution and Development 
of the Self improves the mind as nothing 
else can do. It cures mind-wandering and 
improves the memory by establishing won- 
derful powers of concentration of the mind. 
It develops your mental faculties into vigor 
and soundness, You can be trained in a 
short time to add with lightning-like rapid- 
ity, to retain dates and numbers, with a 
marvelous degree of accuracy, and do many 
other intellectual feats. This course of train- 



32 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



ing has the power to develop in you the fac- 
ulties of music and drawing. Its greatest 
value, however, lies in its ability to create 
a desire for the good. It will make of you 
whatever you want to be. A great lawyer, 
a 'public speaker, a leader in society, or 
through this truly wonderful agent you can 
be all, and by using this influence all of the 
treasures of earth become yours. 

Do you want to be a lawyer? If so, you 
must be an orator. Are you eloquent? No! 
Nothing can help you like proper self-cul- 
ture. You must learn to concentrate your 
will-power. This course of training will teach 
you how. You must learn to preserve your 
energy. You must master self-control. All 
this is needed to be an orator. You must 
have a good memory and like history and be 
fond of "dry books." This course will help 
to improve your memory, will make you 
fond of reading, and will give you a quicker, 
a clearer insight than it would be possible 
for you to have without its assistance. It 
will give you courage, and command of lan- 
guage, and aid you in unforeseen construc- 
tions which are always arising in legal mat- 
ters. It will sharpen your intellect and will 
smooth the way that leads to a great name 
in this profession as well as great wealth. 

Do you want to be a finished scholar? If 
so, this can do more than any other science 
in helping you to lead. Be one of the first 
in this century to be fully educated. Mas- 
ter every branch of learning which you can 
do successfully with this assistance. Music 
will become easy. Drawing will lose all its 
hardships and become a pleasure. The most 
despised study will suddenly take the lead. 
For Nature makes all things easy for her 
own. 

Would you be a successful business man? 
Perhaps in no age has it been so difficult as 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 33 



now to become a successful man unless one 
is fully prepared for life's battle. A volume 
could be written 1 to tell what makes the man 
a business "king." You must be wide awake. 
You must be far-sighted. You must be quick 
at understanding. You must be energetic 
and active without being repulsive. You 
must be agreeable, dignified, without being 
familiar. You must know how to utilize all 
your forces quickly. You must think rapidly. 
A slow thinker loses many an opportunity. 
You must be of sound judgment and form 
an opinion instantly to be successful, as fal- 
tering means failure. You must be tactful, 
steadfast and honorable. You must be per- 
suasive, convincing and perspicuous. You 
must possess a keen intellect, and know 
what to do at the right time, to be able to 
hold your place in this great commercial age. 
It is all the average man can do to get a 
living. To be able to do more, and have 
more, means to be able to give more, men- 
tally and physically. Can you do more than 
your acquaintances? Are you brighter than 
the average man? Are your prospects bet- 
ter? Are your chances of success surer than 
your neighbor's? No! Then make them so 
by studying the Scientific Evolution and De- 
velopment of the Self. These Lessons tell 
you how one and all of the necessary quali- 
ties are to be developed. It lies with you 
whether you are a failure or a success. 

Would you like to be a society man or 
woman? Would you like to be admired by 
all, and do you want to be the most popular 
person among those you associate with? If 
so, learn the art of knowing what to do and 
how to act under all circumstances. Learn 
the science of having a sound mind and a 
sound body, with both and a fair amount 
of training you can command the world at 
will. "Nature is our great physician" and 



34 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



will bring you health. Proper culture gives 
you a cheerful and brilliant mind. Health 
gives you a light, happy heart. With these 
and the abilities that Nature has given you 
developed to their best capacity you cannot 
only "shine in society," but be its acknowl- 
edged leader. 

If you are older, and youth's bright 
dreams are in the background, Life may 
have become serious to you, and as you look 
out into the future, shadows may lengthen 
across your path. If so, these latent forces 
can raise the mist, and the sun will shine 
again. The mistakes of youth will wrap 
their garments about them and steal away 
into the night. Because of having been, the 
career will expand and broaden, and the 
greatest of all arts and sciences will help 
you to make great strides toward whatever 
type of life you may choose. 

Would you choose theology? If so, half 
the battle is won. You must have faith in 
all the strange new sciences that come to 
earth. You believe that nothing is so new, 
so grand, but that it comes from Nature. 
You know that all good comes from the 
parent for the benefit of the children. You 
do not question but accept the general con- 
viction that magnetism is a powerful friend 
to mankind. Sent to soothe the careworn 
being, to give a strange peace and quiet to 
the trembling nerves. "A sound doctrine cov- 
ers a multitude of sins," but Nature cures 
the sins, and with proper precaution they 
never again need any covering. In your 
hands Magnetism becomes all powerful. 
Why? How can you ask? You teach that 
man must live right to do right. With the 
right kind of knowledge you can make him 
live right. A good life gives good thoughts, 
and you have it in your power if you wish to 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 35 



make every life that touches yours, better 
for having known you. It is your privilege 
to put Heaven into every man's and wom- 
an's life you know. You can drive out all 
evil as never before. You can effect greater 
things than these if you accept the power 
and uses the forces that Nature has given 
you. These Lessons tell you how, and in a 
manner that knows no failure. 

If you would control your children and 
make of them great men and women, you 
must understand the art of Education. Think 
of being able to break your children of all 
bad habits, and moulding their minds and 
increasing their intellect until you see them 
grow into strong, brave and superior men 
and women. Think of being able to give to 
the world the most perfectly developed and 
talented children, just because you under- 
stood the natural laws and the unexplicable 
laws of cause and effect and used them for 
the mental and bodily growth of your off- 
spring. Through your influence your chil- 
dren will become great in whatever branch 
of life you choose. Does not the idea arouse 
you and make you long to begin the train- 
ing at once? Do so and you will never re- 
gret it. 

Is your home a happy one? Are you 
estranged from each other? Has your mar- 
ried life been all you wished? Does your 
wife love you as when first you were wed? 
Is your husband as tender, as thoughtful of 
your welfare, as in the days of the honey- 
moon? If not, this science is certainly needed 
in your home. Happiness is the most es- 
sential possession of life. Without it you 
cannot be well. "Without it you cannot be 
beautiful. Without it you cannot be suc- 
cessful either in business or social under- 
takings. The ruler who gains the confidence 
of the nation must be happy. The man who 



36 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



makes money must be happy. The woman 
who governs the home must be happy. The 
children who brighten earth must be happy. 
Otherwise there would be no success, no joy, 
no brightness, no sunshine. Without happi- 
ness all would be gloom — darkness would 
brood over the earth, and the sun would 
cease to reign. Happiness is your right. 
The world is beautiful, made so for us all, 
and more than you need is here for you. 
If you do not have all the joy of life you 
are to blame, not your neighbor. If you are 
miserable it is your own fault. You have 
all the happiness you will take, or you would 
look about you and rise above it all — above 
that which keeps you unhappy. If you don't 
know how, something is wrong, radically 
wrong with you, and you should find the 
cause. The Scientific Evolution and De- 
velopment of the Self is the one grand sci- 
ence that teaches happiness in its fullness. 
It teaches you to be happy, and being so — 
all around you must change. It teaches you 
how to expand and produce an influence of 
such strength and force that your very pres- 
ence gives hope and adds brightness to all 
who come in contact with you. You have 
gained the secret of life. It teaches you 
how to keep your inherited right — happiness. 

When this science of sciences, this art of 
arts is mastered by you then you are no 
longer the same gloomy person. You only 
see the good of living. Your individual vir- 
tue increases, your capacity for influencing 
others is developed till you wield a magic 
charm that few can resist. You can then 
control your home against intrusion of any 
kind. You are so strong that Fate can be 
shaped by you and give into your hand what- 
ever you can reasonably ask. 

The reason why you should be familiar 
with these Sciences are so various that per- 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 37 



haps a few of them should be laid before you 
in simple language so as you can under- 
stand fully what is given and whether you 
need it or not. Think carefully and answer 
frankly. Do you need the assistance that is 
now offered you? If you are young in years 
at the beginning of the Twentieth century, 
with all your life before you, perhaps* you 
may think that you will not need anyone 
or any science to help you to that bright 
future you are dreaming of. You may be 
one of the few who will be great without 
any help. Every century brings a hundred 
great men and women, but many thousands 
who do not even succeed, who do not even 
have the comforts of life, who at the end of 
life cry out in despair, "What a failure has 
been my life." You can keep from being 
one of these if you only will. 

"The world means much to the capable." 
But are you capable of being perfect in any 
one branch or any walk of life? To conquer 
is to proclaim your own capacity. To re- 
nounce is a gracious acknowledgment of in- 
capacity in favor of the stronger. Why re- 
nounce? If you have not the inherent right 
to success gain it through the power that 
Hies dormant within you. The Scientific Evo- 
lution and Development of the Self crushes 
the human frailty in you and develops the 
best, the higher organism of your being, 
bringing the best that is in you to the 
front. Instead of your being slow, dull, un- 
interesting, and only one of the people, you 
will stride ahead, and be successful, wealthy, 
attractive and happy. If you are young, re- 
member the world has no pity to waste on 
the unhappy. But it will hearken to the out- 
cries of the strong. The world helps those 
who are able to fight against its hardships. 
The world puts wealth into the laps of the 
courageous, and overwhelms you with the 



38 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



love and the admiration of the masses when 
Success has brought you all her treasures. 
Think out what you want your life to be. 
Gain true knowledge — and with its strength 
about you — work — for that aim, and it will 
be yours. 

You cannot make the most of your abili- 
ties without a complete and thorough knowl- 
edge of the subject in which you are inter- 
ested and you can never acquire a full and 
accurate understanding of this science with- 
out some one teaches you personally. Unless 
you would 1 be doomed to a life of disappoint- 
ment and misery you should at once begin 
this study, which will enable you to rise to 
eminence and affluence. You are intelligent 
and industrious. You bend every energy to 
supply the necessaries of life, yet with the 
most strenuous efforts, year after ,year slips 
by, and you find yourself no better off than 
when you started out on life's roadway. 
Why? Because you do not understand Na- 
ture's great laws of cause and effect. You 
dio not know how to apply the most power- 
ful of all forces in the control of the human 
mind!. 

Learn to master this science in the quick- 
est possible, and most systematic way. When 
you fully understand the art of Fascination 
you will never want for love or friendship. 
You will know how to charm by your man- 
ner. You will know how to control with your 
voice. Your very presence will tell of a 
power that must be admired by all. From 
the time you understand this science you 
will live in a new sphere. All the world will 
be changed for you, because these wonder- 
ful agents are more powerful than beauty, 
more controlling than education, and im- 
parts toi its possessor a grace and finesse 
that nothing else can ever attempt to give. 
How curious that the stronger a man is in- 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 39 



tellectually the more easily lie is influenced 
by this mysterious, invisible force. This 
power has swayed the destiny of kings, and 
can be acquired and used by any intelligent 
person, who is willing to take the time and 
trouble necessary to learn how to do so. All 
those who are eminently proficient in the 
use of this power, have acquired it. Many 
have studied it and learned it, the same as 
you learned to write, or spell. Its secrets 
have been jealously guarded by those in pos- 
session of them, but now, you have the op- 
portunity to acquire this invaluable informa- 
tion, and if you refuse or neglect to do so 
and go through life a victim of ill-luck, mis- 
fortune and unhappiness, you have no one to 
blame but yourself. You are offered the 
magic wand, a single wave of which will 
bring you power, influence and luxury. Don't 
miss this wonderful opportunity. You know 
that a strong magnetic personality, is a 
weapon, before which the most powerful can- 
not stand. 

To inspire and encourage everyone to do 
something and be somebody in the world, 
and to make the most of themselves and 
their opportunities is the keynote of our 
correspondence course of lessons in the 
Scientific Evolution and Development of the 
Self. To teach them how to acquire prac- 
tical power and how to succeed in all the 
affairs of life is our mission; to assist them 
by every bit of information, every sugges 
tion or hint that will help the ambitious to 
get on in the world, is our aim. The best 
material obtainable in this line will be pre- 
sented by the most helpful methods in the 
world. 

The main object of the course of corre- 
spondence lessons in the Scientific Evolution 
and Development of the Self is to arouse the 
masses to honorable exertion; to spur them 



40 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



on to act the Columbus of their own undis- 
covered possibilities; to urge them not to 
wait for opportunities; but to make them. 
The most forbidding circumstances cannot 
repress a longing for knowledge, a yearning 
for growth. There is success for everyone 
who has the grit and pluck to seize this 
opportunity and work his way up to his 
own highest goal. No limit can be placed 
to the career of an ambitious person who 
has learned that there are no barriers which 
can say to aspiring talent: "Thus far and 
no farther." 

No pains or expense is spared to make 
this course of lessons a storehouse of in- 
centives and valuable advice; to touch the 
higher springs of aspiration; to insure in- 
spiration, encouragement and helpfulness; 
to drive every lesson home with stirring 
truth, which will explode the excuses of 
those who think they have no chance in 
life. We can teach you how to conquer your 
place in the world and how to keep it. We 
will show you that in this electric age, when 
everybody must push or be pushed, he who 
would succeed must hold his ground and 
push hard; but what are stumbling blocks 
to the weak and vacilliating, to the strong 
and determined are but stepping-stones to 
victory. We will teach you not to wait for 
great opportunities, and show you how to 
seize common occasions and make them 
great. Above all, we will teach you there 
is something nobler in an occupation than 
mere money-getting; that a great check- 
book alone can never make a great man; 
that he may make millions and yet be a 
failure; that a man may be rich without 
money, and may succeed though he does not 
become President or a member of Congress; 
that the richest achievement is that which 
issues in noble manhood and noble woman- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 41 



hood which are above all riches and superior 
to all titles; that there is something greater 
than wealth, grander than fame, that 
character is success, and that there is no 
other. 

We appeal to no particular sect, party, 
locality or nationality, but aspire to help, 
encourage, and inspire every human being, 
regardless of age, color or condition, who 
longs to elevate himself or herself and make 
the most of natural endowments. This 
course of study antagonizes no one, but 
strives to help everybody. 

Ways and means of getting a practical 
education; what knowledge is worth most 
and all other subjects of general interest 
will be treated briefly yet comprehensively. 

Advice and suggestions will be given to 
those who, unable to take a college course, 
desire to supply the deficiency, as far as 
possible, even though advanced in years, by 
self-instruction, home education, and the 
most effective use of every opportunity for 
self-help. To them will be shown ways. 

We take pleasure in aiding those for 
whom the passionate throb of ambition's 
drum mingles with a clear trumpet-call to 
perform the less pretentious duties of the 
plain work-day world in which we live. No 
effort will be spared to make our instruc- 
tion always interesting and instructive; to 
give helpful advice and suggestions; to 
furnish encouragement and cheer; and to 
teach, with Pope, that 

"Honor and shame from no condition rise; 
Act well your part, there all the honor lies." 

HOW TO BE POPULAR. 

Apart from its higher power, your per- 
sonal magnetism will have a great deal to 



42 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



do with your advancement in life, and, if 
you are not gifted by Nature with this happy 
quality, you should resolutely apply yourself 
to acquire it. 

We often speak of a person having the 
power to attract as one who is "naturally 
magnetic." Yet the fact is, some of the 
most charming people have become so 
through persistent cultivation of the inter- 
esting, attractive qualities. They have 
studied the art of pleasing, of being agree- 
able to every one with whom they come in 
contact. They have learned to improve their 
health, mentally and physically, to store up 
magnetism. They have also developed their 
love nature, broadened their sympathies, 
and cultivated a generous, magnanimous 
spirit, a spirit of helpfulness, kindness, gen- 
tleness, and a strong desire for the good of 
all. This is the whole secret of their being 
so "naturally magnetic." 

We should not begrudge any expense, 
time, or effort within our reach which will 
add to our personal wealth, — which will in- 
crease our influence for good. 

No matter what obstacles may beset your 
path, or how handicapped you may be, — 
even though your body be deformed, — it is 
possible for you to throw such a wealth of 
character — of love, of sweetness, of light 
into your face, that all doors will fly open to 
you and you will be welcome everywhere 
without an introduction. The coldest hearts 
are warmed, and the stubbornest natures 
are subdued, by this subtle charm. 

To be able to throw the searchlight of a 
superb personality before you wherever you 
go, and to leave a trail of sunshine and 
blessing behind you; to be loved because you 
scatter flowers of good cheer, is an infinitely 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 43 



greater and nobler achievement than to pile 
up millions of cold, unsympathethic dollars. 

It is a great achievement to develop per- 
sonal magnetism to such an extent that we 
can awaken the happiest possible emotions 
in others and call out the best and highest 
that is in them. To be able to get into the 
very heart of hearts of others, to have the 
power to arouse them to their strongest and 
noblest endeavor, to put new purpose into 
their lives, and fill them with the joy of 
living, is a power in which angels might re- 
joice. This power it is possible for all to 
develop. And is it not worth struggling for? 
Is it not worth your persistent effort to get 
possession of that which will not only lift 
your own life to its highest power, but will 
also enable you to draw others up with you? 

Children should be taught that true 
riches have nothing whatever to do with 
money; that there is a wealth of person- 
ality, a worth that inheres in character, 
which is not even suggested in the millions 
of a Crcesus. It is possible to help every 
child to develop qualities that will make 
him popular and magnetic, — a genuinely un- 
selfish, noble man or woman. It is so easy 
to train the child when its nature is soft and 
plastic, when it is so quickly responsive to 
impressions; to be agreeable, pleasing, at- 
tractive, to acquire the qualities and habits, 
the graces of manner and personality, that 
win and hold hearts. What a pity it is that 
so many are allowed to grow up with hard, 
cold, repellent manners, which belie the 
warm hearts within, that are really longing 
to make friends with others, to be sympa- 
thetic and helpful! 

There is a possible fortune, a mine of 
happiness and of power to- cheer, uplift, and 
make this old world better in your face 



44 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



and manner, if you will only take pains to 
cultivate the magnetism that is dormant 
in you. 

Happy is the man who has that in his 
soul which acts upon others as April airs on 
violet roots. Gifts from the hand are sil- 
ver and gold, but the heart gives that which 
neither silver nor gold can buy. To be full 
of goodness, full of cheerfulness, full of sym- 
pathy, full of helpful hope, causes a man to 
move on human life as stars move on dark 
seas to bewildered mariners. This is what 
it means to be magnetic, and this is what 
every one who reads this can be, if he wills, 
— a law unto himself, a guiding star to 
others. 

Science dictates, and even the most casual 
observer, who, for purpose or principle, at- 
tempts to comprehend the truths and phe- 
nomena of universal Nature, unhesitatingly 
admits, that every phenomenon has its rea- 
son, every effect its cause. This is a fact 
established and indisputable; but how often 
are the laws of life and of death doomed to 
be overlooked by the deluded, and even re- 
moved from the legitimate situation, which 
they, of necessity, embrace in forming vol- 
umes in the library of the academy of Na- 
ture? 

When we reflect on the progress of civi- 
lized man, we notice wonders and improve- 
ments in his surroundings, for his welfare 
and comfort. We discover a spirit of in- 
quiry amongst men, a silent march of 
thought, a steady progress helped forward 
by an eternal law, Nature's law — experience. 
This law we may compare to a circle. The 
beginning we know not; nor the end. The 
circle enlarges, expands: where is the limit? 
Opposition, reproach, threats and violence 
can only be a temporary check. They can- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 45 



not control, abate or arrest the progress of 
inquiry. In the keenest of research and in 
the results of experience, is not that inquiry 
which appertains towards the preservation 
of life, the most important of all to human- 
ity? 

Man's great desire is for health and long 
life. To this there are but few exceptions, 
the result of erroneous impressions. Man 
clings to the world as his home, and would 
fain live forever. 

Knowledge — and particularly knowledge 
of such laws as pertain to life — is power. 
Yes, power to make of yourself whatever 
you please, simply by finding out these 
governing laws, and applying them. 

It is the purpose of this publication to 
furnish hints which will be as keys of 
knowledge that will unlock some of the un- 
realized latent powers and potencies that 
lie slumbering in the character of each 
reader. 

When the apple is ripe it falls. Those who 
are ripe for improvement and an enlarge- 
ment of power, capacity and fortune will 
easily find, in this line of thought, clues 
that will be of great service. 

The term Natural Science embraces al- 
most every branch of knowledge or science, 
but is here used chiefly with reference to the 
study of man and his improvement. 

The real essence of things lies below the 
surface, and when you reach their very 
center you will find yourself in a new and 
radiant world with almost everything 
changed. Your power increases and can 
only be measured by your degrees of such 
knowledge. 

Electricity is powerful in the hands of 
an Edison, but not so just previous to the 
time of Benjamin Franklin. It is a proved 



46 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



fact that man has within himself latent 
powers greater than electricity, a knowledge 
of the laws of which will place in his pos- 
session greater possibilities of usefulness to 
himself and to others. 

Self-knowledge is the true secret of 
power. The way is therefore now open to 
every true seeker. There are comparatively 
few who comprehend the powers and pos- 
sibilities offered through the attainment of 
self-knowledge from the sources now avail- 
able. They overlook the scientific value of 
natural methods. They seem to think that 
the question is emphasized simply as a 
means of getting dollars and thus they go 
on in the old way, cheating themselves at 
every step of the opportunities, powers and 
satisfactions which rightfully belong to 
them. 

How few there are who can learn any- 
thing of importance except through sad and 
bitter experience. People seem to learn 
Nature's law only to the extent that they 
feel its coercive forces. There is a better 
way for whoever will but awaken from the 
sleep of self-ignorance. 

The truly great and successful man is 
necessarily a causationist; a believer not in 
mere luck but in cause and effect, or in the 
application of means to ends. His greatness 
may be measured by his knowledge of 
causes, his accuracy in measuring them, his 
power to marshal and control them and his 
consecration to the righteous purposes of 
the cause-world. His cause-world is within 
himself. It has its foundation in the power 
to think, in character and in character-build- 
ing. 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 47 



CHAPTER II. 

THE BULING FORCES ARE INVISIBLE. 

Uniting, as the heathen magi did, the of- 
fices of priest and physician, as well as king, 
(which last office they afterwards voluntarily 
separated, though they kept it subordinate 
to their own,) and the number of known 
remedies being then very few, they were 
mostly compelled to rely on fascination for 
giving relief in sickness. Some of them 
possessed this power in so extraordinary a 
degree, and had their fame so widely ex- 
tended, as to be deified after death; having 
idol statues shaped in their likenesses, to 
which divine honors were paid, the qualities 
for which they were thus honored being 
symbolized by an additional number of arms. 
Proofs of this may be seen at the present 
day in the images of the gods of India; 
Vichenow, Chiven, Parachiven, Ravenna, and 
many others, have four, six, and twelve 
arms, all presenting the hands open, with 
the palms inclining downwards, the fingers 
being in the most approved fascinating posi- 
tions of the present day. 

A passage in Plautus, makes him say of 
Sosia: "What if I stroke him gently with 
the hand so as to put him to sleep?" 

The magi, or wise men of India, the most 
ancient fascinators of whom profane history 
gives any account, practised mostly gestures 
and manipulations in curing diseases, though 
they often prescribed herbs. 

Philostratus mentions the case of a young 
man, whom a lion had injured in the knee 
to such an extent as to keep him in constant 
agony, and who went to the magi to obtain 



48 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



relief. They rubbed him gently with their 
hands at intervals during a few days, when 
he returned home perfectly cured. 

Next come the priests of Egypt, who took 
the greatest possible advantage of the secret, 
and made the knowledge of it the last and 
holiest rite of their ancient magic, in the 
initiation of candidates. 

Patients flocked to these Egyptians from 
all parts of the world. Their mode of pro- 
ceeding was to previously prepare them by 
means of fasting and prayer, and then wrap 
them up in goat skins. After the process of 
fascination they were left to sleep. 

As Nature does nothing abruptly, the as- 
cension of the mental over the material is 
gradual. The influence that produces it in 
fascination is the nebvous fluid or vapor 
thrown off from the person operating. This 
vapor acts upon the irritability of the pa- 
tient; by sympathy it is transmitted to the 
brain; the secretion of that organ is 
changed; and the altered nervous fluid it 
is making when sent to the various parts 
over which it has influence by the nerves, 
produces a series of results called fascinat- 
ing phenomena. 

In some cases the loss of this fluid injures 
the fascinator, but there are many so gifted 
as to impart it without danger. A sensation 
of weakness ensues, which soon vanishes by 
a new supply of fluid from the continued 
secretion of the brain. It is the patient that 
runs the greatest risk, for many persons 
take the office upon themselves without any 
ability to discharge its duties properly, and 
much trouble often ensues in consequence. 
So well is this understood, that in Prussia 
it is a criminal offence for any but the most 
competent to operate. Its true mode of ac- 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 49 



tion should be thoroughly understood before 
it is practised. 

The first stage seems a mere quickening 
of the senses; it is characterized by a sen- 
sation of coolness, and a feeling of more 
wakefulness than before. The quickening of 
the senses is often shown without the agency 
of fascination, as in fever, when the slightest 
noise will disturb a man, whom, in health, 
the explosion of a cannon would not move. 

The sense of chilliness, felt in the first 
stage, increases, and the pulse begins to rise 
rapidly; the second stage continues but a 
short time, and finally ushers in the third, 
which is denoted by a dreamy and trium- 
phant state of feeling. If any pain exists 
it now ceases, and the eyes close beyond 
the power of the will to open. 

The second, and even first, when thus 
artificially induced, will often have a bene- 
ficial influence. But it is a difficult matter 
to mark out and separate these stages, 
closure of the eye not being sufficient evi- 
dence, for it may not occur at all. A man 
had three teeth drawn while in one of 
these stages, and was shown the teeth. The 
fascinator, after trying several times to close 
his eyes without success, undertook to draw 
the teeth. Though at other times exceed- 
ingly sensitive, he did not experience the 
slightest pain. 

As the fourth stage is approached, rigidity 
of the muscles can be induced; the body 
and limbs may be fixed in the most strange 
and painful attitudes without causing any 
pain, and thus continue any length of time. 
Arrived at the fourth, sensation totally 
ceases; and a cataleptic state intervenes. 
Surgical operations can now be performed 
without pain, or the knowledge of the pa- 
tient. The nervous system undergoes a re- 



50 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



markable change; either the white matter 
is not capable of carrying, or the grey of 
receiving, ordinary impressions. 

It is a very difficult matter to tell what 
small causes can bring about — the simple 
producing the marvelous. A little yeast, 
mixed with a thousand gallons of malt in- 
fusion, will make the whole ferment. A 
breath of fresh air will sometimes alter the 
irritability of the whole system. "Why, then, 
should not the most highly organized pro- 
duct in our bodies, acting, too, with every 
advantage on the most sensitive powers of 
another, produce a strange effect? 

It would be an easy matter to fill volumes 
with proofs taken from the early history of 
the ancient nations; proofs, too, which show, 
in the most convincing manner that fascina- 
tion was universally known and practised by 
the priests of the temples; and that it was 
principally in this way they were enabled to 
retain their power and influence over the 
people. 

Our bodies are prepetually changing; they 
are not the same to-morrow as to-day. This 
fact, which they could perceive but not ex- 
plain, puzzled the ancients: "To be another, 
yet the same!" was the astonished exclama- 
tion of an old philosopher. 

Since the days of Hippocrates, or rather 
his ancestor Esculapius, there has always 
been a church of faithful priests of Nature, 
who closely observed her laws and obeyed 
her dictates. One after another of these 
has added his quota to the general amount 
of information, till, being fully prepared for 
generalizing, the great principles of health 
and disease have been established, under 
the title of Modernized Natural Healing, 
which no doubt will continue in force for- 
ever. These true physicians are known 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 51 



under the name of Natural Healers, or ob- 
servers of life and the laws of Nature. 

Notwithstanding the fact that the medical 
profession has in its ranks thousands of well 
meaning men, it is a well known and de- 
plorable fact that disease and suffering are 
on the increase. The death rate of today 
is altogether out of proportion to the sup- 
posed means of relief and cure offered by 
so called medical science. The inventors 
and the chemists have given the physician 
the X-ray, the microscope and the test tube 
with which to discover the disease-produc- 
ing germs and to determine the damage that 
has been idone by them. But, notwithstand- 
ing all this, and the serums, anti-toxins and 
other theoretical cures (?) put forward by 
the medical profession, man finds he is the 
same weak creature, subject to just as many 
affections that he was thousands of years 
ago when the physician with his serums, 
microscopes and test tubes was unknown. 

We are therefore led to conclude that the 
accepted theories of the profession regard- 
ing the cause and cure of disease are not 
in accord with Nature's wise rulings. What 
is the trouble? Where lies the fault? They 
are working on too purely a physical hy- 
pothesis. They have lost sight of those 
natural forces and healing gifts intended by 
Nature for the cure of disease and the re- 
lief of suffering which were used so suc- 
cessfully by the ancient seers, sages, and 
prophets. 

Now the laws governing the world today 
are the same as they were a thousand years 
ago — the same stars are in the heavens, the 
same sun shines above us, the same rivers 
rush down to the sea, the same seasons come 
and go. Nature is the same today as then 
and the law by which man could be healed 



52 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



without the use of the knife and poisonous 
and drastic drugs, is as active today as it 
was then. It is more, it is better understood 
by the masses, because it has been largely 
stripped of its mystery and has been pre- 
sented to us in a practical manner. 

The Science of Natural Healing is en- 
dorsed by such distinguished scientists and 
learned men as Prof. Sidgwich, of Cam- 
bridge University, England; Prof. Barrett, 
of Dublin; Prof. Oliver Lodge, of Liver- 
pool; Prof. Chas. Richet, of Paris; Prof. 
Max Desoir, of Berlin University; Prof. Wm. 
James, of Harvard University; Prof. Lang- 
ley, of the Smithsonian Institute, in Wash- 
ington, D. C; Sir William Crookes; Hon. A. 
J. Balfour, present leader of the House of 
Commons, London; Alfred Russel Wallace, 
the rival of Darwin, as well as all the truly 
erudite and eminent men of science in this 
country and in Europe. You will readily 
see that this Science is not a myth, it is 
not a mere fancy, but it is a true Science 
recognized by the most distinguished and 
scientific men of the world. 

And now, what is this Science? It is 
the science of the mind and includes mag- 
netism, suggestion, thought power, intuition, 
and the rules of common sense. It first 
ascertains the cause and removes it. These 
powers or forces are unseen, yet they are 
all potent for good or evil. All power, all 
force, is unseen. Whoever saw attraction, 
gravitation, cohesion, light, thought, ideas, 
or conscious active mind, yet these are all 
powers, the mighty governing forces that 
rule the universe. 

In the present day, when we are so accus- 
tomed to marvelous discoveries that they no 
longer excite our wonder; when we send our 
thoughts almost around the world with the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 53 



velocity of lightning; when we hear voices 
miles away by the agency of the telephone, 
the tick of a watch, even the tramp of a fly 
by the microphone; when; we transcribe the 
vibration of sound with the precision of a 
mathematician, when we freeze water into 
ice in white hot crucibles; when we cast 
copper into statues without the aid of heat; 
when it is possible to illuminate cities with- 
out gasi, with the lamps devoid of flame or 
fire; when some of the most precious min- 
erals are produced from their elements; can 
we believe that tomorrow even the diamond 
will be artificially produced? With all these 
wonders recently brought to light, for the 
benefit of mankind, is man himself to be de- 
barred from that social progress which is 
daily manifested? Are the achievements of 
science of no avail in benefiting his degen- 
erated existence? Will not our daily in- 
creasing knowledge of Nature and the be- 
havior of her elements eventually tend to 
this end? In reference to which Leibig 
asks: "Is that knowledge not the philoso- 
pher's stone, which promises to disclose to 
us the laws of life and which must finally 
yield to us like the means of curing diseases 
and prolonging life?" 

This interior kingdom of force is neces- 
sarily his individual arena of real action, as 
is proven by the eternal unity of all life, of 
all force and of the causal laws of force 
through which all life evolves and becomes 
manifest. He can reach the central source 
of life and of his force, only through the 
narrow interior avenue of his own thought 
organism, because that is his only line of 
connection with it. He must understanding- 
ly conform to its laws, before he can suc- 
cessfully exercise permanent dominion over 
its resultant forces, or even store any large 



54 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



amount of force. Until then, his fortunes 
will be subject to humiliatingly unsatis- 
factory fluctuations. 

The question immediately arises, is it pos- 
sible for man, the finite, to comprehend the 
laws or command the forces of the Infinite, 
as a means of gaining freedom from the 
natural uncertainties of life? Bearing upon 
this momentous question, is that unequiv- 
ocal promise of the Christ, "The Truth shall 
make you free," which likewise indicates 
the method of deliverance, viz: by gaining 
knowledge of the natural laws of life; and 
a moment's thought points to that as the 
very thing to which man's constitution, or 
power to think, is adapted. 

The intelligence of the individual is 
necessarily the source of his fortune. His 
power is the power of thought. The power 
of his thought is gauged largely by his 
knowledge, self-mastery and thought-control. 
Thought-control is manifestly essential in 
the masterful use of the forces of thought. 
These forces and their resultants, constitute 
man's entire "stock in trade," or "ten 
talents" and natural capital, which must be 
put regularly into the crucible of controlled 
thought-moods, before an entirely satisfac- 
tory accounting to "The wise master-build- 
er" can be finally made 

The fields of research become richer and 
wider with every new discovery, which is 
often as precious, if not more useful than 
gold, actually a transmutation for the bene- 
fit and comfort of man. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 55 



CHAPTER III. 

SUGGESTION. 

Suggestion as it is often termed, when 
rightly used, is one of the grandest healing 
powers in the universe. Suggestion in some 
form is the power employed by all magnetic, 
divine and psychic healers. It is also one 
of the grandest powers employed by the 
regular physicians in curing their patients, 
though it is often used unconsciously by 
them, or, without a thorough knowledge and 
understanding of its power, How much 
more could be done if they would study 
these powers and use them scientifically. 
Suggestion in connection with important and 
greatly improved hygienic measures, forms 
the basis of Modernized Natural Heal- 
ing. 

Suggestions are either good or bad, up- 
lifiting or degrading, strengthening and 
health-giving, or disease-producing. Every- 
one is affected by them either for good or 
evil. Suggestions affect the giver as well 
as the one to whom they are given. If you 
send out suggestions of health, strength, 
encouragement, or those of health, happi- 
ness, and love, the effect upon the body of 
the sender is beneficial in the extreme. On 
the other hand, if you send out suggestions 
to destroy, weaken, or discourage, or those 
of disease, jealousy, and hate, the law which 
in the other case works for your own up- 
lifting, now degrades and drags you down, 
chains you to your own thoughts and sug- 
gestions. This law is as abiding and change- 
less as that of gravitation. The person who 
daily sends out thoughts or suggestions 



56 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



of envy, hate, anger, jealousy or disease 
to his fellowmen, is committing a sin little 
short of murder, for by doing this he is 
slowly destroying the happiness, life and 
health of the innocent victim. 

To show the effects of suggestion, I will 
mention a recorded case of the celebrated 
Dr. Moore. A lady died from every symp- 
tom of hydrophobia when she thought she 
had been bitten by a rabid dog. After her 
death it was proved beyond a doubt that the 
dog had only slightly torn her dress. 

Another: Four healthy Russian soldiers, 
having been condemned to death, were made 
to sleep in beds in which patients had just 
died with the cholera, but did not take the 
disease. Afterwards, they were put into per- 
fectly clean beds- in which they were told 
that persons had just died with chol- 
era; they all took it, three of whom 
died. If suggestion can destroy it can also 
when properly employed, restore health. 
This law is as ancient as the world itself 
and it is one of the most important employed 
by the psychic physician. It is in the exer- 
cise of this law that the psychic physician 
is able to give to his patients mental and 
physical strength, a clear, bright eye, a 
smooth skin, a clean tongue, a smiling face, 
a light, elastic step, a good appetite, freedom 
from pain, and impart regularity of the 
natural functions of the body, normal pulse 
and temperature, strength, activity, energy, 
beauty, and happiness. 

By Psychic Magnetism is meant that sub- 
tle life-giving force which determines for 
a person their character or personality. By 
it rightly used we are able to attract, repel, 
uplift and heal; but wrongly used, how- 
ever, it is all potent for harm. This mighty 
power is the natural possession of every 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 57 



human being, and it is just as capable of 
being developed as is the muscular system 
or the intellectuality. 

In the opinion of the greatest philosophers 
and scientists of the present day, the earth 
is a spherical magnet, or magnetic shell, 
constantly traversed by magnetic currents, 
and when rightly adjusting our bodies to 
these currents, we just as naturally get rest 
and strength as bud® and flowers get vitality 
and crimson colors from earth and sun. 

When understanding these magnetic cur- 
rents and the natural magnetism in man, 
we are able to use them in the cure of 
disease. They can be controlled by the mind 
somewhat as the engineer controls the steam 
propelling the locomotive by the lever. 
These forces are all-powerful for good when 
we rightly understand them and comply 
with the laws which control them. 

The healer directs his will and magetism 
to a palsied limb the circulation and life 
forces to these parts will be so greatly in- 
creased, giving Nature extra material with 
which to work that soon life, strength, and 
health begins to return. By applying this 
law he is in many instances able to 
almost instantly relieve suffering and 
cure disease in thousands of cases, hereto- 
fore considered incurable, especially when 
the complaints are of a nervous nature or 
those due to a morbid or hypersensitive 
state of the nervous system. 

This psychic magnetism is an invisible 
aura and is the possession of every human 
being. It is either attractive or repulsive. 
If attractive it brings you happiness, in- 
fluence, strength and power. If repulsive it 
loses for you that which you most desire, 
influence, respect and esteem, and health. 
It extends off from a person from one to 



58 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



twenty-five feet or even further, according 
to the mental force, the will power and 
the moral dignity of the person. Hence 
the common saying, — "He is gifted with 
great personal magnetism." It is pleasing 
and health-giving according to the goodness 
and moral purpose of the person. Some 
carry health in their very presence. To sit 
within the area of their psychic aura is to 
feel better, stronger and happier. These, 
when understanding the attitudes and com- 
prehending the laws and- methods gov- 
erning these things, can say, as did the great 
physician of old, "I will, be thou clean," 
and it will be done. Others, immoral, gross 
and addicted to many bad habits, carry and 
impart to others disease and degradation. 
Their magnetic auras are morally unclean 
and poisonous. They are vampires, draw- 
ing on the vitality and strength of those 
about them. No one should allow the hands 
of such an one to be laid upon them. Their 
very breath as well as their aural mag- 
netism is impregnated with degradation and 
death. 

Lay your hands upon a looking-glass for 
a few minutes and then raise them and you 
will find a vapor remains upon the glass 
which will disappear from perceptible vision 
within a short time, so that no one would 
think your hands had been there. Breathe 
upon the glass at some subsequent time, say 
two or three days afterward, providing the 
glass has not been cleaned, you will find 
the impression of your hand will come to 
sight again, as though it had always been 
there. Just so it often happens that unseen 
to mortal eyes, or hidden from preceptible 
vision, or beyond scientific or medical de- 
tection, we are always laying our hands upon 
and creating influences upon our fellowmen 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 59 



which only need the right breathing upon 
to bring them into light — to make the effect 
visible. We cannot speak to or shake hands 
with others without leaving our mark there. 
If this is true in the ordinary affairs of life, 
where no man can live or die to himself, 
how much more is it to those understanding 
the science governing the natural laws of 
cause and effect and acting in accord with 
these laws. Practical illustration of the 
effects of suggestion and magnetism could 
be cited by the hundred. 

The tired mother, wearied with nursing, 
does not lose her power to soothe. Gentle 
and tender, ever more thoughtful of others 
than herself, her diligent hands bring peace 
and blessings with them at all times. Her 
little boy running from her side a moment 
or two to play, falls and injures himself; 
his knees are cut and bruised by the stones 
of the roadway. She lifts the child upon 
her knee, pets and rubs his knee with her 
hand, tenderly and sympathetically. She is 
only petting him, rubbing the dust off, you 
say. She is doing more, she is throwing 
her love and life-force into every touch 
with the result that the bleeding ceases and 
the pain is gone. Here a mother, without 
thought of psychic influence, obeys her ma- 
ternal instincts and thus intuitively exercises 
this gift of magnetic healing. 

If the mother, unconscious of this law, can 
bring about such results, how much more 
can the healer, intelligently and with de- 
termination exercising this power, accom- 
plish by tried and approved methods what 
the other in a lesser degree has brought 
about intuitively. 

Many patients during the treatment, fall 
into a peaceful, restful slumber. Not under- 
standing the action of the treatment, some 



60 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



complain that they cannot stay awake, think- 
ing that they do not receive the same benefit 
from the treatment when they are asleep as 
when they are awake. This, however, is a 
mistake. The patient receives the benefit 
of these treatments whether awake or asleep 
and in some cases they receive more benefit 
when asleep than when awake. This is 
especially true in case the person is not 
able to assume a thoroughly passive state 
of mind, which state is essential to receiving 
the healing forces. 

Our great American essayist, Emerson, 
wrote thus to a friend: "I beseech you to 
be well." Not only should one be well, but 
keep well. "Know thyself," — study hygiene 
and sanitation, obey Nature's divine laws 
so as to keep the fires of youth in the eye, 
the red upon the lip, and the crimson blush 
upon the cheek. 

Of the good time coming — the time of 
health and brotherhood, prophets have 
dreamed, poets have sung; and for it, all 
true healers have labored. Yes, this mil- 
lenium of health is coming. 

"Lo! I see long blissful ages, 
When these Mammon days are done, 

Stretching forward in the distance, 
Forward to the setting sun." 

None are perfect, few are perfectly well. 
There are skeletons in many closets — there 
are heartaches and miseries, yet, Nature, 
with a mother's love, is good, and upward 
by ways inverse and diverse all things 
tend. Never despair. Every winter has its 
spring; under the ice the crystal waters 
run; above the clouds the sun in splendor 
shines; after the darkness and dews of night 
the spring-buds drip and glitter with dia- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 61 



monds. Be of good cheer then, brothers, 
sisters, patients. It is better, far better 
further on. 

"Look up, look up, desponding soul, 

The coulds are only seeming. 
The light behind the dark'ning scroll 

Eternally is beaming." 

In giving suggestive treatments by the fas- 
cination method both patient and operator 
should be comfortably seated, so that neither 
will experience uneasiness in consequence of 
position. The seat of the operator should be 
higher than that of the patient — the apart- 
ment neither too hot nor too cold, and as few 
witnesses as possible, but one person always 
present. Never begin the process if agitated, 
but wait until perfectly calm and self-col- 
lected. When all is ready, seat yourself oppo^- 
site the patient, inclining sideways, and tak- 
ing his hands so that the inside of the thumbs 
of each press against the other, the hands 
resting on a knee of each; keep them in 
that position a few minutes, until an equal 
warmth is felt, gazing, after the first minute, 
steadily, but not with an effort, into his 
eyes. Still gazing, release his hands, and 
unite your own with the palms touching 
each other; then separate them to the right 
and left transversely (remembering that 
while communicating the influence, the 
hands, when passing from the patient, must 
always have the back turned to him, and 
the reverse when taking him out of the 
state,) raise them to the head, let them rest 
on it a few moments, slowly carry them 
down the side and lower part of the head 
to the shoulders; allow them to rest a 
few moments there also, and then gradually 
pass down the arms to the end of the 
fingers which should be resting on the 



62 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



knees; all this time only the extremity of 
your own fingers should touch, and that 
very gently; at the end of each pass slightly 
shake your fingers, as if to throw something 
from them 1 . You had better continue the 
passes, as a general rule, until the eyes of 
the patient close. Then allow your hands 
to rest two or three minutes on the head, 
and keeping your fingers in a crooked posi- 
tion, so as to directly point to but not touch 
the parts you traverse, pass slowly over 
the eyes and chest to the stomach, where 
the thumbs had better remain about twice 
as long as they did on the head, the fingers 
resting on the sides; thence carry them 
down to the hips, knees, and feet. Do this 
a few times, and then confine your passes 
to the arms and body, without the head. 

The sitting may continue from half an 
hour to two hours; but forty minutes is 
found a good average time. Of course, it 
depends, in a great measure, on the impressi- 
bility of the patient, and the degree of relief 
given. When it is desirous to terminate it, 
make two or three passes from the knees 
to the feet; then several transverse (passes 
before the face and chest in a brisk man- 
ner. 

Make up your mind, beforehand, not to be 
alarmed at any strange and unexpected 
symptoms that present themselves during 
the operation; and whatever does occur, 
keep perfectly cool, and betray no agitation 
of manner; if you let any signs of alarm 
escape you, your patient may go into con- 
vulsions. 

When you can be guided to the seat of 
pain, keep your fingers over the spot, and 
make the passes in that direction. Tooth- 
ache, headache, sore-throat, rheumatism, 
etc., will vanish under such manipulation, 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 63 



often with a rapidity that equally astonishes 
the operator and the patient. 

Have patience — bide your time — and your 
turn will come, and, when it does, will 
richly recompense the delay, and satisfy your 
curiosity. So great are the marvels, that 
your mind must be gradually prepared to 
receive them. 

Newnham remarks, that the most impor- 
tant and fundamental characteristic of a 
good operator is, on his part, the possession 
of sound thought and firm will; he must 
not employ his processes in a thoughtless 
or careless manner, or they will be un- 
successful; but he must really throw his 
mind into the duty — must be attentive to 
what he is about — must wish to do good — 
not allowing himself to wander into distant 
01* discrepant scenes, but concentrating his 
will upon the object before him. He should 
be free from impertient curiosity — a capital 
moral blemish in ordinary life, but still 
more so in magnetic pursuits — because the 
good of the patient is forgotten, the atten- 
tion of the operator distracted, and fixed 
upon any object rather than his patient's 
health; in such cases, no satisfactory results 
can be expected. 

Nature has endowed man with reason, and 
assigned him a noble and intelligent rank 
in the scale of intellectual and moral be- 
ings — and he should use this faculty — for 
he who cannot reason is a fool; he who 
dare not reason, is a coward; he who will 
not reason, is a bigot; but he who can and 
dare reason, is a man. 

The realms of Nature lie open in bound- 
less prospect above, beneath, and around us. 
As inhabitants of this globe, we occupy but 
a small spot — the centre, as it were, of the 
immense universe that swarms with a count- 



64 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



less variety of animated beings, and contains 
endless sources of mental and moral de- 
lights. Order, harmony, and beauty are so 
perfectly woven together and blended 
throughout nature, as to form the magnifi- 
cent eobe she wears, and with which she 
not only charms and even dazzles the eyes 
of the beholder, but conceals the overwhelm- 
ing power and majesty of her person. As 
she moves, the most grand and awful im- 
pressions mark her footsteps on the globe's 
surface or centre — in air or ocean. She 
smiles in the gentleness of the calm, and 
frowns in the fury of the storm. But 
whether silence reigns, earthquakes rumble, 
or thunders roll, she keeps her mighty 
course unaffected by the revolutions of 
ages. 

At the same time there is confessedly 
something most grand in the operations of 
Nature, and even while the most gifted 
minds are reveling with delight amidst her 
magnificence, and feasting upon her splen- 
dors, there is still something humiliating in 
the thought, that incomprehensibility con- 
tinues to hold its dark and sullen empire 
over the causes of many of her most sublime 
manifestations. For a period of twice three 
thousand years, she has concealed beneath 
the shadow of her hand, not only the cause 
of worlds rolling in their ceaseless course 
through the illimitable fields of space, but 
also the rise and fall of vegetation, and the 
phenomena of life and death. 

Man is intellectually a progressive being. 
Though confined to a narrow circumference 
of space, and chained to this earth, which 
is but a small part of the unbounded uni- 
verse, yet as his mind wears the stamp of 
original greatness, he is nevertheless capable 
of extending his researches far beyond the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 65 



boundaries of this globe. His mind is cap- 
able of a ceaseless development of its 
powers. From the faint glimmerings of 
infantile reason, he passes on to that intel- 
lectual strength and grandeur when he can 
take a survey of the planets, the dimensions 
of the sun, trace the comet in its erratic 
course, analyze the works of Nature, and 
comprehend the vast and complicated opera- 
tions of his own mind. How sublime is the 
contemplation, that he can invade the ter- 
ritory of other worlds, bring them within 
field-view of the ken of his telescope, and 
see them play their aerial gambols under 
the superintendence of attraction and repul- 
sion. 

The law of "suggestion" is of universal 
application. Whether we are consciously 
using it or not, it is always in operation. 
Nature herself is one vast suggestion. 

Everything in our surroundings suggests 
thought of good, bad, or indifferent quality. 
In the very nature of things the tiger is as- 
sociated with the idea of cruelty, the do- 
mesticated dog with faithfulness, the snake 
with subtlety, the fox with cunning, the 
eagle with fierceness and penetration, the 
violet with humility. Even the colors in 
Nature have their suggestions, the almost 
universal green hinting at restfulness and 
content; red, at comfort; purple, majesty; 
white, purity; black, mourning and despair. 
The aspect of the sky, and the state of the 
weather, have a suggestive influence upon 
the state of one's spirits. Sunshine gives a 
sense of cheerful prosperity and general 
health, while lowering clouds betoken gloom. 
The sea, in its myriad moods, awakens re- 
sponsive echoes in the mind. The mountains 
develop the sense of sublimity, while the 
lowlands are expressive of mediocrity. The 



66 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



people we meet in the street, and with, whom 
we have daily intercourse, are all sugges- 
tions, their condition of mind and body so 
operating upon our mind as to give us a 
sense of intuition of their state, arousing 
corresponding thoughts and feelings in us. 

Within yourself are powers capable now 
of bringing results and happiness greater 
than you have ever dreamed of or even read 
about. Results which will revolutionize 
your life and methods of action, which are 
now driving away the very things you seek, 
and open up a way to accomplish infinitely 
more and without effort. Look at the mania 
for labor-saving devices. Look intelligent- 
ly within yourself and you will find one 
greater than all you have known. 

What would any dying man give to add 
even ten years to his life? One man offered 
$1,000,000 to have his life prolonged fifteen 
minutes in order that he might give the 
remainder of his fortune away to charity. 
One should at least be willing to study and 
learn. Why not give that study and thought 
to this subject previous to your deathbed? 
Your entire environment, your friendships, 
your every surrounding is your magnetism 
and ever changing to the poles of your 
thought. Do you ask for proofs? Are you 
one who cannot believe in the reality of 
anything that isn't heralded by trumpet 
blasts? Study the principles, if that is not 
sufficient, apply them as directed, and 
proofs will then be forthcoming as they are 
needed. 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 67 



CHAPTER IV. 

ELECTEICAL PSYCHOLOGY. 

The subject, upon which we are entering, 
is that to which has been given the name of 
Electrical Psychology, as the one which is 
the most appropriate. Psychology is a 
compound of two Greek words, viz., psuche, 
which means soul, and logos, which means 
word, discourse, or wisdom. Hence by Psy- 
chology we are to understand the Science 
of the Soul or Mind. And as all impress 
sions are made upon the mind through the 
medium of electricity, as the only agent by 
which it holds communication with the ex- 
ternal world, so you readily perceive not 
only the propriety but the entire aptitude of 
the name Electrical Psychology. 

Over seventy years ago it was discovered 
that electricity was the connecting link be- 
tween mind and inert matter, and on this 
discovery the philosophy of the present sci- 
ence is based. Electricity is not only the 
connecting link between mind and inert 
•matter, but is doubtless the grand agent 
employed by Nature to move and govern the 
universe. 

Electrical Psychology takes a most ex- 
tensive range, and embraces a field rich in 
variety of thought. It is so startling to 
human credulity, that its truth cannot be 
believed, only by passing it through the 
ordeal of the severest scrutiny by Oft-re- 
peated experiments. 

By it one is able to perform the most 
startling and cunning experiments, upon 
persons fully awake, and in the most perfect 
possession of all their faculties. Controlling 



68 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



their motions — standing up, they find it im- 
possible to sit down; if in a sitting posture, 
they are unable to rise till the operator 
allows them to do so. It gives one the power 
to take away the powers of hearing, speech, 
sight, and the memory, etc., and to return 
again these faculties instantly; to change 
the personal identity of certain individuals, 
making them imagine for the time being 
that they are persons of another color, that 
they belong to the opposite sex, or that they 
are some renowned general, orator, states- 
man, or what-not. One is able to change 
the appearance and taste of water in rapid 
succession to that of lemonade, honey, 
vinegar, molasses, wormwood, coffee, milk, 
brandy; the latter producing all the intoxi- 
cating effects of alcohol. Subjects can be 
made to imagine they see a threatening 
thunder-cloud. They see the lightnings 
flash and hear the thunders roll; the storm 
bursts over their heads, and they flee to a 
place of shelter, under a table, bench, or 
any thing that offers protection. All this 
while the individuals experimented upon are 
perfectly awake and appear to be in pos- 
session of their reasoning faculties. 

The first impression upon the mind of 
the reader will be, that all this is absurd, 
ridiculous, and utterly impossible. This 
would be the natural conclusion of every one 
who had never witnessed any of these sur- 
prising phenomena; but the reality of all 
this is maintained by the most respectable 
and talented men of the age in all parts of 
the world. Reference to individuals of the 
highest standing and character, who are be- 
lievers in this science could easily be made. 
From a letter written by the Hon. Richabd 
D. Davis, the following extract is made. Mr. 
Davis says: 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 69 



"The science which Electrical Psychology 
teaches, is to my mind alike novel, instruct- 
ive, and useful — full of speculation fit for 
the loftiest intellect, and replete with rich 
instructions for every condition of human 
life. So far as I am able to judge, I can 
safely say, that the person of ordinary 
capacity and intelligence can take the usual 
course of lessons, who will not at its end 
sincerely acknowledge himself more than 
tenfold repaid for its cost of time, trouble, 
and expense; and the more the ability and 
information of the individual may be, the 
more ready will be the acknowledgement. 
I am unwilling to express more than, half 
the gratification and instruction which I 
have received, and if my recommendation 
can prevail with any one to become a pupil, 
it is most cheerfully and earnestly given." 

This will give you some idea of the nature 
of the experiments, and also what claims 
Electrical Psychology has, in the opinion 
of distinguished men, in relation to its pre- 
tensions to science and usefulness. 

From what has been said you will at 
once perceive the power and glory that 
hover around this science, and the import- 
ance which is claimed in its behalf as one 
of the greatest blessings ever vouchsafed to 
the human race. 

It is founded in immutable truth, and it 
will accomplish for the human race an in- 
appreciable amount of good. 

Electrical Psychology has been, and will 
be eminently useful in alleviating the pains 
of the suffering, and in the cure of diseases; 
it is as comprehensive as it is beautiful 
and beneficient; and it is not only eminently 
calculated to enlarge and elevate the mind, 
but to impress upon it more exalted ideas 



70 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



of the infinite wisdom and goodness of 
our universal mother — Nature. 

The wonderful and startling phenomena 
that hovers around it, like so many invisible 
angles, and which are made manifest in 
the experiments produced, consist in the fact, 
that one human being can, through a cer- 
tain influence, obtain and exercise a power 
over another, so as to perfectly control his 
voluntary motions and muscular force; and 
also produce various impressions on his 
mind, however extravagant, ludicrous, or 
wild — and that too while he is in a perfectly 
wakeful state. It is one of the most power- 
ful remedial agents to alleviate the pains 
of the suffering, and to cure those diseases 
that set the skill of the ablest practitioner, 
at defiance. And from the published ac- 
counts of the most highly reputable, and 
even distinguished men, you can form an 
opinion of the effects produced, of the cures 
performed, of the high estimation in which 
this science is held by those who have ac- 
quainted themselves with its secret powers, 
and of their high estimate of its incalcul- 
able importance to the human race, and 
the future amount of good it is ultimately 
destined to achieve. 

Some have the impression, that Electrical 
Psychology ' is, after all, but Mesmerism. 
But, there is a very marked difference be- 
tween the two sciences, and this difference 
is easily pointed out. Mesmerism is the doc- 
trine of sympathy; Electrical Psychology 
is the doctrine of impressions. In Mesmer- 
ism there is a sympathy so perfect between 
the magnetizer and subject, that what he 
sees, the subject sees — what he hears, the 
subject hears — what he feels, the subject 
feels — what he tastes, the subject tastes — 
and what he smells, the subject also smells; 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 71 



and lastly, what the magnetizer wills, is 
likewise the will of his subject. But the 
person in the electro-psychological state has 
no such sympathies with his operator. His 
sight, hearing, feeling, taste, and smell are 
entirely independent of the operator, and he 
continually exerts his will against him, and 
resists him with all his muscular force. The 
person who is aroused from the mesmeric 
slumber, has no remembrance of what trans- 
pired in it; while the person in the electro- 
psychological state, is a witness of his own 
actions, and knows all that transpired. The 
person in the mesmeric state can hear no 
voice but that of his magnetizer, or the 
voices of those with whom he is put in com- 
munication. But the person in the electro- 
psychological state, can hear and converse 
with all as usual. 

If these distinctions are not sufficiently 
marked to settle the points of difference, 
then consider these. Some persons are en- 
tirely and naturally in the electro-psycholog- 
ical state, who never could be mesmerized 
at all, nor in the least affected, under re- 
peated trials. No person is naturally in 
the mesmeric state, but thousands are natu- 
rally in the electro-psychological state, and 
live and die in it. Mesmerism and Somnam- 
bulism are inedtical; they are one and the 
same state. And as no person is naturally 
in the somnambulic state, so no one is natu- 
rally in the mesmeric state. Though the ex- 
periments of both these states are performed 
by the same nervous fluid, yet this does not 
render the two sciences identical, any more 
than that they are rendered identical with 
fits, or insanity, which are caused by the 
same nervous force. These observations be- 
ing sufficient for the purpose, are respect- 



72 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



fully submitted for your candid considera- 
tion. 

As the subject of Electrical Psychology is 
now fairly introduced, its phenomena stated, 
and its importance to the human race clearly 
pointed out, we are now prepared to enter 
the diversified fields of Nature; to glance 
at the operations of mental and material 
existences; and to proceed understanding^ 
to the consideration of its claims to philos- 
ophy, as the foundation on which it rests, 
and the power by which its existence must 
be sustained. 

It is by no means an enviable task to 
step aside from the long beaten path of 
science into the unexplored and trackless 
regions of solitude and silence. By so do- 
ing, and daring to think for one's self, is 
no very enviable position as it regards popu- 
larity. Independent thought and fearless 
expression have ever drawn forth the scoffs 
and sneers of that portion of our race who 
have adopted, without investigation, the sci- 
entific opinions of others. Reference is made 
to those only who have received their ideas 
from others by inheritance, as they did their 
real estate. For the one they never labored, 
and for the other they never thought. 

Such persons, though professing to be 
learned, and perchance even claiming to be 
the guardians of science, are nevertheless its 
greatest enemies; and by exerting their in- 
fluence in favor of old opinions, however 
absurd, and against any innovations, how- 
ever true, useful, or grand, are checking 
the mighty march of mind. They are clogs 
of more than leaden weight hanging upon 
the chariot wheels of science that are roll- 
ing through our world. It commenced its 
career at the breaking morn of creation, 
with but few passengers on board, and has 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 73 



continued its course with increasing speed 
and growing glory down to the present mo- 
ment. It now travels with the brilliancy 
and rapidity of the lightning's blaze, and 
even compels the very lightnings to speak 
in a familiar voice to man! Yes; they even 
write, not only their forky gambols on the 
bosom of the cloud, but they write on paper, 
and transmit human thought as swift as 
thought can move. 

The chariot of science is destined to con- 
tinue its majestic course, in duration coeval 
with our globe! Still more! it is destined 
to outlive the dark and sullen catastrophe 
of worlds! The chariot of science, with 
ever increasing power, magnificence, and 
glory, is destined to gather new accessions 
of intellectual beauty and unending delight. 
The mind of man wears the impression of 
divinity, the stamp of original greatness; 
and is destined to ripen in mental vigor as 
the wasteless ages of eternity roll. Hence 
the very principles of our nature forbid us 
to stand still. Their command is onwabd. 

If no human being had dared to hazard 
the expression of an original thought, then 
nothing in the realms of science would have 
been disclosed by speech, nor penned in 
books. A dreary, barren waste, wrapped in 
solitude and night, would have reigned for 
human contemplation. But instead of this 
frightful picture of desolation, we see those 
fruitful fields of mental and moral beauty, 
so rich in the scenery of thought, and in 
endless variety, present themselves to our 
view. A secret rapture of thrilling delight 
fills the heart as we glance over this lovely 
scene, on which human research has thrown 
a splendor surpassing that of the noontide 
blaze. 

Had not some master spirits dared to 



74 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



freely speak and write their thoughts, then 
those pretended friends of science, who now 
oppose everything that may appear to them 
both new and strange, would have been 
destitute of that knowledge they obtained 
from books; and not daring to think for 
themselves, they would have remained in 
mental night. It is by daring to step aside 
from the beaten track of books, and bring- 
ing forth from the dark arcana of Nature 
into the light of day some new truth, that 
we add our mite to the common stock of 
knowledge already accumulated. He who de- 
nies us this grand right of our nature is a 
scientific bigot, and has yet to learn, that 
even the school and college were only estab- 
lished to discipline the mind for action. 
There the student, through books and in- 
structors, is only made to see how other 
men have dared to think, and speak, and 
write, and thus his mind, being made to feel 
its innate freedom, power, and greatness, be- 
comes inspired with a self-determination to 
do the same. This makes the man, and an- 
swers the lofty end of human existence. 
On the other hand, he who goes through 
life, leaning entirely upon books and the 
opinions of others, without thinking for 
himself, renders his existence a blank, inas- 
much as he lays his head in the dust, with- 
out its having bequeathed one original 
thought to the world, for the benefit of 
after generations. 

The truths established inherent in Nature, 
are not only infinitely diversified, but are 
at the same time immutable and eternal. 
No possible addition can be made to their 
number, nor is it in the power of man to 
create or annihilate a single truth in the 
empire of nature. They exist independent 
of his belief or unbelief; and all he can do 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 75 



is to search them out, and bring them forth 
from darkness into the light of day. And 
he who has the magnanimity to do this, 
should be sustained and encouraged as a 
benefactor of this race. 

We are floating in an immensity of space 
that knows no bounds, like the mote in the 
sunbeam. This is peopled with rolling 
worlds, in number beyond computation. And 
the residue, which has not yet become the 
abodes of light, life, order, and beauty, is 
filled up with matter still in its uncreated 
state. Hence the work of creation has been 
going on from eternity, and will continue to 
progress, without ever arriving at an end in 
the sublime career of creation! New brother 
creations are every moment rolling from her 
omnific hand, and that creating fiat will 
never, never cease. 

These ideas of Nature's wonder-working, 
from whose all-forming hand worlds and 
systems of worlds are continually rolling, 
and have been, for millions on millions of 
ages, force upon us those amazing concep- 
tions of the oppressive grandeur of her 
works under which the mind labors and 
struggles in its contemplations, but is borne 
down, and lost and bewildered in the im- 
mensity of the theme. Order, variety, and 
beauty, in endless succession, meet us on 
every hand. The fall of a single leaf is a 
catastrophe as dreadful to the thousands of 
inhabitants of its surface as the destruction 
of this globe would be to us. And the blot- 
ting out of our globe from, the catalogue 
of worlds, would no more be missed amid 
the immensity of creation than the fall of 
a leaf compared to the sublime magnificence 
of the countless forests on this globe. 

That Electrical Psychology should meet 
with opposition from men of a peculiar con- 



76 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



stitution of mind, and a certain degree of 
scientific attainments, is nothing strange. 
Nor is it at all miraculous, that a few who 
are deemed men of talents, should oppose, 
and even deride it. But as genius is su- 
premely higher than talents, so it can 
boldly and safely be said that no man of 
genius has ever opposed Electrical Psychol- 
ogy; nor in any age of the world has 
genius ever been enlisted in opposing the 
dawning light of any of the true sciences. 
That this science should meet with opposi- 
tion from that class of scientific men, who 
always stand watching the direction in 
which the breeze of popularity may chance 
to blow with the strongest force, and who 
are anxious, through these means, to bring 
themselves into notice, and thus gain a mo- 
mentary fame from the passing crowd, is 
nothing strange. It only proves the fact 
that Electrical Psychology is, in the in- 
fancy of its being, destined to share the fate 
of all great and useful sciences, that now 
stand unshaken in the republic of letters. 
All, in their infancy, received from such 
men a like opposition, and upon their found- 
ers they freely breathed out their derision, 
sc. •% and sneers. 

Harvey discovered the circulation of the 
blood, and disclosed it to the world. He 
was opposed and derided, and much of that 
talent, learning, and cunning we have re- 
ferred to, was enlisted against him. They 
sought to paralyze the towering wing of his 
genius; to blast his reputation; to wither 
the fairest flowers of his domestic love, hope, 
and joy; and to hurl his brilliant discovery 
from the light of day to the darkness of 
night. But Harvey's name stands immor- 
tal on the records of true fame, and the 
blood still continues to frolic in crimson 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 77 



streams through its living channels, while 
his learned opposers are forgotten. Galileo 
discovered the rotation of this globe on its 
axis. So great was the opposition of the 
learned powers combined against him, that 
they arraigned him and his theory at the 
august and awful bar of humbug. There 
they fairly tried him and his discovery un- 
der the splendid and majestic witnesses of 
derision, sneer, and scorn; and the court 
very gravely decided, that his discovery was 
a heresy, and that he must openly acknowl- 
edge it to be so to the world 1 . To this sen- 
tence he submitted' — acknowledged his theory 
to be a heresy, but remarked, that he never- 
theless believed it true. Galileo lives in the 
bright page of history. That sentence did not 
arrest the globe in its mighty course. It 
still continues to roll on its axis as he dis- 
covered and proclaimed, while the learned 
opposers of his theory, who courted popu- 
lar favor at the expense of honor, are sunk 
into merited oblivion. 

Newton's genius, when he was but a boy, 
intuitively drove him to study gravitation 
by piling up small heaps of sand, and to 
notice more strictly this power in the fil- 
ing apple. It drove him to study adJ^Jdion 
by watching the union of the particled water 
at the side of some favorite stream; and to 
perfect this science he is next at the centre 
of the globe. From gathering pebbles in 
boyish sport on the ocean's shore, he is 
next among the stars, and at length pro- 
claims to the world his system of philos- 
ophy and asteonomy. He was derided and 
mocked as a silly-headed fool, and his whole 
magnificent system was spurned with sneer- 
ing contempt and pronounced a humbug 
by the old school of philosophers and astron- 
omers. But substances continue to respect 



78 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



the law of gravitation, and rolling worlds 
to obey the laws of attraction and repulsion. 
Newton lives in the brightest blaze of fame; 
for his name is written in starry coronals 
on the deep bosom of night, and from thence 
is reflected to the centre of the globe; while 
the opposers of his magnificent discovery are 
sunk to the shades of unremembered noth- 
ingness. The clouds and mists of their own 
evanescent fame have become their winding 
sheet. 

Fulton was derided, and even men of sci- 
ence pointed at him the finger of indignant 
scorn, because he declared that steam — a 
light and bland vapor, which could be blown 
away by human breath — could move an en- 
gine of tremendous power, and propel ves- 
sels of thousands of tons burthen against 
wind and waves and tides. They declared 
it to be the greatest of humbugs, and the 
most silly idea that ever entered a silly 
brain; or else the trick of a knave to make 
men invest capital in order to effect their 
ruin. His friends, even though not over- 
sanguine of success, yet defended him as a 
man of honor. But Fulton "stood firm amidst 
the varying tides of party like the rock far 
from land, that lifts its majestic head above 
the waves, and remains unshaken by the 
storms that agitate the ocean." So stern 
was the opposition, that some of the com- 
mitted skeptics, who sailed from New York 
to Albany in the steamboat that first tried 
the experiment, declared, that it was im- 
possible they had been conveyed a distance 
of one hundred and fifty miles by steam 
power! and that it must, after all, have been 
some power aside from steam, by which they 
had been enabled to reach Albany! The 
impression of Fulton's genius is seen on all 
the machinery moved in our happy country 



THE 1 SECRET OP SUCCESS 79 



by this subtle power. It is seen in railroad 
and steamboat communications, that bring 
the distant portions of the earth in conjunc- 
tion. It is seen in the majestic steamships 
of the old world, that brings the entire trans- 
atlantic world into neighborhood with us, 
by a power that triumphs over all the 
stormy elements of Nature. Fulton, as a 
man of genius, is remembered as one of the 
great men of the universe, while his op- 
posers are silent and forgotten. 

Thus far, reference has been made only to 
the physical and mechanical sciences, in- 
volving the chemical properties of material 
substances, and the general operations of 
Nature. Now come those that relate to the 
improvement of the mind. The science of 
Pheenology, so beautiful, elevating, and use- 
ful in its nature, and having so strong a 
bearing upon the character and destiny of 
man, as an intellectual, social, and moral 
being, and even involving the dearest in- 
terest of our race — has been ,and by some 
still is, most shamefully abused. Gall, its 
discoverer, was persecuted; and Spurzheim, 
Combe, and Fowler have received unmerited 
abuse. Competent phrenologists have made 
a righteous development of true character in 
the phrenological examinations of thousands 
of human heads; have directed the anxious 
parent how to train up the child of his af- 
fections; have pointed out to the sighing 
lover how to choose a congenial spirit of 
companionship for life; and have poured the 
light of mental and moral improvement in 
silvery streams on the grand empiee of 
mind. Yet such a science as this has been 
called a humbug! and such men as these 
have been assailed. Their bones are worthy 
to repose with the great men of the uni- 
verse, and their names shall live on the 



80 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



bright scroll of fame down to the last vi- 
brating pendulum of time — shall live when 
the opposers of phrenological science shall 
have sunk from human remembrance. 

Such has been the fate of all sciences in 
the infancy of their existence. The moment 
they were born into life, the battle-axe was 
raised against them, and each in succession 
has fought its way up to manhood. The vic- 
tory in favor of truth has always been sure, 
and millions of sycophants in the contest 
have perished. 

How lamentable is the consideration, that 
there are those in this day of light, who, re- 
gardless of the warning voice of past gen- 
erations, coming up from ten thousand 
graves, still shut their ears and close their 
eyes — and even sacrifice principle, to keep 
popular with those on whom they depend 
for a momentary fame. But they are not 
the men whose names will stand imperisha- 
ble in the annals of history, to be handed 
down to future generations. They are 
destined to perish from human remembrance, 
and not a trace of them be left on earth. 

Though man is mortal, and his present 
existence ephemeral, yet during the short 
span of three-score years and ten, to what 
a transcendent height in the cultivation of 
his powers is he capable of soaring! True, 
his station is humble, yet he who, with an 
unstained hand, has honorably grasped the 
meed of righteous fame, has clothed him- 
self with power, has wreathed his brow 
with undying laurels, and invested himself 
with the true majesty of his nature. Fame 
has been alternately assigned to the hero, 
the statesman, the philosopher, astronomer, 
theologian. But fame is not confined to any 
rank or pursuit in life. It can only exist 
in the breathings of righteousness. The 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 81 



philosopher and astronomer, though chained 
down to earth by the law of gravitation, and 
tabernacled with the worm, may feel within 
a stirring greatness that allies them to 
higher intelligences in future worlds, and 
that bids them bear their brow aloft. They 
may station themselves on a mental eleva- 
tion above the world, and lift their tower- 
ing heads to the stars. From this pinnacle 
of glory, they may range in loftiest thought 
the entire universe and even struggle to 
grasp the unbounded empire over which 
Nature reigns, with all her moving worlds, 
and yet, if this be all, true fame does not 
lie here. It is not the birthright of the 
philosopher or astronomer, unless they are 
in possession of something more than in- 
tellectual power. 

True fame is not the birthright of the 
hero. The blaze of glory that has for ages 
encircled his head, and with its brilliancy 
so long dazzled the world, is beginning to 
grow dim. The laurels that decorate his 
sullen brow have been gathered at the can- 
non's mouth, from a soil enriched with hu- 
man gore, and watered by the tears of be- 
reavement. That fancied pinnacle of glory 
on which he proudly stands, has been gained 
by conquest and slaughter. His way to it 
lay over thousands of his fellow-creatures, 
whose warm hearts had ceased to throb; and 
the music that followed his march, was the 
widow's moan and the orphan's wail. True 
fame does not lie here. It sounds not in the 
cannon's roar, the clashing steel, the rattling 
drum, nor in the frightful crash of resound- 
ing arms! It is not heard in martial thun- 
der. It is not seen in villages on fire, nor 
in Moscow's conflagration — that ocean of 
flame! True fame breathes not in the deep- 
heaving sigh of despairing love, nor draws 



82 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



its immortality from dying groans on fields 
of war. It has a higher origin — a nobler 
birth — a more elevated aim. True fame 
consists in the lofty aspirations after in- 
tellectual and moral truth; and when 
these are found and cherished, that so deep 
will be the convictions of duty, sustained 
by sterling honor, that no popularity — no 
bribes of wealth and splendor — no fear of 
frowns, nor even the hazard of life exposed 
to wasting tortures shall deter that man 
from expressing and maintaining such 
truth. He who does this, possesses true and 
righteous fame. 

However skeptical men may be in relation 
to any thing new, yet so far as stern reality 
is in its nature concerned, we have this 
pleasing consideration, that the unbelief of 
men cannot frown truth into falsehood, nor 
can the belief of men smile falsehood into 
truth. Hence the belief or unbelief of mor- 
tals cannot in the least affect those truths 
that are established inherent in Nature, and 
with which the universe swarms. 

Let us defend the electrical theory of the 
universe against the assaults of men. No- 
tice the immense variety of material ex- 
istences, glance at the animated forms of 
living beauty, scrutinize the chemical prop- 
erties of created substances, and pour, if 
possible, the light of truth on rolling worlds. 
Let us even venture to step back beyond 
the threshold of creation — venture to lift 
the dark curtains of primeval night, and 
muse upon that original, eternal, material, 
that slumbered in the deep bosom of chaos, 
and out of which all the tangible substances 
we see and admire were made. That eter- 
nal substance is electricity, and contains all 
the original properties of all things in be- 
ing. Hence all worlds and their splendid 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 83 



appendages were made out of electricity, and 
by that powerful, all-pervading agent, they 
are kept in motion from age to age. Elec- 
tricity actuates the whole frame of Nature, 
and produces all the phenomena that trans- 
pire throughout the realms of unbounded 
space. It is the most powerful and subtile 
agent in the government of the universe, and 
in carrying on the multifarious operations of 
Nature. 

It is immaterial to what department of 
this globe and its surrounding elements we 
turn our attention, electricity is there. 
Wherever we witness convulsions in Nature, 
the workings of this mighty, unseen power 
are there. It writes its path in lightning 
on the sullen brow of the dark cloud, and 
breathes out rolling thunder. Though cold 
and invisible in its equalized and slumber- 
ing state, yet it is the cause of light and 
heat, which it creates by the inconceivable 
rapidity of its motion and friction on other 
particles of matter. It is the cause of evap- 
oration from basined oceans andi silvery 
lakes — from majestic rivers and rolling 
streams, and from the common humidity of 
the earth. It forms aerial conductors in the 
heavens, through which this moisture in 
vapory oceans is borne to the highest por- 
tions of our globe, and stored up in maga- 
zines of rain, and snow, and hail! It is 
electricity that, by its coldness, condenses 
the storm, and opens these various maga- 
zines in mild beauty or awful terror on the 
world. It is electricity that, by the produc- 
tion of heat, rarefies the air, gives wings to 
the wind, and directs their course. It is 
this unseen agent, that causes the gentle 
zephyrs of heaven to fan the human brow 
with a touch of delight — that moves the 
stirring gale — that arms the sweeping hurri- 



84 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



cane with power — that gives to the roaring 
tornado all its dreadful eloquence of ven- 
geance and terror, and clothes the mid-day 
sun in light. It gives us the soft, pleasing 
touches of the evening twilight, and the 
crimson blushes of the rising morn. It is 
electricity that, by its effects of light and 
heat, produces the blossoms of spring, the 
fruits of summer, the laden bounties of 
autumn, and moves on the vast mass of 
vegetation in all the varieties and blended 
beauties of creation. It bids winter close 
the varied scene. It is electricity that, by 
its most awful impressions, causes the earth- 
quake to awake from its Tartarean den, to 
speak its rumbling thunder, convulse the 
globe, and mark out its path of ruin. 

If we turn to man, and investigate the 
secret stirrings of his nature, we shall find, 
that he is but an epitome of the universe. 
The chemical properties of all the various 
substances in existence, and in the most ex- 
act proportions, are congregated and con- 
centrated in him, and form and constitute 
the very elements of his being. 

Hence human beings and all animated 
existences are subject to the same grand 
electrical law that pervades the universe, 
and moves all worlds under the superin- 
tendence of the involuntary powers of Na- 
ture. 

On this principle, it will be plainly per- 
ceived, that as man is subjected to the same 
common law that pervades the universe, so 
electricity is the connecting link between 
mind and matter. As it is co-eternal with 
mind, so it is the only substance in being 
that mind can directly touch, or through 
which it can manifest its powers. It is the 
servant of the mind to obey its will and ex- 
ecute its commands. It is through electric- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 85 



ity, that the mind conveys its various im- 
pressions and emotions to others, and 
through this same medium receives all its 
impressions from the external world. It is 
by electricity that the mind contracts the 
muscles, raises the arm, and performs all 
the voluntary motions of this organized 
body. 

It will be readily perceived by every one 
acquainted with electrical science, that if 
one can find an individual standing in a 
negative relationship to him, or by any proc- 
ess render him so, then he, being the posi- 
tive power, can, by producing electrical im- 
pressions from his own mind upon another, 
control his muscles with the most perfect 
ease. This is evident, because the positive 
and negative forces electrically and magnet- 
ically blend, are equal in power, and paralyze 
each other; or, on the contrary, produce mo- 
tion. This great and interesting truth can 
be proven by experiments upon people, while 
they are entirely awake, and in perfect pos- 
session of all their reasoning faculties. 

To bring this before you in the most plain 
and intelligible manner, it may be said that 
the brain is the fountain of the nervous 
system, from whence it sends out its mil- 
lions of branches to every part of the body. 
Indeed, the brain is but a congeries of 
nerves, and is the immediate residence of 
mind. This mind is the cause of all mo- 
tion, whether that motion be voluntary or 
involuntary. It wills the arm to rise, and 
immediately the arm obeys the mandate; 
while the very presence of this mind in the 
.brain, even though wrapped in the insensi- 
bility of sleep, produces all the involuntary 
motions of the vitals, and executes the func- 
tions of life. 

To establish the fact that electricity is, 



86 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



indeed, the connecting link between the 
mind and the body, consider that mind can- 
not come in direct contact with gross mat- 
ter. Your mind can no more directly touch 
your hand, than it can the mountain rock. 
Your mind cannot touch the bones of your 
arm, nor the sinews, the muscles, the blood- 
vessels, nor the blood that rolls in them. In 
proof of this position, let one hemisphere 
of the brain receive what is called a stroke 
of the palsy. Let the paralysis be complete, 
and one half of the system will be rendered 
motionless. In this case, the mind may will 
with all its energies — may exert all its men- 
tal powers — yet the arm will not rise, nor 
the foot stir. Yet the bones, sinews, mus- 
cles, and blood-vessels are all there, and the 
blood as usual continues to flow. Here then 
we have proof the most irresistible, that 
mind can touch none of these; for what the 
mind can touch it can move, as easily as 
what the hand can physically touch it can 
move. Our proof is so far philosophically 
conclusive. 

It is equally certain your mind can touch 
some matter in your body, otherwise you 
could never raise your arm at all. The ques- 
tion, then, arises, What is that mysterious 
substance which the mind can touch, as its 
prime agent, by which it produces muscular 
motion? In the light our subject now stands, 
the answer is most simple. It is that very 
substance which was distributed in this par- 
alysis, and that is the nervous fluid, which 
is animal electricity, and forms the connect- 
ing link between mind and matter. Mind 
is the only substance in the universe that 
possesses inherent motion and living power 
as its two primeval efficients. These two 
seem to be inseparable, because there can 
be no manifestation of power except through 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 87 



motion. Hence mind is the first grand mov- 
ing cause. It is the first link in the mag- 
nificent chain of existing substances. This 
mind wills. This mental energy, as the cre- 
ative force, is the second link, and stirs the 
nervous force, which is electricity. This is 
the third link. This electricity causes the 
nerve to vibrate. This is the fourth link. 
The vibration of the nerve contracts the 
fibre of the muscle. This is the fifth link. 
The contraction of the muscle raises the 
bone or the arm. This is ..the sixth link. 
And the arm raises dead matter. This is 
the seventh link. So it is through a chain 
of seven links that mind comes in contact 
with dead matter; that is, if we allow the 
creative force — the will — to be one link. This 
will, however, is not a substance, but a mere 
energy, or result of mind. To be plain, it is 
mind that touches electricity — electricity 
touches nerve — nerve touches muscle — mus- 
cle touches 'bone — and bone raises dead mat- 
ter. It is, therefore, through this concante- 
nation, or chain, link by link, that the mind 
gives motion to and controls living or dead 
matter, and not by direct contact with all 
substances. Hence the proof is clear and 
positive, that the mind can come in contact 
with, and by its volition control, the elec- 
tricity of the body, and collect this subtile 
agent with fearful power upon any part of 
the system. 

It is evident that the mind holds its resi- 
dence in the brain, and that it is not diffused 
over the whole system. Were it so, then 
our hands and feet would think, and in case 
they were amputated, we should lose part of 
our minds. If, then, the mind, invested with 
royalty, is enthroned in the brain — and if 
the mind command the foot to move, or the 
hand to rise, then it must send forth from 



88 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



its presence an agent, as its prime minister, 
to execute this command. This prime min- 
ister is electricity, which passes from the 
brain through the nerves, as so many tele- 
graphic wires, to give motion to the extremi- 
ties. On this principle, how easy it is to un- 
derstand the philosophy of a paralysis. The 
nerve, as the grand conductor of the motive 
power, is obstructed by some spasmodic col- 
lapse, and the prime minister cannot pass 
the barrier that obstructs its path. In this 
case, the mind, as the enthroned monarch, 
may will the arm to rise, but the arm re- 
mains motionless. But remove that bar- 
rier, the agent passes, and the arm must 
rise. Hence it is easily seen, that all motion 
and power originate in the mind. 

You have now brought before you the 
connecting link between mind and matter, 
and through this is shown you the phil- 
osophy of the contraction of the human 
muscles through mental energy. This has 
ever been and still is considered an in- 
scrutible mystery in physiology. Whether 
it is now revealed or not is submitted to 
your decision. The argument in its defense 
is irresistible. 

Having clearly and philosophically estab- 
lished the truth that electricity in the form 
of nervous fluid is indeed the connecting 
link between mind and inert matter the 
question now presents itself — If the mind 
continually throws off electricity from the 
brain by its mental operations and by mus- 
cular motion, then how is the supply kept 
up in the brain — through what source is it 
introduced into the system and how con- 
veyed to the brain? It is through the res- 
piratory organs electricity is taken into the 
blood at the lungs, and from the blood it 
is thrown to nerves and conducted to the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 89 



brain, and is there secreted and prepared 
for the use of the mind. 

It should be distinctly understood how 
this power operates. Remember mind 
touches the electro-nervous fluid, moves it 
— and this fluid moves the blood. Electrical 
Psychology is the doctrine of impressions, 
and the same disease that mind, or even 
physical impressions can cause, the mind 
can remove, if the patient be in the psycho- 
logical state. Because mental impressions 
to any extent we please can be produced 
upon him. It is therefore immaterial from 
what source a disease may arise, or what 
kind of a disease it may be, the mind can, 
by its impressions, cause the nervous fluid 
to cure it, or at least to produce upon it a 
salutary influence. 

So one of the great healing principles in 
man is the invisible electro-nervous fluid. 
This moves and equalizes the blood, and the 
blood affects the flesh. It is the electricity 
of the system, under the control of the 
mind. 

All the powers and operations of Nature 
are lodged in the unseen and finest portions 
of matter — they pass on through every 
grade, and end in the gross and heaviest 
parts. The unseen power that stirs the 
earthquake, and convulses the globe is the 
reality. It passes through every grade of 
matter, and ends in rending the solid rocks 
and hurling cities in the vortex of ruin. 
The power that moves this globe in its 
orbit at the rate of sixty-eight thousand 
miles per hour, is an invisible agent, for all 
operations and efforts begin in the finest 
substance in being, which is the unseen 
cause, and therefore the reality. Hence it 
is the same in Nature as in the human 
system. The disease begins in the finest 



90 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



substance of the body — in the electricity of 
the nerves — passes on to the blood and flesh, 
and ends in the bones. There is, indeed, but 
one common mode of operation in Nature 
and in man. 

The science of Electrical Psychology, be- 
ing the doctrine of impressions, throws an 
immense flood of light on the human mind, 
and its susceptibility to the most strange 
and unreasonable impressions in the power 
of man to conceive. There are some minds 
so constituted, that it is absolutely impos- 
sible for them to resist the impressions that 
others may make upon them. This science 
unfolds what was considered an inscrutable 
mystery in relation to the unreasonable 
conduct of many. 

Hundreds , of instances have occurred 
where persons have been charged with mur- 
der, have confessed themselves guilty of the 
deed, and, on that confession, have been sol- 
emnly sentenced to die. And yet, before 
the day of execution arrived, the supposed 
murdered man was found alive in some dis- 
tant section, and hurried home just in time 
to save an innocent fellow-creature from 
an ignominious death. Turn to the crim- 
inal calendar, and you will find some most 
striking instances of this character, and 
that, too, in our own country, the boasted 
land of light and morals. All such persons 
were naturally in the psychological state, 
and really believed what they confessed. 
Judges and jurors have yet to learn that no 
man should be hung on his own confession. 
If he must die, let it be in the face of the 
most indubitable evidence, and, even then, 
let him be recommended to mercy, for often 
murder, as well as suicide, is committed 
under some strange hallucination of mind. 

Much has been advanced in relation to 
mind and matter, their various operations, 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 91 



powers, and manifestations, and the count- 
less mental and physical impressions of 
which they are susceptible. If the argu- 
ments already advanced to prove that mind 
touches and moves electricity as its prime 
agent, are not sufficient and entirely satis- 
factory, try this visible and tangible ex- 
periment, the result of which you can wit- 
ness, and thus test the truth of the asser- 
tions made. 

Let any gentleman of eloquence, feeling, 
and pathos lay his bare arm on a table 
where it shall be perfectly at rest; let him 
then repeat some impressive poetry, or any 
prose sentences of stirring eloquence, paying 
no attention to his arm till his feelings are 
moved, and at that instant he will see his 
arm covered with what are called goose- 
pimples. If he cease speaking, they will 
gradually disappear, as his mind sinks into 
calmness. Indeed, he can see them rise and 
fall with his feelings and emotions. These 
are occasioned by the redundant electricity 
which is thrown to the surface by the strong 
emotions and positive impulses of the ex- 
cited mind. These pimples rise up at the 
root of each hair, and as hair is a non-con- 
ductor, and resists electricity, so the internal 
pressure of the electro^nervous force, pro- 
pelled to the surface by the mind, causes 
these minute eminences to> arise. Electricity 
is, in its nature, a cold substance. Hence, 
when the weather is cold, the air, being 
dense, contains an excess of electricity and 
oxygen. These, being inspired by the lungs 
in greater quantities than usual, brace the 
system, and render these pimples in the 
same ratio more prominent and visible than 
in warm weather. This circumstance con- 
firms the proof that it is electricity moved 
by mind, that causes these to rise when 
the feelings are excited by an eloquence 



92 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



that causes even cold chills to pass over the 
body. 

The proof now produced is considered to 
be absolutely and positively irresistible, and 
abundant to satisfy any philosophic mind, 
that electricity is the connecting link be- 
tween mind and inert matter, and is, there- 
fore, the agent through which the mind 
manifests its motions and powers. But 
should this not be sufficient to send a bold 
and firm conviction to the mind of the 
greatest skeptic, then carry the proof still 
farther, and firmly nail the matter beyond 
any power to remove it. Let the skeptic 
place himself on an insulated stool, with 
his arm entirely , bare, and charge his body 
from a powerful electric machine. The 
hairs and pimples will rise up even as they 
do under an intense action of the mind. 
When the body is electrically charged on an 
insulated stool, even the hairs of the head 
rise up erect, and the same result follows 
when the mind is greatly excited by fear 
or moved by strong and stormy emotions. 

If these evidences are not sufficient to 
strike the skeptic speechless in his opposi- 
tion, then let him take a needle, and, after 
satisfying himself that it has no magnetic 
power to attract the smallest atom, let him 
insert it in a nerve, and it will become suf- 
ficiently magnetic to take up fine iron filings. 

We now perceive why the mind, when in- 
volved in trouble and distress, has so pow- 
erfully affected the body, not only in bring- 
ing upon it various diseases, but often sud- 
den, or even instant death. And we more- 
over see why the mind, when calm, serene, 
and happy, when buoyant with hope, and 
animated with confidence, faith, and joy, has 
produced such powerful and salutary results 
in removing pains and diseases. We see 
why, under the energy of such a favorable 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 93 



state of mind, warts, and even king's-evil, 
cancers, and various tumors nave been made 
to disappear. 

The science of Electrical Psychology is of 
most paramount importance to the human 
race, as a curative agent, and should, there- 
fore be understood by all, so far, at least, as 
to apply it successfully to the removal of 
disease and pain. It should be practically 
understood by all medical men. To secure 
the services of a competent instructor would 
cost them only a trifling sum, and in the 
course of their practice it would be worth 
thousands of dollars to> them, and at the 
same time afford them the supreme pleasure 
of having saved many a life, where medicine 
must have necessarily failed. To obtain a 
good knowledge of this science will require 
a number of private, personal lessons and a 
good reference library of books on this sub- 
ject. 

The cheerful heart is health; the cheerless 
heart is disease. When a person has a 
cheerful heart he shows it in his body; he 
stands more erect; he has more elasticity in 
his step, he has more energy in his move- 
ments, he has more electricity in his action, 
he has more magnetism in the effect of that 
body on others. It shows itself in the head 
and face. The brow is smoother, and shows 
no malice, the lines of care are slow to come, 
the corners of the mouth tend upward, the 
eye takes on more lustre, the face has more 
of life. The light within shines out through 
the translucent curtain of the flesh and 
marks the face with the heart's goodness. 
The smile of the heart comes out to the sur- 
face. President Taft is called the man with 
the chronic smile, and in his case it is prob- 
ably automatic — either a structural forma- 
tion or a crystallization of cheerfulness. In 



94 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



either case, it is a blessing to him and a 
pleasure to others. The smile need not be 
very pronounced, but the features will al- 
ways be ready for it and will be suggestive 
of it. Charming is the face behind whose 
curtain laughter ever sits, throwing its light 
through it and on all around. 

The spirit of continued cheerfulness and 
hopefulness is expressive of many virtues, 
some of which, being beneath the surface, 
are commonly overlooked. But the truly 
hopeful and courageous one does not feel 
the necessity of having his good deeds 
heralded from the housetops. It is suf- 
ficient that he himself knows of them and 
of the heroic spirit which prompted them. 
From the occultist's standpoint it may be 
seen how the power gained and thus ex- 
pressed and held constantly makes itself 
felt, and that in the long run the brave 
soul must be accepted and appreciated at 
its true worth. 

Let us today content ourselves with 
power-gaining, with acquiring the spirit of 
hopefulness and contentment, knowing that 
it will ever act even while externally in- 
active. "A cheerful spirit is a continual 
feast" which we each may have by going to 
its true source within. 

It is a wonderful thing to be "led of the 
spirit" into all good. It is worth our while 
to inquire how such leadings may be ob- 
tained. They can be obtained by living the 
higher self. Through the habitual practice 
of true thought-concentration, we may keep 
closely in touch with the higher self and 
thus awaken from within, a steady flow of 
vibratory power, direct from the higher self. 
Blunders, wrong judgments, accidents, ob- 
stacles, etc., are not very likely to then 
come to us, simply because we are not in 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 95 



their current, but are in the force-currents 
which carry us away from such things and 
they away from us. 

Let us spend more time in getting ready 
or in power-gaining, and less in power- 
spending if we would lessen our labors and 
multiply results. That is the way to organ- 
ize victory. The rule may be modified to 
suit nearly all purposes, conditions and cir- 
cumstances. 

Cheerfulness shows in the mind. Through 
its effects on the nervous system it keeps up 
a healthy brain action, and thus keeps the 
mind sane and strong. The cheerful mind 
does not get enveloped in mists, and can al- 
ways see out over troubles. Its eye does 
not become dim; it can recognize truths and 
can apply them. To the cheerful mind, 
business problems are more easily solvable, 
and complex difficulties become simple. The 
cheerful heart sees all and not parts of life, 
while the gloomy heart see® only the evil 
and the dangers. If we have cheerful hearts 
we can 

"Find tongues in trees, books in the run- 
ning brooks, 
Sermons in stones, and good in everything." 

Cheerfulness must originate within. It is 
a mistake to think that it belongs to one's 
circumstances. Money does not make the 
heart cheerful, though it is an instrument 
which the cheerful heart may use in giving 
good cheer to others. Nor is good cheer to 
be got only from friends, it is rather to be 
given to friends. 

Ella Wheeler Wilcox happily sings: 
" 'Tis easy enough to be pleasant, 
When life flows along like a song; 



96 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



But the man worth while, is the man who 

can smile 
When everything goes dead wrong; 
For the test of the heart is trouble, 
And it always comes with the years; 
And the smile that is worth the praise of 

the world 
Is the smile that comes through tears." 




THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 97 



CHAPTER V. 

HOW TO OBTAIN CONTROL OF OTHEES. 

Having clearly placed before you those 
interesting points that involve the ever 
sweet and pleasing doctrine of sympathy, 
instructions will now be given you how an 
individual can be electrically and psycholog- 
ically controlled. This is a subject involv- 
ing vast utility as a curative power to the 
sick and distressed, and is therefore full of 
deep and stirring interest to every feeling 
heart. TO' control is to cure. In order to 
affect an individual, and to successfully con- 
trol his mind and muscles, it is, in the first 
place, necessary that he should stand in a 
negative relation to the operator as to the 
doctrine of impressions. Some persons are 
naturally in this condition, were born in it, 
live in it, and will die in it. Others are not 
in this state and hence means must be used 
to bring them there before they can be 
controlled. In order to determine whether 
an individual stands: in this negative rela- 
tion to yourself, as the operator, you must 
first proceed to take the communication. 
This is invariably and philosophically done 
through the medium of two points. It makes 
no difference whether it be effected by vis- 
ible contact or otherwise, it is still done 
through the medium of two points, or the 
negative and positive electric forces, and 
through the same nerve, or family of nerves, 
that constitutes, phrenologically, our indi- 
vidualism or personal identity. 

It is evident that the positive and negative 
forces of the two electricities pervade all 
Nature. These two forces not only permeate, 



98 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



more or less, all substances in Nature, but 
they also unceasingly emanate from them 
in electric circles. Hence, as man is a part 
of the universe, he constantly takes into his 
system large portions of electricity with the 
air he inspires, with the water he drinks, 
and with the food he eats. And by mental 
and muscular action, and the common oper- 
ations of animal life, he unceasingly throws 
it off through the nervous force. On passing 
from his system into the surrounding ele- 
ments, it forms around him his electric or 
magnetic circle. Hence, when two individ- 
uals come within a certain distance of each 
other, their circles meet, and touch each 
other at two points. And if one of these 
individuals is in the electro-psychological 
state, the communication will be taken 
through the positive and negative forces. 
And though this communication was taken 
without personal contact, yet it was done 
through the nerve that constitutes our in- 
dividualism or personal identity. A com- 
munication in this manner can be estab- 
lished with those persons only who are very 
sensitive, and only about one in twenty-five 
is naturally in this state. 

It is, however, certain, that no effect can 
be produced till you establish a thorough 
communication between yourself and the 
subject through the nervous force of the 
organ of Individuality that constitutes his 
personal identity. And as the centre or 
moving nerve of this organ has sympathy 
with all the voluntary nerves of the system, 
and" as they reciprocally affect each other, 
SO' you can establish a psychological commu- 
nication by touching any part of the system 
where voluntary nerves are located, and par- 
ticularly of those individuals who are very 
sensitive and impressible. But the most nat- 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 99 



ural mode to get a good communication, and 
the one least liable to be detected, is to take 
the individual by the hand, and in the same 
manner as though you were going to shake 
hands. Press your thumb with moderate 
force upon the ulnar nerve, which spreads 
its branches to the ring and little finger 
of the hand. The pressure should be nearly 
an inch above the knuckle, and in range of 
the ring finger. Lay the ball of the thumb 
flat and partially crosswise, so as to cover 
the minute branches of this nerve of mo- 
tion and 1 sensation. The pressure, though 
firm, should not be so> great as to produce 
pain or the least uneasiness to the subject. 
When you first take him by the hand, re- 
quest him to place his eyes upon yours, and 
to keep them fixed, so that he may see 
every emotion of your mind expressed in the 
countenance. Continue this position and 
also the pressure upon this cubital nerve for 
half a minute or more. Then request him 
to close his eyes, and with your fingers gen- 
tly brush downward several times over the 
eyelids, as though fastening them firmly to- 
gether. Throughout the whole process feel 
within yourself a fixed determination to 
close them, so as to express that determina- 
tion fully in your countenance and manner. 
Having done this, place your hand on the 
top of his head and press your thumb firmly 
on the organ of Individuality, bearing par- 
tially downward, and with the other thumb 
still pressing the ulnar nerve, tell him — 
you can not open your eyes! Remember, 
that your manner, your expression of coun- 
tenance, your motions, and your language 
must all be of the most positive character. 
If he succeed in opening his eyes, try it 
once or twice more, because impressions, 
whether physical or mental, continue to 
deepen by repetition. In case, however, that 



100 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



you can not close his eyes, nor see any 
effect produced upon them, you should cease 
making any further efforts, because you 
have now fairly tested that his mind and 
body both stand in a positive relation to 
yours as it regards the doctrine of impres- 
sions. 

Still another mode of communication has 
been discovered, which is far preferable to 
the one just mentioned, is supreme over all 
others, and will remain so. This is the 
Median Nerve, which is the second of the 
brachial plexus. It is a compound nerve 
having the power of both motion and sen- 
sation. It is located in the centre of the 
upper part of the palm of the hand near 
where it joins the wrist. In order to take 
the communication through this medium, 
you must take the subject by the hand with 
the palm upward, and place the ball of your 
thumb in the centre of his hand near the 
root of his thumb, and give a moderate but 
firm pressure. The astonishing nature of 
the impression can only be equaled by the 
result produced. 

After you succeed in closing the subject's 
eyes you may then request him to put his 
hands on his head, or in any other position 
you choose, and tell him, You can not stir 
them! In case you succeed, request him to 
be seated, and tell him, You cannot rise! 
If you are successful in this, request him 
to put his hands in motion, and tell him, 
You can not stop them! If you succeed, re- 
quest him to walk the floor, and tell him, 
You can not cease walking! And so you 
may continue to perform experiments in- 
volving muscular motion and paralysis of 
any kind that may occur to your mind, till 
you can completely control him, in arresting 
or moving all the voluntary parts of his 
system. When this is accomplished, we say, 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 101 



for the sake of convenience, he is in the 
electrical state. 

You may, perhaps, not be able to affect 
him any further; and as you can not know 
how this matter stands without the trial, so 
you will next proceed to produce mental im- 
pressions by operating upon his mind only. 
If he is entirely in the state, you can make 
him see that a cane is a living snake or eel; 
that a hat is a halibut or flounder; a hand- 
kerchief is a bird, child, or rabbit; or that 
the moon or a star falls on a person in the 
audience, and sets him on fire, and you can 
make him hasten to extinguish it. You can 
make him see a river, and on it a steam- 
boat crowded with human beings. You can 
make him see the boiler burst, and the boat 
blow up. You can change his own personal 
identity, and make him believe that he is a 
child two or three years old, and inspire 
him with the artless feelings of that age; 
or that he is an aged man, or even a woman, 
or some renowned statesman or hero. You 
can change the taste of water to that of 
vinegar, wormwood, honey, or of any liquors 
you please. In like manner you can oper- 
ate on his hearing and smelling, as well as 
on his sight, feeling, and taste. When you 
can produce such mental hallucinations as 
these on all his senses, or thousands of oth- 
ers that may suggest themselves' to your 
mind, we say, for the sake of convenience, 
that he is in the psychological state. 

All, with few exceptions, can be, by perse- 
verance, brought into this state. Some are 
naturally in it — some are brought into it 
by one sitting — some by two some by three 
— and some may require a hundred sittings 
of half an hour each before they can be 
brought to the participation of this inesti- 
mable blessing. No two individuals are alike 



102 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



impressible in any thing whatever, whether 
it be mental effort, moral power and moral 
suasion, or physical endurance. Hence we 
should not be surprised, that they all differ 
from each other as to nervous impressibility 
in this science, and that, too, in the same 
ratio as they may differ in their phernologi- 
cal developments and cerebral excitability. 
It is enough for us to know on this point 
that no two individuals are in any respect 
exactly alike. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 103 

CHAPTER VI. 

HTST I=>IMCZ> T~ISM 

AND ITS USE. 

Having been endowed both naturally and 
by cultivation with that peculiar power over 
the elements of diseased action, known in 
the Apostolic times as the "gift of healing," 
by which the sick are restored to health 
without the use of medicine; and having had 
considerable experience in the treatment of 
different forms of disease by its exercise, we 
have felt it a duty to communicate to the 
public the results of that experience. < 

The principles upon which this practice is 
based are founded on truth, and have been 
so demonstrated to the satisfaction of criti- 
cal investigators. The facts concerning its 
power have been realized by thousands of 
persons in this and other countries within 
the last few years. It is resorted to by con- 
stantly increasing numbers as rapidly as 
prejudice is made to give way; and there 
can be no doubt that as soon as the mass of 
mankind are convinced of its utility, it will 
necessarily be brought into general use. It 
has already been recognized by prominent 
medical men, who recommend it for its un- 
questionable efficiency. 

•Magnetic Treatment differs from all other 
systems. The power must exist with the 
physician, also the ability to transmit it to 
others. What is called power, is the Ner- 
vous Vital force that gives and sustains all 
animal life . When the human body becomes 



104 , SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



deficient in this Magnetic Vital force, dis- 
ease is the immediate result. All forms of 
disease have their origin in the disturbing 
of Vital force. This Vital force is the mag- 
netic or electric currents that pass through 
the nerves. 

Thus we see that in the great laboratory of 
nature there are valuable forces already pre- 
pared for our use, which if properly applied, 
can be made a great blessing to the human 
family. They invite us to partake of the 
bounty spread before us as a gift from 
heaven. 

The curative process is effected by the 
power of Nature, yet it is often the case that 
something else gets the credit. All that any 
plan of treatment can do is to assist her. 
That kind of practice which is not produc- 
tive of direct injury, by creating other forms 
of disease, is the one most needed to super- 
sede others which do not harmonize with 
nature. Magnetism assists nature when 
medicine fails. The cures performed by it 
have often been in cases which had been 
experimented upon by the use of nostrums, 
and by many of the well known remedies, 
until the disease had become chronic ; and 
this was the last resort. Sometimes the 
disease is eradicated immediately; at other 
times the magnetic force gives an impulse, 
which sets the life current in motion, but 
time is required to effect the cure. In the 
latter, the physical system goes through a 
chemical change, the vital forces being in- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 105 



creased more naturally than by any other 
known practice. Some of these cases have 
been pronounced incurable by some of the 
highest medical authorities. Such are not 
now uncommon. The plan of treatment is 
entitled to be ranked as a legitimate calling, 
certainly as much so as those which though 
more popular, are less effectual, and cannot 
compare with it. 

Why is it that among physicians prejudice 
exists against the practice of vital magne- 
tism? To our mind the reasons seem to be 
first, that it involves much more labor, and 
takes more time; hence it is less profitable. 
A physician will get as much for writing a 
prescription as a magnetizer would for 
spending from fifteen minutes to an hour 
with his patient. Then there is no oppor- 
tunity to get a commission on prescriptions 
which is a source of great profit to some. 
Again, it is not popular, nor according to 
the rule which they have laid down for them- 
selves. Many physicians have removed be- 
yond the narrow limits of these restrictions, 
and are proving themselves more effective 
in power than the tree which produced 
them. 

Many distinguished physicians have left 
on record their views in relation to the use 
of medicine, expressing the opinion that the 
practice of medicine is inadequate to the 
needs of the public, and that as to the use 
of drugs, the less that is employed the 
better for the patient That this is a fact 



106 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

physicians confess to almost daily. But 
it must not be inferred that this is meant 
to he in antagonism with Medical Doctors; 
on the other hand they are considered 
friends for they turn over to natural heal- 
ers their chronic and supposed incurable 
patients. Many physicians have taken a 
sort of post graduate course in the science 
of Modernized Natural Healing, and noth- 
ing could be more beneficial to the physician 
aspiring for complete success and popular- 
ity, than this course of instructions. 

There is a very common superstition 
among popular medical men, of the antedi- 
luvian school, that the phenomena of mag- 
netism (or hypnotism) are the concomitants 
of hysterical states of the nervous system. 
But there is, here and there, a broad-heart- 
ed and knowledge-loving physician, who is 
capable of putting a rational question with 
an honest incredulity. A loss of vital action 
is nothing but a loss of balance between in- 
herent forces, which are positive and nega- 
tive, or magnetic and electrical. Yet it is 
not claimed that currents generated by the 
metallic or mineral battery can ever be 
made to act as a substitute, because the 
principles of life are as much more fine 
than atmospheric electricity as the latter is 
more delicate than the water of our lakes. 

Therefore, Modernized Natural Healing is 
to be recommended in all kinds of diseases. 
You must have an active will to do 
good, a firm faith in your power, and an 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS. 107 



active confidence in employing it. Hypno- 
tism is a useful, an invigorating, and a sub- 
lime agent for energy and health. It is the 
all pervading sympathy which connects us 
with the absolute condition and sufferings 
of our fellow men. These practical direc- 
tions and excellent suggestions may help to 
awaken thought on an important subject. 
Hypnotism is to be one of the great remed- 
ial powers and agencies. Medical men 
must adopt it, and will. 

We are not called to prove and demon- 
strate that such an agency actually exists, 
as the one so long known as Hypnotism. 
It has afforded its own evidence; and he who 
is candid and intelligent has little difficulty 
in arriving at conviction. For such only do 
we care to write. We have neither time, 
patience nor energy, to waste outside. 

Whatever of doubt and uncertainty exists 
in regard to this agent, hangs equally heavy 
about every remedy employed. "Many 
things are uncertain in this world," says 
Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, "and among 
them the effect of the large proportion of 
the remedies prescribed by physicians". It 
is a fact that the same medicine will exhibit 
different phenomena in the hands of differ- 
ent prescribers, or administered to differ- 
ent patients, indeed, so manifold are these 
variations, as also the diversity of creed 
among physicians, that it is more than a 
question whether there exists an art more 
uncertain than the Medical. The more 



108 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



learned in the calling are generally the most 
skeptical. It is partly because they have 
not yet attained the true starting-point for 
observation ; and partly because the secret 
of the potency of remedial agents has not 
been penetrated. Hypnotism has in it noth- 
ing contrary to common sense, except in the 
minds of persons who ridicule everything 
which they do not understand, and affect to 
despise what they have not the facility to 
possess. Such learn what they know, as the 
brute animals do, only adding such reason- 
ing and combining faculties as they, by ^vir- 
tue of their humanity, chance to possess. It 
is not logic to attribute things to the imag- 
ination, as though that was proof that they 
were unsubstantial nonentities. The imag- 
ination of a mother will rule the develop- 
ment of her child, as we have numerous ex- 
amples. A faculty having that power, is an 
entity of the most energetic character, and 
real in the most emphatic sense of the word. 
The drugs employed by physicians in 
many instances, have their principal virtues 
due to the imagination, or perhaps the faith, 
of the prescriber or patient; while, in other 
cases, the drugs are themselves magnets or 
magnetized substances. It is therefore the 
physician, rather than the medicine, that 
should be looked to and depended upon for 
the healing virtue. The medical knowledge 
which is now taught is insufficient for the 
purposes of the healing art. It consists too 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS. 109 



much in uncertain conjectures and pride of 
opinion; while it, to a great degree overlooks 
the means which exist on every hand, and 
especially the instinct common alike to hu- 
man beings and animals, which impels them 
to seek that which is needful and to shun 
the unwholesome. Our doctrine on the con- 
trary is founded on a genuine and unques- 
tionable experience, from which, as from an 
inexhaustible fountain, there flows an un- 
ceasing current of most vital truths. 

That Medical knowledge is taking a new 
departure is palpable on every hand. Even 
those physicians who have settled down 
into the chaotic mire of atheism and mater- 
alism are vociferous in their proclamations 
about the advances of Science. While they 
do not quite know what they are saying, and 
their auditci sand admirers do not well un- 
derstand the sense of it, the fact is patent, 
nevertheless, that humanity is entering upon 
a new era, in which the former dogmatisms 
and half knowing will pass away. We have no 
occasion, therefore, for unfriendly dispute 
without wandering from the path to engage in 
controversy with the servant of the Twilight- 

The art of curing disease by the agency 
known as Magnetism is very old, perhaps the 
oldest method that was ever employed. It 
is the first that instinctively suggests it- 
self to the friend of the sufferer, to the 
mother, the wife, or the sympathizing neigh- 
bor. That one person can influence another 



110 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



fn the way commonly denominated magnetic, 
is a fact now very generally known, and it no 
longer compromises a person's reputation 
for good sense and intelligence to admit this* 
This "virtue" or dynamic potency, is an ac- 
tual entity, an endowment of our physical 
life, and capable, when rightly employed, of 
assuaging bodily pain and removing disease. 
It is not a boon which only a few enjoy, but 
a general property of living beings. 

It was an old notion that for hypnotism to 
be successfully applied, the patient must be 
put to sleep. This is a great mistake. It 
has been the cause of great wasting of time 
and energy. ®A11 that is required is to be 
brought into a susceptible condition. The 
sleep is useful therefore only in so far as 
this is occasioned. The attention of the 
physician duly fixed upon the patient, and 
particularly upon the region of the body 
which requires treatment, is the principal 
thing required. The patient will become 
3onscious of a particular sensation, better 
known than described : often an aura or cool 
breeze resembling that of epilepsy, or a pe- 
culiar sense of warmth, or a pricking feeling, 
or perhaps a slight numbness. This pecul- 
iar sensation will be more or less vivid 
as the patient is more or less sensitive. 
In this condition the will of the physician, or 
his simplest suggestion, has become a spirit- 
ual force, acting in harmony with the mind 
and will of the patient to the end of influenc- 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 111 



Ing beneficially the unwholesome states of 
the body. Every disorder which will admit 
of a cure will give way to the agency. 
There is not the reasonable shadow of a 
doubt in the matter. The simple suggestion 
of the experienced magnetic physician, even 
when made in silence, without audible voice, 
will increase or diminish the action of the 
heart, change the breathing, affect the func- 
tional movements of the stomach, liver, kid- 
neys and intestinal canal. The blood will 
be sensibly modified in character, both 
chemically and physiologically. The vital 
of any organ of the body can be controlled; 
any part may be rendered insensible to pain; 
the nerves quieted ; and, in brief, the specific 
effects of a medicine may be produced, with- 
out the always evil and objectionable mor- 
bid accompaniments. 

By following up this treatment, a complete 
revolution will be made in the functional 
action of the body, and the organism itself 
will undergo a beneficial and permanent 
change. The effects which are produced by 
the magnetic power and other operations, 
will be carried over into the normal state, 
and so hold good as a condition of regained 
health. 

The faculty of magnetizing exists in all 
persons; but all do not possess it in the same 
degree. There are many reasons for this 
superiority of individuals over others on 
moral and physical qualities. In the former 



112 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



respect, there is required confidence in one's 
own power to accomplish the desired result, 
energy of will, facility in concentrating the 
attention and holding it thus fixed, kindness 
of feeling, patience, calmness of mind, and 
entire devotion to the matter in hand. The 
person who is deficient in these particulars 
will hardly become a good magnetic physi- 
cian. 

The physical qualifications are essential. 
Good health is one of the very first of these. 
There is besides a peculiar power, different 
from that which lifts burdens or moves heavy 
objects. Its existence and the degree of 
energy possessed in this respect, are only 
known by trial. It will be perceived at once 
that some persons have magnetic power 
superior to what is possessed by others. 
Indeed, this virtue is so great in some, that 
they have to moderate it. The direct action 
ceases when the physician suspends the 
energy of his will in that direction ; but the 
peculiar communication once established, 
the virtue will be transferred to the patient 
by the receptive condition which has been 
induced. Confidence in the efficaciousness 
of hypnotism is of very great importance; 
nevertheless it is not absolutely necessary. 

The office of magnetic treatment, it will 
be perceived is to arouse and set in action 
the vital force. It can do no more. Persons 
who have taken much medicine are less bene- 
fitted therefore than those who have been 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 113 

less unfortunate. Nevertheless, this is no rea- 
son why medical treatment, and magnetism 
may be employed together. The adminis- 
tering of remedies is greatly favored by the 
auxiliary and their efficiency assured. Hyp- 
notism quiets nervous movements and con- 
vulsions, relieves pain, and so puts the 
patient in a condition to use remedies to ad- 
vantage, which perhaps it had been impos- 
sible before to administer. 

Hypnotism often assuages a fever and 
moderates the paroxysms ; puts a stop to 
delirium diminishes the excitement of the 
nervous system, and, at the same time, im- 
parts or increases strength. It quickens the 
circulation of the blood and augments the 
vital activity. Nevertheless, it requires great 
care and discretion in such cases ; and there- 
fore a very judicious and experienced opera- 
tor is required. In local inflamatory disor- 
ders, which are active in the more important 
of the viscera, wonders have been perform- 
ed. 

Ulcers and scrofulous diseases, which 
have exhausted the resources of medicine 
have been healed by hypnotism. Epilepsy 
affords the most convincing proofs of this 
agent. The violence and frequency of the 
attacks have been diminished, and many 
patients have been cured outright. Paraly- 
sis is benefitted in like manner, the lame 
walk, the blind see and the benumbed recover 
sensibility. Rheumatism is one of the dis- 



114 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

eases most certain to be relieved. Pains 
caused by stoppage of perspiration are al- 
most always cured. Neuralgia disappears 
as by magic. 

Consumption is a form of disease in which 
great benefit is derived from this practice; 
it assists nature's efforts, giving strength to 
throw off effete matter, and recuperate the 
general tone of the system. 

Dyspepsia, and habitual Constipation are 
relieved in the same way. Tumors have been 
known to dissolve and pass away after mag- 
netic treatment. Magnetic treatment is high- 
ly beneficial in the diseases peculiar to fe- 
males, and in the conditions which predispose 
them to disease. The pale and emaciated ap- 
pearance of young girls accompanying de- 
rangement of the menstrual function, readily 
yields to its vivifying influence. 

In cases of Paralysis and Insanity it has 
not its equal for power to re-establish an 
equilibrium in the relative condition of the 
mental and physical functions. We do not 
believe that all that is necessary to sustain 
the physical body is to be found in hypno- 
tism alone. In order to live properly and 
secure the enjoyment of vigorous health, we 
must eat and drink of the food placed within 
our reach, that meets the real wants of our 
nature. 

Intoxicating liquors should never be used 
as a beverage. They are unnatural stimu- 
lants, which blunt the sensibility so that per- 
sons using them habitually, require constant- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 115 

ly increasing quantities to produce the same 
effect. We are of the opinion that their use 
as a beverage was never intended ; and the 
sooner they are discontinued, the better for 
the consumer, his country and the world at 
large. 

It is a well attested scientific fact that to- 
bacco is a poison. Its effects upon persons 
of a nervous temperament are produced 
gradually; but like those of opium and in- 
toxicating liquors, they are sure ; and if in- 
dulged in to excess, will finally produce in- 
jurious consequences to the whole physical 
system. 

We would advise those who are willing to 
try to break up the habit to procure a small 
quantity of Gentian root, and use it as a sub- 
stitute for spirituous liquors, tobacco or 
opium; and when the acquired appetite has 
been abated, discontinue its use. Smoking 
gives great offense to persons of delicate and 
unperverted sensibility. It is a custom 
loathsome to the eye, hateful to the nose, 
harmful to the brain, dangerous to the lungs. 

There is another habit widely prevalent, 
which is a source of serious evil, being de- 
structive of both physical and mental powers. 
We refer to the secret habit indulged by 
both males and females, and which causes a 
rapid waste of the material life. It destroys 
those who are the most innocent in all other 
respects, and those of the brightest intellect. 

We have known cases of imbecility to origi- 
nate solely from the victim's being addicted 



116 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

to this habit. Hypnotism was the only rem- 
edy that produced any beneficial effect, after 
medication had been tried for years without 
success. It is almost impossible to restore 
the nervous system to its natural tone and 
vigor, after being addicted to any of these 
indulgences, except by hypnotism. 

By living a true life, in obedience to the 
laws of hygiene, the business of the physician 
would be in a great measure superseded ; 
quacks, electric belt 'Tree Kecipe" and 
other swindlers would be driven to a more 
honorable business. 

Hypnotism is nature's curative; and, in 
one form or another, will remove diseases 
amendable to treatment, and benefit others 
which are not. 

If Hypnotism had in our times, been re- 
ceived by the scientific world with the dig- 
nity and patient love of investigation be- 
coming the character of men of extensive 
knowledge, and philosophic power of 
thought, or even of high conscientious pro- 
fessional feeling, we might have hoped for 
some decent attention to the series of truths 
which we find to be leading us on step by 
step to the highest pursuits that can engage 
the studious attention of man. 

Keflecting on the extensive view opened 
to the religious aspects of our science, and 
its intimate connection with the philosophy 
of that code of morals which constitutes our 
rule of life, one could not be impelled t 
make this a chief consideration in the treat" 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 117 

ment of It. We proceed naturally to our 
views of Forces, and to point out the trains 
in which Natural, or Physical Forces pro- 
ceed, we may simply remark that Hypno- 
tism must be held to embrace attraction and 
repulsion, and that these form the elementary 
ideas of all the numerous forces in nature. 

It must be borne in mind that we are still 
in presence of a magnetic law, which de- 
termines the existence of magnetic polari- 
ties. Proceeding with these laws, we ob- 
serve the law of evolution regarding more 
complicated germ cells in animal existence, 
but still obedient to magnetic laws of polar- 
ity. Thus are the evolutions of forces to be 
traced from the lowest grades of mineral 
crystal force by successive gradations up to 
that magnetic vital force culminating finally 
in the magnet, or grand crystal, Man, who 
remains subject, even in the operations of 
his mind, to an inexorable magnetic law, 
acting through his phrenological organs, 
either from the force of his own soul, or 
from the force of the will of another. The 
forces here indicated can be proved to exist 
by not only legitimate logical inferences, 
but by demonstrable facts founded on ex- 
periments repeatedly performed by the in- 
vestigators of the science of Hypnotism — 
who are the witnesses to an incessant 
pouring out of truths of the most captivat- 
ing nature. 

i We must in proper place occupy ourselves 
with important considerations on the mag- 



118 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

netic influences exerted upon the human 
being from extraneous sources, and devote 
special attention to the transmission of the 
influences from one human being through 
the frame of another. These may be found 
to relate to the operation of forces exerted 
by agencies in the atmosphere upon our 
brain and nervous system; constituting 
much more completely than philosophers 
have yet been able to see the motives to 
human action. 

The connection between the force of 
Hypnotism, and the phenonena of pain, the 
varieties of sleep and wakefulness, health 
and disease, will, it is hoped, be made clear, 
together with the connection between sleep 
and somnambulism, the true philosophy of 
the power of the human will, the explana- 
tion and illustration of dreams, and then 
will glide naturally into the phenomena of 
a most extensive philosophy, which has ob- 
tained the name of Spiritualism, a true but 
much abused science. 

We propose to show that Hypnotism is a 
force which can alleviate the most agonizing 
suffering — which can cure painful cancers, 
and other malignant diseases — which with- 
out endangering life can render the patient 
insensible to pain under the surgeon's knife, 
and in the throes of a painful labor, which 
can raise up from the deep insensibility of 
the last stage of fever a dying patient — and 
which can do far more than all this, viz., 
cure by its vital and healing efficacy the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 119 



frightful suffering arising from an attack ot 
the gout in the peritoneal membrane of the 
abdomen, for which, I was told, that four- 
teen of the most eminent physicians and 
surgeons had failed to suggest any means of 
relief. May we not assert then that through 
the agency of this force God has enabled 
man to wield a power almost divine? 

We may safely aver that, notwithstanding 
all the obstructive opposition offered to 
Hypnotism, no train of facts, properly cat- 
enated, and logically generalized, can legi- 
timately lead to conclusions more import- 
ant or more philosophical. 

The highest grade of the force to which 
we affix the name or title of Hypnotism is 
the magnetic force that resides in the 
magnet man. Magnetism being the great 
trunk force of nature, or Sir Isaac Newton's 
force of Universal Gravitation, embracing 
centripetal and centrifugal forces, or the 
antagonisms of attraction and repulsion ; we 
may assume as a general proposition that all 
the forces in nature being reducible to these 
two antagonistic powers are in fact but 
emanations in various series of modifica- 
tions from the great primal force. We 
attribute then all the forms and shapes in 
nature to the numerous series of gradations 
of forces, which it has pleased the Almighty 
Planner of the Universe to create as his 
agents, and by which His Will is mani- 
fested. 

If we be capable of reflecting, even a 



120 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

iittie, on what is known of the laws o! 
magnetism we may feel assured that no 
denizen of our earth, which is acknowledged 
to be a magnet, can escape from the influ- 
ence of the laws of magnetism. 

Atheism and Hypnotism are quite in- 
compatible, and I propose to show that 
without the facts of Hypnotism it would 
be impossible to sustain the doctrine of the 
existence of a Deity. Matter is essentially 
inert or passive. The brain is matter and 
cannot possibly act without force urging it 
to act; for like all other matter, when 
denuded of magnetic or vital force it is 
dead and unable of itself to move, much 
less to think. The advocates of the 
materialistic doctrine of the nervous sys- 
tem, must therefore ultimately abandon 
their dogma, that brain matter is the basis 
of the thinking power of man. 

If the power exists, the brain thinks in 
virtue of that power. The process of life is 
renewed at each inspiration and the man 
acquires continually new force, which is 
propagated to the brain, and this con- 
stitutes the power superadded to that 
organ. How is this power proved? By 
the fact that the brain is enabled to think, 
and that thinking, it is enabled to will. 
Man is a magnet, made up of many mag- 
nets; and not only can all this be demon- 
strated, but we are led to know that we are 
each of us surrounded by a magnetic 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 121 



sphere of force. This last fact is perhaps 
the most important of all. 

These considerations lead to reflections 
on the harmonies of nature, and prove to us 
that Hypnotism, whatever certain members 
of the scientific world may have been 
pleased to think of it, is a science, not only 
well worthy of our most assiduous study, 
but that it explains phenomena which have 
puzzled the greatest thinkers of the world. 
We have gone over the ground which has 
led us to the conclusion that is adopted on 
the faith of the correctness of our theory of 
the infinite gradations of force that all force 
is not only conservative, but creative, that is 
to say that a part of the Almighty Will ac- 
companies every manifestation of force. 

We have seen that all matter is arranged 
in series; that it is subject to forces ; and 
that these are as completely subject to the 
law of series as the inert or passive matter 
they are destined to control. They do not 
only control it, but in the higher conditions 
of organization they are called upon to 
control more than the arrangements of form 
they assist in fashioning. What is man's 
will? How is it often perverted? We may be 
told man's will is not a force. We contend 
that it is not only a force but a mechanical 
motive power. 

What is the meaning of perfect health? 
We are told there is no such state of ex- 
istence, because we can never live in a 
Garden of Eden. Perfect health implies 



122 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

the normal performance of the functions ot 
the whole body. But it must be remem- 
bered that we live in a state of society in 
which we can not accustom ourselves to 
the habit of self-control. We must be as- 
sured that without self-control we should be 
ill, even in that delightful garden in which 
our first parents wandered with so much 
happiness. How did they manage to lose 
the privilege of self-control? Precisely as 
we daily manage to swerve from the paths 
which lead to perfect health. If we were 
asked to define what we mean by the words 
we use, we should reply, a sound mind in a 
healthy body. We are proceeding to take 
the calibre of our own meaning. It em- 
braces a large area. Our readers will be 
surprised at our introduction into this work 
of the idea of religion and piety. We can- 
not help it. Without both of these con- 
siderations we cannot hope to attain perfect 
health. 

We now demur to the doctrine that we 
are amenable to our own evil propensities, 
and are at the same time justified in ex- 
pecting to obtain the advantage of good 
health. To many this may be very tedious; 
but our work is on a set of diseases which 
defy the resources of the medical art, and 
we must boldly grapple with all the causes 
productive of them. At the bottom of the 
whole lies the absence of the habit of self- 
control. That is the great evil of social 
life. That is the social evil. We may seek 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 123 

far and wide for the causes of misery and 

its attendant poverty and we shall invaria- 
bly find that want of self control can be 
traced at the root of all their causes. 

We are sufficiently aware of the difficult- 
ies which lie in the way of those who try to 
make the world wiser than it is. We are 
not ourselves so good as we should be. We 
are so much given to follies that when we 
reflect upon them we feel quite ashamed of 
ourselves. But, we argue, is there anyone 
amongst us who could not honestly say the 
same of himself? There are very few of us 
so perfect as we should like to be. This, 
however, is no reason why we should not 
examine into the causes of our follies. 
Having arrived at the origin of the evil, we 
have only to wade through the shallow 
waters of repentance, and we are again 
washed clean. Do we hold the doctrine 
that being clean we have the right to 
plunge again into the foul waters of sin? 
We are far from advocating so very wide an 
idea. We know that no man can return to 
bad habits without degradation. We know 
that degradation implies a dereliction from 
right principle. Where is the eve of the 
day of regeneration? Certainly not in the 
relapse into the follies and errors of our 
former vices. We are not aware of our own 
proneness to slide into the causes which 
deteriorate our mental as well as our bodily 
condition. 

We feel that we should like to become 



124 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

wise in the knowledge of curing the evil3 
which beset us, but we have not the 
courage in order to probe ourselves to 
obviate the causes of those evils. If we ask 
our gouty friend to reflect on his past life 
the chances are that he will jump down our 
throats for that which he considers as our 
impertinence. How few are the men whc 
acquire gouty habits who do not lose the 
"oower of calm reasoning. They are notori- 
ously an irritable race. Their irritability 
often leads them to conclude that everyone 
is wrong except themselves. No matter if 
you can bring abundance of evidence to 
prove the insanity of their conduct it is of 
no avail. You are wrong not because you 
are really so, but because you have told the 
truth, which is disagreeable to a man who is 
wilfully blind. They have a pigheaded 
desire to continue in a course of ignorance 
and folly. "We have now no alternative but 
to show the strong grounds on which we 
rely for public confidence, and to denounce 
in unqualified terms the stupid [obstinacy 
of those opposed to us. "We are sorry not 
to be able to find excuses for those who 
have been led on to their own destruction 
by their own morbid f olly,by their own over- 
weening conceit, or by their pernicious 
habits of intrigue. Time hastens on but 
these men appear to believe they have 
power to crush the events which time pours 
forth. "We are sorry for them, and sorry 
moreover for the destiny which urges us to 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 125 

the higher mission we have chosen. We 
cannot compromise. We have but to com- 
ply with the inevitable mandates of our 
fate. Truth requires of us the severest 
sense of duty, and that sense of duty is 
quite imperative. 

But the misfortune is that the besetting 
sin of vanity is so overwhelming that they 
will not consent to go to school again. 
Often have the great celebrities of the day 
replied, when urged to look into facts re- 
lating to the highest studies that can oc- 
cupy the attention of men, "Do you intend 
to force us to go to school again? " This is 
one of the great stumbling blocks in the 
way of progress towards knowledge. Men 
glory in their vanity, instead of being 
humble philosophers. One might almost 
say the whole College of Physicians is 
tinctured with the silly sin of a love of self- 
glorification. 

Numerous are the occasions on which men 
fly from the point when pressed to give a 
reason for their desire to obstruct the 
increase of knowledge. Our office is that 
of teacher, that of promulgator of truth; 
and we cannot condescend to care for the 
opinions of cliques. Time will settle them. 
For the most part they are wanting in moral 
courage, and when they read the steady and 
cogent arguments advanced against their 
pet notions there is a great probability they 
will change their cowardice for the safe 
Ualour which delights in associating with the 



126 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

majority. At all events, fear does t not 
become us. We proceed towards our goal, 
fearless of all consequences. Those who 
have cautiously abstained from meddling 
with hypnotism, in the hope that the public 
will pardon them, are much mistaken. They 
will get their share of blame. What their 
position? The world is advancing in know- 
ledge. It walks on, with giant strides, on 
all subjects connected with physical 
science. The civil engineer is the leading 
man of the time. He studies all that can 
possibly relate to the pursuits in which he 
is engaged. He taboos no branch of new 
science. He is ready to listen to facts, 
come whence they will. Even the old- 
fashioned clergyman thinks it time to walk 
into the fields of physical science, and cull 
here and there a bunch of sweet-smelling 
knowledge, to heighten the aroma of his 
odor of sanctity. But the medical man, 
call him by the title best suited to gratify 
his empty vanity, and never was there a 
time when this frivolous weakness was so 
rife, the medical man must turn up his nose 
at Hypnotism. 

They would not for the world be ques- 
tioned on Hypnotism. Their views on the 
subject are vague. They have no idea of 
being edified by the few who have looked 
into the matter ; they think the best way is 
to pronounce a decided judgment against 
It. "First there is really very little in it." 
**The effects are so uncertain." ' Then, 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 127 

•'Whatever there may be in it, it is so mixed 
up with immoral tendencies" that their ad- 
vice is not to look into the matter at all. 
Then, it has ruined the reputation of every 
one who has taken it up, and deservedly so, 
for it absorbs the whole attention from 
practical pursuits. These, and other equally 
veracious statements are hazarded by those 
whose profound ignorance seeks a refuge in 
the generalities of base detraction or more 
cowardly slander. 

Hypnotism needs no defense from such 
men. It is on its last legs when such men 
favor it with their notice. It is not neces- 
sary to have recourse to their assistance to 
enable the world to emerge from ignorance. 
Our object is not to bewilder, but to state 
with calmness the vast importance of a 
science which has been shamefully, and one 
might say wickedly, opposed by the narrow 
bigotry of professional cliques. 

"We are not one of those who cry out at 
being selected for a noble mission. It is 
felt that we cannot but be distinguished for 
a love of truth. Independent of the history 
of an atrocious conspiracy to promote our 
ruin, we are clear that time must develop 
the conviction in the minds of the public 
that the work we are now producing will 
carry its weight. We are engaged in prov- 
ing that the history of the human mind, the 
progress of knowledge of religion, th9 
efforts of science, all combine to elucidate 
the truth of the propositions we have 



128 . SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



undertaken to lay before the world. We may 
not be able to go so far as we would wish> 
but we can, at all events, make it clear that 
man is surrounded by influences which at 
once keep him in life, and are the sources of 
all his mental, moral and religious phenom- 
ena. If we can show that all these are 
linked with Hypnotism, we need be under 
no apprehension but what we will be able 
to enlighten mankind. 

When we made up our mind to put forth 
our views we were sure of one thing, that of 
an earnest desire freely to investigate the 
truth, and having found it, not to be 
alarmed at any of the consequences which 
might attend upon its publication. Truth is 
arrived at by a severe examination of facts. 
Facts are here stated boldly. If they can 
be impugned, let those who have the 
capacity as well as the courage to deny 
their existence, come forward and confront 
our statements. We know it is easy to deny, 
but we are ready to prove, and prove our 
veracity. This is not an easy task. In the 
present state of our knowledge, one of the 
most difficult questions to answer is: What 
is force? It is as difficult to define the word 
force as the word soul. If you define the 
one you accomplish the definition of the 
other. In its widest acceptation we should 
say the idea includes all motive power. We 
know when we think of matter it is only 
inert or passive substance. Force, on the 
contrary, is not substance. It may be brute 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 129 

or sensitive or intelligent. The terms are 
not only strictly applicable, but are often 
applied by us to indicate the nature of the 
force we desire to distinguish. In its 
simplest acceptation we should say that 
force is the unseen agent in the production 
of change. If it be true that matter be 
quite inert, then it must follow that no 
change can be produced without the inter- 
ference of force. But force is attractive or 
repulsive. It attracts particles, or masses 
of passive matter towards each other, or it 
repels these passive substances from each 
other. We must imagine that before force 
acted upon them they were static or 
stationary. But, in fact, no matter can be 
quite in a static condition. God, having 
said: " Let there be light, there was light," 
and upon that instant the great trunk force 
of gravitation with its centripetal and cen- 
trifugal powers were ushered into existence, 
to rule the passive inert matter of the uni- 
verse. Centripetal forces mean forces 
which attract to the centre of a spheral 
magnet ; and centrifugal forces mean those 
which repel from the centre of that magnet. 
They are then magnetic forces. But all 
magnetic forces permeate the magnets in 
which they are destined to take up their 
abode. They permeate every particle of 
the magnets, and not only this, but they 
shed their influences spherally around those 
magnets, forming in the language of the 
men of science a magnetic aura or sphere of 



130 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

force around them. We, human beings, as 
well as all animals, vegetables and 
minerals, within the magnetic sphere of this 
magnetic earth, must necessarily partake of 
the magnetic influences emanating from the 
grand trunk force of Universal Gravitation. 
We must inevitably be subject to all condi- 
tions of our residence on this earth. If 
all under the operation of magnetic 
influences or laws, become magnets, it is 
very difficult to conceive b^V. we can 
escape from the powers of those forces 
which permeate us and make tis really and 
truly magnets. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 131 



CHAPTER VII. 

MAN A MAGNET THOUGHTS ARE THINGS. 

Set no limitations on your possibilities. 
Your thought has power to do for you what- 
ever you want to do. Your strength is ^n 
proportion to your courage, knowledge and 
faith. Your starting point is yourself. By 
understanding yourself, you will understand 
all that exists, have command of all power, 
and get on that indestructible line which 
connects you with natural law. True 
strength is mental strength, which can and 
should be applied to practical needs and 
everyday duty — that true line of advance- 
ment. 

Thinking correctly involves doubts; 
doubts are perplexing. They must be 
satisfied before we proceed. Nevertheless, 
though they correct our rapid progress they 
are the forerunners of truth. For he who 
does not doubt cannot feel satisfied that he 
is not mistaken. It is after doubting that 
we become sure that doubts serve as the 
landmarks of truth. Few, then, can be 
said to be thoroughly religious, in the philo- 
sophical sense, who have not doubted at 
some period of their lives. But this is more 
a question of theology than of physics. We 
hold that all theology is based on physics 
as we hold all the psychology is based on 
Hypnotism. He who writes on pyschology 
makes a sorry hash of his book in these 



132 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



days of facts if he be ignorant of Hypno- 
tism. All the old basis of metaphysics have 
been blown to the winds, and he who would 
make himself master of the science of 
the mind must first become familiar with 
the science of Hypnotism, and then with all 
that has emanated from it. Hypnotism is, 
in fact, a corollary to Electricity and Mag- 
netism. Our science is thus made out to be 
relative in gradations to all the various 
natural sciences. No part of the Cosmos is 
free from its influences, and man would be 
at a loss to point out his relations with the 
Great Being who created him, if he could 
not refer the relations of his own life, of his 
own mind, of his own soul, to the great 
trunk force which constitutes the governing 
principle of the Almighty's rule, both in 
moral and physical government of his 
kingdoms. 

Forces that impel men to act as they do, 
then, is our present topic. These have 
existed long before the Bible was written. 
These are the forces alluded to in that 
volume of deep knowledge, as actuating 
the conduct of men, but not in the very 
language we now make use of, for the 
simple reason that we live in more advanced 
times. We do not talk of the devil because 
we are better aware of the nature of the 
spiritual intercourse between the world of 
spirits and the world of flesh obedient to 
magnetic laws. There are few of us who 
would not be startled to be told that the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 133 



devil was at our elbow, prompting our 
thoughts and controlling our actions. If 
we clothe the same fact, for it is a fact, in 
the words of science it loses all its alarming 
effects. Suppose we say that man is a 
magnet, that his habits have led him to 
neglect his power of self-control ; that the 
laws which regulate his conduct result from 
the agency of spiritual forces, forming part 
of the divine government of the universe. 
This, though humbling enough to our pride, 
is not so disagreeable as to feel that we are 
subject to the suggestions of the gentleman 
in black— that spirit of evil whom folks call 
the devil. What better example do we re- 
quire, that weak mortals as we are, we are 
apt to be led away by empty words? 
Thoughts are things. Things are facts. 
Words are but their shadows. Let us ask 
how it happens that we of the two prefer 
the shadow to the substance. We may, 
however, venture to assert that if common 
sense can influence numbers of minds, the 
time is not far distant when the arguments 
of the cogent advocates of free thought 
and exalted truth must prevail over those 
who constantly fail in their experiments, in 
their blundering contrivances, and in their 
efforts at bad reasoning. 

It is clear that the time has not yet ar- 
rived, for it is necessary to carry on this 
sad battle against the enemies of truth. 
Personal Magnetism as one of the phases of 
Hypnotism, peculiarly adapted to practical 



134 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



use in giving added power in every day 
business and social life as well as to the 
enlightening and uplifting of the human 
race is more fully considered in our special 
(10 cent) pamphlet entitled "Personal Mag- 
netism," and in our larger $2.00 book "How 
to "Win by the Aid of Personal Magnetism 
and Hypnotism." Health and disease are 
parts of the science of Hypnotism, and 
without a knowledge of this science no 
physician can dearly understand the ele- 
ments of that physiological knowledge, 
which is supposed to guide him in the dis- 
tinction and treatment of disease. 

It is simply absurd to believe that any 
accession to the store of scientific knowl- 
edge can injure the interests of medical 
practitioners. This is the sordid considera- 
tion at the bottom of all objections to 
Hypnotism. It matters so little who are the 
successful practitioners so that disease is 
cured. But it is a very serious consideration 
how far the motives of what ought to be a 
high moral and learned profession are to be 
scanned and found to be debased by the 
lowest and most profligate love of gold. 
There is no doubt that the conspiracies 
against private character and the wretched 
subornations of perjury are a disgrace to a 
civilized age. Still we cannot yield to 
those motives which we assert to be emana- 
tions from evil spiritual forces. We feel 
for them the pity arising from a conviction 
that we have reasoned correctly on manv 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 135 

physical facts, which it has pleased God to 
make us the instrument to discover and to 
lay before the world. If these lead to a 
more just appreciation of the motives of 
human conduct, and consequently and 
necessarily to a more solid recognition of 
the noble law, developed in the First 
Epistle of St. Paul to the Corinthians, chap, 
xiii, it will be clear that all our sacrifices in 
the cause of Hypnotism will be thought not 
of the slightest consequence. 

When we regard man as a crystallic 
magnet, or as a magnetic crystal, we have a 
regard to the series of crystals from the 
simplest form to the most complicated 
aggregation constituting the magnet Man. 
Man is a far more delicately sensible mag- 
net than a crystal of flint, the rock 
crystal, and yet the force residing in this 
substance, and constantly emanating from 
it is capable of being tested. 

Now it must follow that if man be a mag- 
net he must necessarily originate currents 
of magneto electricity. If he does 
originate these currents what is their 
normal course? They must have a normal 
direction, and when their polarities are re- 
versed they must have an inverse direction. 
This need not be questioned. But whether 
ignorance chooses or not to question it, 
there can be no doubt of the truth of the 
fact. The question, such as — how do you 
prove it? — may be asked. But we need not 
stop to reply to such obvious frivolities. 



136 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



Folks must be ignorant indeed of the re- 
searches which h^e determined the facts 
of reversals of polarity, when they indulge 
in such questions. Suffice it to say that 
proofs have hundreds, not to speak of 
thousands of times, been afforded of our 
experiments. 

Man is a magnet. This is our theme. He 
has, like all other magnets, poles and 
equators. But, being a magnetic machine 
of very complex structure, his magnetic ap- 
paratus is divided into many parts. The 
brain is the chief, magnet, and the trunk 
and extremities are separate magnets, 
having intimate relations with the chief 
source of Hypnotism. 

Knowing that man is a magnet we cannot 
doubt that electric currents exist in the 
human body. When the whole voluntary 
muscular system is influenced by the 
normal downward magneto-electric current 
of Hypnotism, a delightful state of re- 
freshed sensation follows. It is, in fact, a 
healthy, general tone of the system. It 
rigidly supervenes; it refreshes amazingly, 
as sound sleep gives new energy and 
strength to the weary traveler or to the 
hard-tasked laborer, so this magnetic 
muscular rigidly conquers the weariness of 
debility, and restores health to even the 
most diseased subject. 

The means to obtain sleep, and its conse- 
quent tone, then, must consist in those 
arts, which have a tendency to effect our 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 137 



object. It is well-known that sleep may be 
induced in some persons in a very short 
time, by passes slowly made with the 
slightly curved open hands of another 
person at the distance of from half an inch 
to an inch from the crown of the head 
downwards, along the face and chest to the 
pit of the stomach. This may be done 
either with each hand alternately, with 
both hands employed together at the same 
time or with one hand singly. So very sus- 
ceptible have some subjects been found 
that I have repeatedly seen persons who 
have thus been put to sleep by one pass. 
There is, perhaps, no end to the varieties in 
the degrees of susceptibility in different in- 
dividuals to the influence of these magnetic 
manipulations, known as passes. For the 
purpose of illustration, the very susceptible 
cases are undoubtedly the most striking. 
With those not susceptible, the patience of 
the mesmeriser may be sorely tried. But 
where to the sufferer the importance of the 
cure is vital, no effort should be spared to 
accomplish the end in view. Though I am 
certainly an advocate for the deep mes- 
meric sleep in the treatment of all very 
serious and grave fevers, especially in acute 
rheumatism, in scarlatina, and do not 
believe that cancer can be cured without 
the deep sleep accompanied by rigidity, 
the result of many cases makes it suffi- 
ciently obvious that sleep is not necessary 
in order to effect a cure by mesmeric agency 



138 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

as far as we hitherto know, a great deal 
would appear to depend upon the relation 
between the force of the hypnotizer, and 
the peculiar aptitude of the patient to 
receive the impression of that force. In 
cases of rheumatic pains in various parts of 
the body, I have removed the suffering in 
ten minutes and I have on many occasions 
chased away pain of a severe character by a 
single stroke of the hand. The train of 
events, in the case of a person susceptible 
of being influenced by the ordinary mes- 
meric passes is, first somnolence, shortly 
afterwards a gentle sleep, becoming deeper 
as the passes proceed, becoming more 
placid according to the temperament of the 
patient, and often modified or much influ- 
enced by the benevolent or attractive char- 
acter of the hypnotist. Some sensitive 
patients in this stage become sleepwalkers, 
or somnambules. Some become clairvoyant, 
and furnish deeply interesting subjects for 
the study of the philosophy of mind, for 
now the varieties of phenomena, more or 
less associated with the magnetic proper- 
ties of the preponderating phrenological 
organs of the brain develop themselves 
very curiously. In some the trains of symp- 
toms indicating errors in bodily health are 
marvellously exposed to our knowledge. 
By acting upon the obvious suggestions af- 
forded by these indications, many patients 
have been strikingly benefited. 
But where no mental phenomena are 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 139 



manifested, and where the changes, upon 
repeated or long-continued mesmeric 
passes, pursue their normal course uninter- 
ruptedly, the stages are few. Deep sleep 
succeeds somnambulism, and a tetanic 
rigidity succeeds the deep sleep. This is 
the best course for the health-restoring 
agency of Hypnotism to pursue. Perhaps 
none of the diseases that have not wholly 
disorganized or destroyed important struct- 
ures is able to resist the influence of repeti- 
tions of the powerfully toning force. It 
appears to re-establish the original order of 
Nature; and obliges parts which have not 
been too much altered in structure, to 
resume their healthy forms and relations. 
It normalizes abnormalized organs. It 
replaces disease by health. This language 
is very deliberately, very earnestly used, 
from a thorough conviction of its truth, and 
is not in the least too strong, considering 
the facts on which I rely. 

Force is an attractive agency. It is a 
magnetic force. Will any venture to deny 
this proposition? "We really do not know 
what our sciolist might venture to deny. 
Our next question is, will the muscle obey 
the stimulus of the will of other persons? 
This is a point that may admit of a question 
by those who have never witnessed the facts 
relating to the force of the human will. 
Hundreds of persons have witnessed all the 
phenomena of the human will operating 
upon sensitive male and female subjects. 



140 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



The suggestive condition, which may be 
termed "suggestibility," indicates the con- 
dition of mind in which a patient is re- 
ceptive to suggestion. 

The facts being established, all cavil is 
absurd. The inference from them will lead 
us to the conclusion that sleep and wakeful- 
ness may be produced by two opposite 
magnetic forces, that these forces may be 
set in operation by the human will, which 
thus becomes a motive power; and that if 
this power be exerted to produce sleep, it 
is an attractive force, and if to produce 
wakefulness, it must be a repulsive agency. 
The human will can and does exert these 
opposite forces. If certain phrenological 
organs are called into operation, during the 
direction of the will, it becomes an attract- 
ive force ; but if certain other organs come 
into play, the influence is repulsive. There 
is a law regulating the attractive and repul- 
sive organs of the human brain. This law 
is as invariable as any other magnetic law, 
and is the cause of our being agreeable or 
repugnant to our neighbors in our inter- 
course in society. Many are the occasions 
in which every person must have experi- 
enced, without being able to assign any 
reason for the fact, the abhorrence they 
have entertained for particular individuals; 
and, on the other hand, the readiness with 
which they have been glad to accost an 
interesting stranger. Superficial thinkers 
believe themselves warranted to refuse at- 
tention to this fact. They are to be allowed 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 



141 



to flatter themselves they are far wiser than 
their neighbors, and respected accordingly. 

Time is required to mature a healthy 
growth of opinion; and there is no doubt 
that, in time, the views I advocate will fully 
supersede the present artificial conclusions 
of the men of science. It is not requisite 
that men should yield their stubborn con- 
victions in a day, but when they have well 
digested the new facts introduced by num- 
bers of investigators they will find that they 
must expand their systems of knowledge. 
We are about to enter upon a new era in 
science. Those who are not ready to believe 
in the facts which have been witnessed by 
numerous persons of more than average 
intellect, will find themselves compelled to 
account for phenomena they do not compre- 
hend. Time passes with great rapidity, and 
events succeed each other in such manifold 
ways, that we have little idea of the im- 
portance with which we are surrounded 
when we survey the absurdities, as we may 
consider them, which are daily pressed 
upon our notice. 

"We are upon the eve of new prodigies; 
we know not what extraordinary scenes 
may succeed to those we have already wit- 
nessed. Many are the sceptics of to-day, 
who will be the believers of to-morrow. 
Hence we may conclude, that amidst the 
ever changing aspects of science, our 
present idols may yield to a race of still 
more daring sciolists. Such considerations 



142 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



are worth reflection; and few men will say 
that we are not bound to make amends for 
the vituperation we have lavished on the 
real lovers of truth. 

Time hastens on, and we feel that we 
should be wanting to our dignity if we per- 
mitted ourselves to waver in the course we 
have for years pursued. Hypnotism was 
assailed for the imposture and improbabili- 
ty of its pretensions. Nothing daunted by 
the assaults of its enemies, we continued to 
study its phenomena, and we found our- 
selves amply rewarded in the continued de- 
velopment of new and marvellous facts that 
were afforded us in the course of our re- 
searches. No man can question Nature 
without receiving such reward. But many 
mistrust their own powers of observation. 
Some imagine themselves incompetent to 
believe the evidence of their own senses; 
while others are downright scoffers. Some 
think it creditable to laugh at all philoso- 
phy which does not emanate from the brains 
of their own patrons. Others expunge from 
their own memory the vestiges of all that 
can militate against the preconceived reso- 
lution to deny the most palpable truths. 
We are not believers in impossibilities. It 
is sufficient to indicate the course of our 
opponents, which has been characterized by 
a folly, and by a stupid want of faith in the 
evidences of their own senses, discreditable 
even to the lower agricultural boors. There 
are no terms too contemptuous for the deg- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 



143 



redation to which many of the opponents of 
Hypnotism have subjected themselves. No 
man likes to be thought of as a fool, and yet 
many act as if they really were no better 
No man likes to be considered as a poltroon, 
and yet his want of courage to tell the 
truth he is fully aware of, is the most 
egregious cowardice. The dilemma to which 
many reduce themselves is so awkward, 
that they yield to absurdities, rather than 
acknowledge a respect for truths they can- 
not gainsay. We do not fight against weak 
minds. We do not wonder at the stupidity 
of idiots. We are the champions of truth 
against sciolists and men of genius, who 
pretend to have a knowledge of which they 
deem themselves proud. Rather than suc- 
cumb to the truth, the men we select as our 
adversaries would throw vaunted science 
into the sea. 

Can we imagine a pursuit more captivat- 
ing than an inquiry into the phenomena of 
a science that takes so extensive a range, 
and which involves such exquisite consider- 
ations? Hypnotism has always been true. 
Dimly known for thousands of years, in bar- 
barous and semi-barbarous countries, 
known as to some of its high results to 
many of the great nations of antiquity, 
though the knowledge was confined to the 
chosen few, it is only beginning to be seen 
in its various aspects and ramifications, and 
to assume the character of a science, a 
science of the deepest interest and import- 



144 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



ance, inasmuch as the phenomena of life 
transcend those of all inanimate matter, 
and the faculties of the brain— the mind — 
are the highest objects in the universe that 
man can study; and inasmuch as its power 
over the whole brain and universe is im- 
mense, and therefore capable of application 
to prevent and to remove suffering, and to 
cure disease, far beyond the means hitherto 
possessed by the art of medicine. 

Hypnotism is true. In the whole domain 
of human acquirements, no art of science 
rests upon experiments more numerous, 
more positive, or more easily ascertained. 
All this either is or is not the truth. If it be 
the truth, then in what a predicament are 
those who, without due examination — it 
need not be said, but it may be affirmed, 
without any examination at all— have set 
their faces against the truth. 

HYPNOTISM AND THE INSANE. 

I have had many opportunities of seeing 
the good effects of Hypnotism, even where 
the object has been only to study the phe- 
nomena. It daily happens that persons 
hypnotized for that purpose astonish and 
delight the operator by telling him that 
since hypnotism was used they have got rid 
of some obstinate complaint ; or that their 
general health and spirits are strikingly 
improved. 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 145 

If it is said that these effects are due to 
the imagination alone, I answer that if so, 
they are not on that account unreal or im- 
aginary ; that it is then our duty to study 
the power of the imagination, and use it as 
a most powerful agent for good; that at all 
events hypnotism in that case has a very 
great action on the imagination, and is 
probably the best means of acting on it. 
But in many cases the imagination does not 
act because it is not appealed to. Both 
subject and hypnotist are often taken by 
surprise when they find that some distress- 
ing complaint, perhaps regarded as hope- 
less, but which neither of them had thought 
of curing, has been as if by magic relieved 
or cured. 

I would particularly direct the attention 
of physicians to the value of Hypnotism in 
reference to insanity, not only as regards 
treatment, but also for another reason. 

There is no doubt that many persons who 
are subject to attacks of insanity, as in the 
case of other diseases of the nervous sys- 
tem, are very sensitive and susceptible to 
mesmeric or odylic influence. Hence we 
are prepared to find, as has been recorded 
in many instances, that mesmeric treat- 
ment is sometimes effectual in insanity 
where all other means have failed. 

The treatment, and above all the moral 
management of the insane, has of late been 
greatly improved; and for the greater part 



146 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

Si this improvement we are indebted to 
phrenology. 

But I am now convinced that the treatment 
of the insane will not be so complete or so 
efficient as it may become 'till Hypnotism is 
regularly introduced into the practice of 
every asylum. Indeed, there can be no 
doubt that the control exercised by the aid 
of the voice and eye on many of the insane 
by an experienced physician depends 
mainly on their being in the impressible 
state so often mentioned, in which sugges- 
tions and command act like magic on the 
patient. If this was generally known and 
systematically attended to, much good 
might be effected. And where the patient 
is susceptible or impressible and there is 
good reason to hope that direct mesmeriza- 
tion may produce the best results, Hypno- 
tism is not less powerful on the insane than 
on the sane; nay, it is more so ; probably 
because, in many cases, the essence of 
insanity is some disturbance of the natural 
distribution of odyle in the system. The 
effect of the moon, whose rays are strongly 
charged with positive odyle, on the insane 
corroborates this view. There is however 
another reason why the physician ought to 
study Hypnotism in its relations to insani- 
ty. It is this: many insane persons appear, 
when we study the symptoms as they are 
described by writers on the subject, to be, 
in fact, only in a peculiar mesmeric state. 
\ mean that they have a consciousness 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 147 



distinct from their ordinary consciousness, 
just as happens in the mesmeric sleep. Let 
us suppose a patient to fall, spontaneously, 
into a continued mesmeric sleep, in which, 
while his eyes are opened, he has no recol- 
lection, or only an imperfect recollection of 
his ordinary state. He is perhaps lucid and 
lives in a world of his own entirely consist- 
ent with itself, but absolutely incomprehen- 
sible to all around. His perceptions are to 
him, and indeed absolutely, real; but to 
others they appear mere dreams. He sees 
absent or dead friends ; nay, he holds long 
conversations with them; he sees objects, 
which really exist, but at a distance. He is 
partially or wholly dead to the objects 
which surround him, and is absorbed and 
perhaps supremely happy in the contempla- 
tion of the persons, places and things seen 
by this lucid vision. 

But it may be asked, is that man insane? 
I answer, in one sense yes, for he is unfit, 
so long as he continues in that state, for 
intercourse with the world. But in another 
sense I say no; for his mental powers are 
unimpared, and he is only in a very vivid 
dream, so to speak, but a dream of realities 
visible and audible to him by reason of ex- 
alted odylic sensitiveness. 

I observe in the accounts of the insane, 
the delusion of seeing and conversing with 
absent persons, or with spirits, given as 
an infallible sign, where it occurs, of insani- 
ty. It may be so in some cases; but it is 



148 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

self-evident, that, as it may depend merely 
on spontaneous extasies, more permanent 
than usual, while the mind is entirely unim- 
paired, just as happens in artificial mes- 
meric extasies, some cases, treated as 
insanity may have been of this latter kind. 

It is therefore much to be desired that 
physicians should learn the character of 
every stage of hypnotism. 

I would say therefore, and especially to 
medical men, use Hypnotism, were it only 
to become acquainted with it, and in the 
course of your experiments you will be sure 
to find some one unexpectedly benefited 
by it. You will then use it for the cure of 
disease, and although we cannot hope to 
enjoy its full benefits until it has been fully 
studied, still so safe and so powerful a 
remedy should be employed, especially 
when the usual means have failed. The 
more it is used the better shall we become 
acquainted with it, and the more effectually 
shall we be able to employ it. 

HYPNOTISM IN SURGERY. 

I now come to another matter, namely, 
the applications which may be made of the 
fa?,ts hitherto noticed. And here I would 
again urge on your attention the study of a 
fact, or of a series of facts, to say that it is 
useless and nothing more than a curiosity 
of science. There is no such thing as mere 
curiosity of science ; that is, there is nothing 
of which it can be said that it may not, at a 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 149 



moment's notice, become useful, either in 
reference to some other scientific matter or 
in its practical application to the purposes 
of ordinary life of the arts. I have already 
given many instances of this and one of 
these was the sudden application, to a most 
important practical purpose, the alleviation 
of pain, of a substance long regarded as a 
scientific curiosity of no value whatever, 
namely, chloroform. The same substance 
supplies us with the example of the appli- 
cation of a discovery of the improvement of 
the method of investigating another branch 
of science, which, in its turn, may bear rich 
fruits of practical utility, especially in refer- 
ence to the cure of disease; and to the 
investigation again of another subject, the 
laws of the nervous system, or of the vital 
principle. Every one knows that many im- 
portant points in physiology have been 
ascertained by experiments on living ani- 
mals, the cruelty of which, in most minds, 
so far exceeded any possible benefit to be 
derived from them that they were only 
undertaken by a few of stronger nerves, 
and less sensitive to the sufferings of the 
dumb victims to science than most people 
are. Now by the use of chloroform all con- 
ceivable experiments on living animals may 
at once be divested of pain. The animals will 
not suffer, and if their lives are sacrificed it 
will be with less suffering than when they 
die to furnish our tables, or to supply the 
heartless with sport. No one need now recoil 



150 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

Prom such experiments ; they will be prose- 
cuted with greater success because there 
will be no writhings, no struggles, no cries 
to interrupt or dismay the experimenter, 
whose mind, free from the reproach of his 
own conscience for cruelty, will be far better 
fitted to discern the truth. Such is the 
second, possibly in its consequences to 
mankind, the most important, application of 
chloroform. And more remain behind. 

In like manner, if Hypnotism had never 
yet been applied to any useful purpose, this, 
so far from being a reason for neglecting it, 
would furnish the strongest reason why it 
should be more diligently studied, since it 
is only by a knowledge of all the properties 
which can be ascertained to belong to any 
agent, that we can hope to find useful appli- 
cations of it. It was because the discoverer 
of chloroform confined their observations 
to its physical and chemical properties 
alone, or rather to some of these, and 
neglected to try its action on the system, 
when inhaled, that it continued so long 
useless. 

But Hypnotism, in point of fact, already 
presents many useful applications. It has 
been, and daily is, used to produce insensi- 
bility to pain in surgical operations. It is 
used with very great success to relieve 
rheumatism and neuralgic pains. Many 
cases of severe neuralgia, but not all, yield 
to its use. It daily removes headaches and 
produces refreshing sleep in persons who 



THE SEORiET OF SUCCESS 151 



have long suffered from wakefulness. It 
relieves, nay with perseverence it often 
cures, many diseases of the nervous system, 
such as paralysis, hysteria, epilepsy, cata- 
lepsy, and chorea, or St. Vitus' dance. And 
all this, from its direct and powerful action 
on the nervous system, might be antici- 
pated. 

The effects of Hypnotism, however, are 
not confined to such cases. It acts on the 
general health, doubtless through the 
nervous system, in such away as to produce 
very often the most marked improvement, 
and in many cases to cause, sooner or 
later, old and very annoying complaints to 
disappear. Nay, cases occur, in which one 
operation, especially if it induce the sleep, 
will be followed by a rapid and permanent 
cure. This, it is true, is the exception; but 
with patience and perseverence, even with- 
out ever producing the sleep, we may cure 
or relieve a large number of cases, provided 
they are not of that nature which precludes 
hope of amendment. An immense number 
of mesmeric cures have been recorded both 
by medical and non-medical operators, 
among them that of a well marked case of 
cancer by Dr. Elliottson; and making every 
allowance for imperfect observation and for 
the tendency to exaggerate the merit of any 
method of treatment, no doubt can rea- 
sonably be entertained that Hypnotism is a 
very powerful means of cure. The absurdi- 
ty of the idea of an universal medicine, or 



152 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



panacea, Is obvious ; but that is no reason 
for rejecting a method which, in many 
cases, will prove of essential service, and 
which is not manageable but safe; which, 
therefore, if it do no good, will at least, in 
good hands, do no harm. Hypnotism is of 
most paramount importance to the human 
race, as a curative agent, and should there- 
fore, be understood by all, so far, at least, 
as to apply it successfully to the removal of 
pain and disease, eppecially should the 
medical profession be t'am'Har with the 
science. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 153 
CHAPTER. VIII. 
BERNHEIMS METHOD of HYPNOTIZING. 

"I proceed to hypnotize," says Bernheim, 
in the following manner. 

"I begin by saying to the patient that I be- 
lieve benefit is to be derived from the use of 
therapeutics, that it is possible to cure or 
relieve him by hypnotism; that there is 
nothing either hurtful or strange about it; 
that there is an ordinary sleep or torpor 
which can be induced in any one, and that 
this quiet, beneficial condition restores the 
equilibrium of the nervous system, etc. If 
necessary, I hypnotize one or two subjects 
in his presence, in order to show him that 
there is nothing painful in this condition, 
and that it is not accompanied with any un- 
usual sensation. When I have thus banish- 
ed from his mind the idea of magnetism and 
the somewhat mysterious fear that attaches 
to that unknown condition, above all when 
he has seen patients cured or benefitted by 
the means in question, he is no longer sus- 
picious but gives himself up, then I say 
"look at me and think of nothing but sleep. 
Your eyelids begin to feel heavy, your 
eyes tired. They begin to wink, they are 
getting moist, you cannot see distinctly. 
They are closed." Some patients close 
their eyes and are asleep immediately. 
With others, I have to repeat, lay more 
stress on what I say, and even make 
gestures. It makes little difference what 
sort of gesture is made. I hold two fingers 
of my right hand before the patient's eyes 
and ask him to look at them, or pass both 



154 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



hands several times before his eyes, or per- 
suade him. to fix his eyes upon mine, 
endeavoring, at the same time, to concen- 
trate his attention upon the idea of sleep. 
I say "Your lids are closing, you cannot 
open them again. Your eyes feel heavy, so 
do your legs. You cannot feel anything. 
Your hands are motionless. You see noth- 
ing, you are going to sleep." This word 
often turns the balance. The eyes close 
and the patient sleeps or is at least influ- 
enced. 

I use the word sleep, in order to obtain as 
far as possible over the patients, a suggest- 
ive influence which shall bring about sleep, 
or a state closely approaching it; for sleep 
properly so called, does not always occur. 
If the patients have no inclination to sleep 
and show no drowsiness, I take care to say 
that sleep is not essential ; that the hypno- 
tic influence, whence comes the benefit, 
may exist without sleep. (See farther on.) 

If the patient does not shut his eyes or 
keep them shut I do not require them to be 
fixed on mine, or on my fingers, for any 
length of time, for it sometimes happens 
that they remain wide open indefinitely, 
and instead of the idea of sleep being con- 
ceived, only a rigid fixation of the eyes 
results. In this case, closure of the eyes by 
the operator succeeds better. After keep- 
ing them fixed one or two minutes, I push 
the eyelids down or stretch them slowly 
over the eyes, gradually closing them more 
and more and so imitating the process of 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 155 



natural sleep. Finally I keep them closed, 
repeating the suggestion. "Your lids are 
stuck together; you cannot open them. 
The need of sleep becomes greater and 
greater, you can no longer resist." I lower 
my voice gradually, repeating the com- 
mand, "sleep" and it is very seldom that 
more than three minutes pass before sleep 
or some degree of hypnotic influence is ob- 
tained. It is sleep by suggestion, a type of 
sleep which I insinuate into the brain. 

Passes or gazing at the eyes or fingers of 
the operator, are only useful in concentrat- 
ing the attention. They are not absolutely 
essential. 

As soon as they are able to pay attention 
and understand, children as a rule are very 
quickly and very easily hypnotized. It 
often suffices to close their eyes, to hold 
them shut a few minutes, to tell them to 
sleep, and then to state that they are 
asleep. 

Some adults go to sleep just as readily by 
simple closure of the eyes. I often proceed 
immediately without making use of passes 
or fixation, by shutting the eyelids, gently 
holding them closed, asking the patient to 
keep them together and suggesting at the 
same time, the phenomena of sleep. Some 
of them fall rapidly into a more or less deep 
sleep." 

Others offer more resistance. I some- 
times succeed by keeping the eyes closed 
for some time, commanding silence and 



156 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



quiet, talking continuously, and repeating 
the same formulas: "You feel a sort of 
drowsiness, a torpor, your arms and legs 
are motionless. Your eyelids are warm, 
lour nervous system is quiet; you have no 
will. Your eyes remain closed. Sleep is 
coming, etc." After keeping up this audi- 
tory suggestion for several minutes, I re- 
move my fingers. The eyes remain closed. 
I raise the patient's arms; they remain 
uplifted. We have induced cataleptic 
sleep. 

These instructions are taken from "Sug- 
gestive Therapeutics," a treatise and theory 
on the nature and uses of hypnotism and 
considered authority on these subjects, and 
is peculiarly adapted for the use of physi- 
cians and others who desire to use hypno- 
tism for the treatment of diseases. The 
book contains 420 large pages of closely 
printed matter and will be sent to any ad- 
dress upon receipt of $3.50; postage or pre- 
paid express charges 25 cents extra. Our 
$2.00 book, "How to Win," Contains Prof. 
Anderson's original method of hypnotizing, 
the one used so successfully by him for 
years and the same as usually employed by 
traveling operators. 

It also gives suggestions for removing the 
Hypnotic condition which is of vast import- 
ance as the greatest danger arises from 
ignorance on this point, in fact it may be 
truly said that the only real danger is in the 
inability of inexperienced operators to re- 
move the influence. 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 157 

CHAPTER IX. 

ITS ABUSE. 

The sleeper is usually deaf to all but the 
voice of the mesmerist, or of the person en 
rapport with him. Does he hear what is 
said to that person by others? I have no 
doubt that in many cases he does ; and that 
in this way he often becomes acquainted 
with matters intended to be kept secret from 
him. This should be carefully attended to 
in making experiments. 

This, indeed, is the chief cause of all the 
unpleasant results which occasionally arise 
when persons who have no experience or 
knowledge of Hypnotism try, for amuse- 
ment or out of curiosity, to produce mes- 
meric effects. They succeed better than 
they supposed possible, merely by imitating 
the gestures of some mesmerist whom they 
have seen operate, without, perhaps, having 
attended minutely either to his operations 
or to the cautions and directions he may 
have given. The subject operated on, 
probably a young person, or even a young 
lady, falls into a sleep and hears nothing 
that is addressed to her, perhaps by her 
father, mother, or other near relations. 
These persons become alarmed, never 
having before seen anything of the kind, 
and not being aware that this deafness is a 
common character of the sleep, and that the 
sleep is not only harmless, but beneficial. 
They ask the luckless operator with much 



158 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



Agitation, perhaps with some anger, to 
relieve her, and while he hesitates and 
becomes infected with their fears, not 
knowing how to proceed, they seize her 
hands, and their own influence, unknown to 
them, crosses his, producing uneasiness, 
which appears in the countenance of the 
sufferer, and almost invariably out of all 
proportion more intensely pictured there 
than truly corresponds, by the patient's 
own subsequent statement, to the actual 
suffering. This again frightens them still 
more; they call on her, they weep, they 
rage against the mesmerist and overwhelm 
him with reproaches. At last, goaded 
almost to madness, he tries to undo the 
charm. He takes the patient's hands, per- 
haps while several other persons are in con- 
tact with her or acting on her, and by 
sympathy with him she becomes instantly 
and seriously worse. This continues for a 
time, varied only by every sort of useless 
and hurtful interference on the part of the 
bystanders. Not one of them perhaps 
knows what ought to be done, and the un- 
happy victim of ignorance and temerity falls 
into a fainting fit, and possibly into severe 
convulsions. I need not pursue the un- 
pleasant picture further. I may suggest 
that it is only aggravated by the proceed- 
ings of the medical man finally summoned, 
if, as is too often the case, he has, either 
accidentally or acting on a firm resolution, 
declined making himself familiar with these 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 159 



phenomena or the laws which regulate 
them. Then, when it is too late, he regrets 
that carelessness or prejudice have led him 
to neglect facts, often presented to his 
notice ; then the parents discover that an 
able and estimable physician has been in- 
duced to commit a grievous error, namely 
to shut his eyes to some of the most won- 
derful and practically important phenome- 
na. But there is an end of their scepticism, 
if they had any; possibly of the doctor's too. 
Yet even in such circumstances, where it 
has been quite evident that the slightest 
acquaintance with the matter would have 
enabled us to avoid all that suffering and 
danger, I have heard of physicians who 
drew no other moral from the occurrence 
than this: that Hypnotism was dangerous; 
and they then shut their eyes to it as reso- 
lutely and as closely as before. 

True, Hypnotism is dangerous. But it is 
not the study of it, nor the knowledge of it, 
but ignorance of it, and the rash experi- 
ments of those who are ignorant of it that 
are dangerous. In the hands of qualified 
experimenters I have never seen one un- 
pleasant accident. I have heard of several 
in the circumstances above sketched, and 
on the authority of both the operators and 
of their subjects. But I can go no further. 
For I have never yet seen a case in which 
the mesmeric sleep was produced in the 
proper way in which the sleeper did not 
Aeclare not only that he sustained no injury, 



160 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



Out aiso that T ne always felt better, stronger, 
and more fit for work of any kind after the 
sleep than before it. And, in very many 
cases, the general health if in any way bad. 
has been improved or a complete cure 
effected by a course of Hypnotism. 

Of course, I do not speak of exciting 
exhibitions of striking phenomena, of 
causing excessive laughter, or rousing 
violent passions or emotions. This is a 
kind of experiment of which I entirely dis- 
approve, as I do likewise of all those in 
which strong and false impressions, espec- 
ially of a disagreeable nature, are made in 
the mind; as when a man is made to believe 
he is ruined, or that he is a wild beast. Not 
that these are always hurtful, but that they 
may in very susceptible temperaments 
become so. Such experiments, especially 
in the form of exhibition, are not justifiable, 
and are at most permissible in private with 
a view to the ascertaining a fact necessary 
to complete our knowledge of the phenom- 
ena, and to enable us usefully to apply it. 

Public exhibitions of the phenomena of 
Hypnotism are not, in my opinion, good 
things. I have already given some reasons 
against them, and I would here add that to 
employ these wonderful and beautiful facts 
merely to excite wonder and produce 
amusement, is a great abuse of our powers. 
Hypnotism is not a plaything. It is a seri- 
ous, I would say a sacred thing, which 
ought to be studied with reverence, and not 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 161 

degraded to minister to the idle curiosity of 
those who regard it merely as an exhibition 
to be forgotten the hour after it has been 
served to gratify our love of novelty, or to 
raise a laugh. In private alone can it be 
properly studied. No one in a public hall, 
save, perhaps, one or two close to the sub- 
ject, can see the phenomena as they ought 
to be seen, or judge aright of their truth 
and of the beautiful evidence of that truth 
afforded by the countenance and manner of 
the sleeper. 

There is nothing objectionable about 
Hypnotism when used by a person whose 
principles and morals are good, but there is 
always danger when the will and conscious- 
ness of a subject is suspended by one who 
wields this power for improper purposes. 
An operator of character will always have 
due regard for the welfare of all concerned, 
and Hypnotism is not put to perverted use 
more often than other sciences are in which 
the artful take unfair advantage of their 
too credulous victims. 

But there are certain dangers touching 
morality to which Hypnotism is supposed 
to be peculiarly open, and respecting which 
allusion is often made in conversation 
Much ignorance also exists on this point, 
and too, it is necessary to distinguish clear- 
ly as to what is intended by the charge. If 
it meant, that under the pretext of Hypno- 
tizing, in case when its use Is not requir- 



162 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



ed, parties can avail themselves of, the occasion tl? 
commit an offense contre les Bonnes maures, 
I am not careful to enter upon the objection. 
Men sometimes go to church from the most im- 
proper motives; men sometimes read the scrip- 
tures with no other view than that of finding food 
for ribaldry and unbelief; still, as has been often 
said, who would shut up our churches or burn 
our Bibles on that account? Again, we say the 
abuse of a thing proves nothing against its value. 
T parties, in sport or in thoughtlessness, throw 
themselves into the power of an unprincipled ac- 
quaintance, with them lies the fault, and they 
must take the consequences. 

In mesmerism, as in everything else, certain 
precaution, and regulations are, of course, to be 
adopted ; and in default of these precautions, why 
is science to be blamed for the neglect of its own 
rules? "Who sends for a low pettifogging attor- 
ney to make his will, or conduct an important 
law-suit? Who deposits his money with a bank- 
er that offers ten per cent, interest with no visible 
capital at command? Who admits an unprinci- 
pled physician in his house? Only let similar 
safeguards be employed in mesmerism; and noth- 
ing need be feared. Not only should the mes- 
meriser be a person of character, of known and 
established principal, but even then it is the rule 
that the process should be conducted in the pres 
ence of a third party. All mesmerisers require 
an attention to this rule when it can be obtained . 
Patients have it in their power to have any of 
Iheir friends present when they like. Let this 
regulation be remembered and carried out; and 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 163 



where is the objection? Not only is every need 
ful security obtained by this course, but tie "ap- 
pearance, even of evil" is avoided ; and the good 
work cannot be ill-spoken of, or misrepresented 
by the malicious neighbor or the candid friend. 

Another objection is, that the sleeper is placed 
in an undesirable state of feeling in regard to the 
mesmeriser; that there is an attraction toward 
him, sometimes amounting to affection, or even 
love, and that this state of mind or feeling re- 
duces the patient to an improper dependence on 
the will of another. That, in the mesmeric state, 
the sympathy between the mesmeriser and sleeper 
is powerful and extraordinary, we all know; it is 
one of the most curious phenomena. The sensi- 
bility that is then produced, is singular in the ex- 
treme. But the feeling is rather that which ex- 
ists between two sisters than anything else ; it is a 
feeling which has regard to happiness, and the 
state of moral being of all concerned. 

The science should be diligently and carefully 
studied and investigated, with the firm conviction 
that, like all other natural truths, they must prove 
beneficial to mankind; and the more so, the bet- 
ter they are known. The danger, if danger there 
be, and I cannot, for my part, conceive the exist- 
ence of a dangerous truth, lies, we may be assur- 
ed, in ignorance, not knowledge. "A little knowl- 
edge" has been said to be "a dangerous thing*" 
but why ? because it is little. Make it more, and 
the danger diminishes; if we could make it per- 
fect, no danger could possibly exist. 

Experience has already sufficiently tested its 
usefulness, not only in surgical operations, but 



164 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



in along catalogue of diseases, etc., upon which 
protracted courses of medicine had no beneficial 
effects. 

This I know to be true, yet it is necessary for 
everyone to see before they can believe. I am 
content that everyone shall enjoy that privilege, 
and should be very sorry to censure those who do 
not believe, or credit that which has not been 
made evident to their senses. 

Everyone has a right to doubt, but they should 
not hastily condemn phenomena, or assert that 
they are not true, until they can positively and 
unequivocally prove the contrary. 

With these remarks, I submit this work to the 
public, with a perfect conviction that its con- 
tents are true, and with hopes that before any por- 
tion of it is approved or condemned, that it be 
thoroughly and scientifically investigated. 

The blessings that are possible from a proper 
use of this power cannot be estimated; but as it 
may also be abused, or from a want of proper 
knowledge upon the part of the subject or others, 
to be used so as to produce pain, disease, or an un 
happy condition of the mind, jt shows the neces 
sity of understanding the true nature of the con. 
dition, and the power of subjects therein, or the 
results may be evil where good was intended; for 
it must be remembered, that if it be possible for 
the will to cure, it is also possible for it to create 
disease , and as no good ever results from enter- 
ing the state unless the mind of the subject is 
properly directed, the necessity of a thorough 
knowledge of the true nature of the condition f is 
more Imperative. 






THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 165 



I am aware that skeptics do not believe theA 
they have such powers but their unbelief does 
not make it the less true ; and I can assure them 
that they will never get satisfaction unless they 
experiment themselves, and throw aside all preju- 
dice and investigate the matter, as they would any 
other science, purely for love of truth. 

As all the phenomena are extraordinary in their 
nature, they must be seen to be believed. It is 
therefore impossible for any man to convince 
everyone, and although I have convinced thous- 
ands, there are still thousands who disbelieve, be- 
cause they have not had the same opportunities and 
explanations. I have been hooted at, decried as 
a charlatan, a wizard, and an imposter yet day 
after day I have had the satisfaction of seeing 
these very wise opposers convinced of its truth, 
and obliged to ask for the very knowledge which 
at one time seemed so heartily despised by them. 
Such is the power of truth, which sooner or latei 
must prevail. 

I have been told by some persons that they had 
the utmost horror of the state, and utterly des- 
pised the science. And why? They could give 
no reason or even say in what particular it had 
offended their delicacy. They were simply pre- 
judiced utterly ignorant of its nature and wil- 
fully blind to its benefits, and opposed it because 
it was something they did not understand. 

Every man has a right to doubt, and I yield 
everyone that privilege; but we have no right to 
anticipate and form prejudices before we have ex- 
amined the matter oursleves. 

I speak from experience, when I declare my 



166 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

conviction, tliat those scientific gentlemen 
who have lately seen and admitted certain 
beautiful and wonderful phenomena, will al- 
so, if they only examine for themselves, with 
patience and perseverance, see and admit all 
the essential phenomena which have not 
yet been presented to them. The truth is, m 
that although good cases of the higher phe- 
nomena are not exactly rare, it is not easy to 
find cases in which we are allowed to exhib- 
it these, even to a small number of persons; 
and moreover, from the very nature of the 
facts, they cannot be exhibited to a large 
audience. The phenomena of suggestion, 
in the conscious state, admit, in good cases, 
of being shown in public. 

In short, my object has been to draw the 
attention of scientific men to the existence 
of these remarkable phenomena; and, so fai 
from regarding them as understood, or at- 
taching any value to any attempts I have 
made to suggest explanations of them, my 
earnest desire is, that men of science should 
investigate Hypnotism, just as they would 
any other class of natural facts, feeling con 
vinced that it is only in this way that they 
can ever be at all understood, and that if 
scientific men ignore their existence, and 
refuse to examine them, they will neverthe- 
less continue to exist, and will be studied by 
others; for they cannot now be safely neg- 
lected. 

Now that the old, mystical and often 
misused animal, magnetism, has, under thi 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 167 

inodern name of hypnotism, entered upon a 
more scientific stage, and that prominent 
scientific men in France, Italy, Germany 
and England, especially during the last 
decade have commenced to seperate the 
wheat from the chaff of this important sub- 
ject, no educated person should be ignorant 
of it, and above all, no physician should 
pass it by, on account of prejudice. 

Hence I have decided to try and give an 
easily comprehensible account of the 
development and present status of hypno- 
tism for the benefit of physicians as well as 
&i lawyers and of the interested public. 

Formerly it was supposed that only 
weak, sickly, nervous persons and especially 
hysterical women were succeptible to 
hypnotism. Later experiences have shown 
that almost anybodv can be hypnotized. A 
difference, however, must be made between 
those whom it is easy and those whom it is 
difficult to hypnotize. 

These suggested illusions can effect all 
the senses, and can be varied adinfinitum 
according to the will of the hypnotizer. 
By deception of sight, the room may be 
changed into a street, a garden, a cemetery, 
a lake; present persons may be made to 
change appearance; strangers to appear, ob- 
jects to change iorm and color. On a 
blank piece of paper all possible figures can 
be made to appear to the imagination-, the 
hypnotized can even be made to cast up 



168 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

long accounts witn the numbers that tney 
Imagine they see on the paper. 

To the hearing, the voices of unknown 
persons can be made to sound like those of 
friends; under complete silence sounds of 
birds and various animals can be produced, 
as can also voices that speak gently or 
loudly, that praise, insult or scold. 

The sense of taste can be so deceived 
that raw potatoes taste like delicious 
peaches that the sweet tastes sour* the sour 
sweet, even vomiting may be caused by 
merely declaring a draught of water, after 
it is in the stomach, to be an emetic. 

The sense op smell can be made to 
find the strongest odor in objects that Lave 
no smell at all, or to find the fragrance of 
roses in assaf cetida, or abominable odors in a 
fragrant rose. 

The sense op touch can be deceived 
and cheated in various ways. In the part 
of the body that is declared insensible, in- 
cisions ean be made with sharp needles, 
burning irons of keen-edged knives, without 
being noticed. The pain from an imaginary 
wound also arouses other hallucinations- 
blood seems to run and the wound is care- 
fully bandaged. On the night of Jan. 26th, 
1893, I gave a demonstration of hypnotism 
before the faculty and clinic of the Hanne- 
man Medical College of this city, and while 
one of the subjects was under hypnotic 
control I passed a lady's hat pin completely 
through his tengue and allowed it to re» 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 169 

main there for some time without the sub- 
ject experiencing any unpleasantness what- 
ever, thus proving that he could as easily 
undergo any surgical operation, no matter 
how painful or difficult with the same 
degree of equanimity. 

Corresponding senses may receive dis- 
imilar and opposite hallucinations. For in- 
stance, you say to the right ear; the 
weather is pleasant, the sun shines bright- 
ly; and to the other ear; it is raining and 
unpleasant weather. The right half of the 
face then smiles while the left looks sul- 
len. To the right ear, rustic festival with 
merry young persons is described, but the 
left ear is told that an angry dog is barking. 
The same difference as before in the two 
halves of the face. The hypnotized person 
can be made to believe that everything 
looks red to the right eye. A piece of white 
paper will then appear red to the right eye, 
white to the left eye, and pink to both eyes. 
If one eye is made to see red and the other 
green or blue, a compound color will not ap- 
pear to both eyes, but alternately red, green 
or blue. 

We now arrive at some still more 
wonderful phenomena of hallucinations 
which the science of the present day has 
not been able to explain. Although an 
optical illusion seems to be fixed only in the 
brain of the one who sees it, and lacks all 
reality, all fixation, yet it seems as if th 9 
hallucinator possessed a certain power of 



170 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 

giving the image some kind of physical 
fixation in reality. The following facts, 
properly vouched for by scientists, yet in. 
comprehensible, testify to this; Take a 
clean piece of white paper, which is alike on 
both sides, and so free from all marks that 
the underside cannot be distinguished from 
the upper. Put it before the hypnotized 
person and make him believe that he sees a 
portrait drawn on the paper, turn the paper 
and he will not see any picture on the other 
side, unless he is made to believe that ho 
also sees an image there, which should not 
be done in this experiment. Always re- 
member which side was first turned up, and 
however deceptive the paper may be 
turned, it will yet be found that he never 
mistakes the two sides, nor ever sees the 
picture on the wrong side nor fails to see it 
on the right one. Nor does he make the 
mistake of the picture; if the paper is 
turned upside down, he sees the picture 
standing on its head; if it is turned side- 
ways the picture is lying horizontally. It 
is evidently that all changes of tha 
position of the paper are done so that 
he cannot in any ordinary way notice it, 
either behind his back or while his eyes are 
blind-folded. He always places the pictnr* 
according to the first suggestion. 

It must be reserved for future science t$ 
solve this enigma; the science of today can 
only acknowledge its want of power in thi» 
respect. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 171 



CHAPTER. X. 

HYPNOTISM,. 

Hypnotism, the subtle power that is to 
control the Twentieth Century, is here, and 
it has oome to stay. It is no longer called 
a myth, but under the searchlight of modern 
science, it is 1 given a high place among the 
wonderful discoveries'. As a matter of fact 
it is the crowning triumph of intellectual 
achievements, and marks a new era in the 
history of science. For no other force has 
the unlimited possibilities and uses, within 
its grasp, that is held by this Magic Art. 
This mysterious force is so undefinable and 
intangible that many throw doubts upon its 
existence, but it is easy to show you such a 
wonderful array of facts', that you can not 
help but become a firm believer in this 
strange phenomenon, and will desire to learn 
how to manage this tremendous Power, as 
you will see following in its trains, health, 
wealth, success and happiness. 

Among the many scientific discoveries of 
the past, none comes as near the Soul of 
Man as this; and perhaps of all the wonders 
of this Age, is the one least understood. In 
the beginning of the Twentieth Century, let 
us hope that the student, and the scientist 
alike, will try to achieve greatness through 
the avenues that lead to correct knowledge, 
for in that way alone will this most won- 
derful of Sciences be fully mastered. Man- 
kind needs to know more of this science for 
its own good; for, when its mysteries are 
cleared away all the world will be better in 
every sense. Hypnotism is the keynote of 
the whole; — it explains the problems of life, 
which, when properly comprehended 1 , adds a 



172 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



real happiness that can never be exacted 
from the world until the silent powers 
around us are awakened and exercised by 
the many, instead of the few. 

Hypnotism develops the unused forces of 
mankind, which thrill the pulse with vague, 
shadowy longings, until brought under the 
controlling mind of science. Then all the 
splendor and greatness, which Nature has 
endowed us with, are moulded and shaped 
into a harmony, one with the other, so as to 
produce the "perfect talent" that astonishes 
all men who do not know just how to arouse 
into action the abilities that lie dormant in 
their being. This science throws a new light 
on the possibilities of life; no one's life is a 
blank who studies for the mastery of this 
wonderful Power. It will stimulate anyone 
to new exertions. 

As an Acknowledged Power it makes the 
Brain Predominent, the Body Subservient! 
It educates the Will! It overcomes obstacles 
hitherto seemingly unsurmountable! It in- 
creases happiness! 

Many diseases yield to the manipulation of 
this Master Science, formerly obscure, now 
commanding universal attention and re- 
spect. A glance at a summary of the possi- 
bilities that lie within the reader's scope 
must attract more than passing considera- 
tion. Through the agency of this educating 
science you learn to control imagination, 
calm fever, induce sleep, suppress pain, cure 
disease, develop latent talents, become an 
oratorical power, cultivate musical ability, 
and command the true "philosophy" of suc- 
cess. 

In early Egyptian history the philosophers 
were profound students of these subjects but 
it remained for the thinkers of the present 
century to classify these scientific phenom- 
ena, to divest its manifestations of much of 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 173 



the mystery that had condemned it to ob- 
scurity. The truth has become known. In- 
creased liberality of thought pays homage to 
its' powers for good. 

There is no subject more worthy of con- 
sideration than this subject. Through its 
principles humanity is made happy or mis- 
erable and without it man would manifest as 
little intelligence and physical and moral ac- 
tion as a piece of clay. But man seldom stops 
to realize the great principles underlying his 
life. If the laws of Nature are faithfully 
carried out one cannot fail to be successful 
in their application. 

This master science, concentrates the will, 
and through it develops every faculty to the 
highest possibility. Many men who are not 
exceptionally smart, seem to have a tre- 
mendous power. People marvel at it and 
cannot understand it. The whole explana- 
tion lies in complete concentration of pur- 
pose. This is the key to all secret influence. 
With this knowledge a poorly qualified man 
will succeed, where another man or woman 
much more gifted, will make a miserable 
failure without it. To be eminently success- 
ful you should thoroughly master the first 
principles of this power, then you will have 
a foundation upon which to build, you will 
know what you are doing and why you are 
doing it, you will have a system which will 
add a thousand fold to your influence. With 
a good knowledge of Hypnotism you can 
control others. You can cure the sick. You 
can take away the desire for liquor, ciga- 
rettes, and morphine. Hypnotism is without 
an equal, in giving real, permanent cures for 
all bad habits. 

With Suggestion you can control your chil- 
dren, and correct their evil tendencies. This 
fills a want which nothing else ever pretends 
to fill. Bad tempered children may be eas- 



174 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



ily transformed into children of sweet dis- 
positions. Lazy children can be filled with 
a desire for work. Wives may influence 
their husbands, and husbands their wives, 
thus removing domestic infelicities and giv- 
ing them a life of contentment and happi- 
ness;. 

Suggestion's greatest value, lies in its abil- 
ity to create a desire for the good, for the 
ennobling, for that which builds up the 
character, the body and the mind, and to 
create a dislike for that which undermines 
our physical, intellectual and moral welfare. 

The more pronounced phenomena pro- 
duced by hypnotism consists of many mar- 
velous results, and are divided into several 
different stages. The primary stage or fea- 
ture of hypnotism is, that by a simple meth- 
od, one person casts another into an in- 
duced or artificial sleep. Then the former 
makes suggestions which the latter must 
obey. The person using this Power is called 
the Hypnotist; those whom he hynotizes are 
very fittingly termed his "sensitives," "sub- 
jects," or by some "hypnotics." But the 
sleep! It is the character of that extraordi- 
nary sleep and the prodigies that occur in it, 
or spring from it, which render Hypnotism 
the greatest surprise and the miracle-worker 
in the entire realm of Nature. The Hypno 1 - 
tist is all-powerful. In this stage the subject 
or patient becomes unconscious and obeys 
the commands of the operator in every way, 
he walks, talks, sings, laughs, and in fact, 
does whatever he is told to do, with an eager 
desire, and when he is restored to conscious- 
ness he does not remember anything he has 
done. His mind is a perfect blank to all 
that has transpired. In this state all sorts 
of illusions and hallucinations may be cre- 
ated. The subject may be made to do any 
ridiculous thing the operator suggests. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 175 



In another stage this power proves itself 
even more wonderful than in the former. 
You may give the subject a command to do 
something a month, or a year hence; when 
awakened he will not know what has been 
told him, but when the time comes he will 
carry out your command, doing just as you 
told him to do, and he will never suspect 
that you or anyone else has given him a 
suggestion, but will firmly believe it his own 
idea and think that he is doing it solely be- 
cause he wants to do so. Suggestions of this 
kind are called Post-Hypnotic, and when 
given they should be of such a character as 
not to bring any great hardship upon the 
subject. Post-hypnotic suggestions may be 
used to inspire a love in persons for study, 
or work; to correct bad dispositions in chil- 
dren or adults; to> endear one to his home, to 
dispel the "blues," to enable one to obtain 
control of that which legitimately belongs to 
him; to Cure Drunkenness, and the Mor- 
phine, and Cigarette habits; to Restore the 
Affections of those who have become es- 
tranged; to make one liberal who is stingy 
by nature, and in hundreds of other different 
ways. When given under proper conditions 
a subject has never been known to fail to 
carry out the suggestion. When the subject 
obeys these Post-Hypnotic Suggestions he is 
perfectly wide awake and in his natural 
state, land to those around him seems to be 
acting solely from his own impulses. This 
is one of the most marvelous, wonderful and 
mysterious phases of Hypnotism. 

In another stage you may cause one to 
obey your commands while he is perfectly 
conscious, knows you are influencing him, 
and realizes every thing that is going on, 
and what he is doing, but still he cannot re- 
sist carrying out your Suggestions. What can 
be more wonderful and powerful for good 



176 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



than a force, which moulds the minds of 
men and fits them for greater things, which 
harnesses the intellectual faculties of a hu- 
man being, and directs the channel of his 
thoughts, his desires, and alters his very 
personality. Hypnotism and Suggestion are 
doing this every day, all about us. 

You should learn to govern your home, 
and keep happiness within its doors. You 
can make everyone love you, and others will 
wonder how you do it. You can secure the 
good-will of any person you wish, so that he 
will do almost anything you desire him to. 
You will not only make friends, but you will 
be able to keep them your friends forever. 
You can become more prominent in society. 
This stage is called Personal Magnetism and 
is to be reached only through the Scientific 
Evolution and Development of the Self. This 
mysterious power is within the reach of all 
who wilJ only make an effort in the right 
direction. Do you know how to do these 
things, or are you totally ignorant of them? 
If so you can easily learn. You can acquire 
this wonderful power, and use it to accom- 
plish much more than you can now possibly 
imagine. The truth is, anyone can do all this, 
and more, after having been taught how. 
It is a faculty inborn in every individual, 
just like the faculty of movement; it only 
requires cultivation in order to be developed 
and applied. It is within the reach of all 
and as easy to learn as it is to learn how 
to swim or cook, by any individual of ordi- 
nary physical activity. T0 1 control other 
minds is easier than swimming or cooking, 
while it is immensely superior to any per- 
sonal accomplishment, in the sway it gives 
its possessor where he most desires to have 
influence. It is not even necessary that you 
should have extraordinary will power of your 
own. A calm and bland self-poise in the be- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 177 



lief that Nature will follow her own laws is 
all that is necessary, beside the simple 
knowledge of how to bring those laws into 
operation. It can he taught to anyone. 

Now, a few more words concerning sug- 
gestion. This is no longer one of the curiosi- 
ties of science; it is a therapeutic resource 
of unquestionable value, which is at the 
command of everyone who is willing to take 
the trouble to inquire into its nature and the 
manner of its use." Suggestive therapeutics 
is, perhaps, one of the best curative powers 
ever introduced into man's brain; it calms 
nervous agitations; it positively cures in- 
somnia. If patience is used it will cure the 
worst cases. Headache, toothache, stiff neck, 
all are entirely cured in one treatment. To 
add Hypnotism to Suggestion makes a 
power so strong, so wonderful that where 
rightly applied disease must vanish before 
the active force, which is so powerful that 
even the operator is often surprised at his 
own success. 

All recognize what sleep means to the sick. 
It is worthy of note that patients pass from 
a state of Hypnosis into Natural Sleep, or by 
Post-Hypnotic Suggestions natural sleep is 
secured at any set time; thus the much 
needed rest and recuperation is obtained 
without drugs and their too frequent evil re- 
sults. 

Bad habits of all kinds are easily overcome 
by Hypnotic Suggestion; such as lying, steal- 
ing, violent temper, sullenness, bad dreams, 
and hallucinations. Children who are afraid 
in the dark; who are malicious, timid or 
lazy, can be cured of all these through Hyp- 
notic Suggestion. Some have to be treated 
two, three or four times, but during the 
treatment the badness departs, leaving good- 
ness in its place, in spite of the patient's 
efforts to remain as he was. 



178 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



Hypnotic control will bring one back from 
the borderland of insanity. It will give back 
the power of concentration and put sunshine 
and happy thoughts into a dark and clouded 
brain. Hypnotism and Transformation are 
twin brothers, bringing happiness into every 
home where they are admitted'. Suggestion 
strengthens the nerves, thereby adding 
strength to the whole being, which is one of 
its many yet mighty secrets. It does much 
toward dispelling the troubles of the world. 
Imaginary ills, fretting and fault-finding 
have to depart, and seldom return after the 
treatment is given. Learn the way to cure 
the sick, and to make life happy. This is the 
true philosophy of success; that in this Cen- 
tury will give power and strength to all who 
understand this science, and how to apply it. 
This is an age of progress in the world of 
thought and human activities, and he who 
would keep abreast of the times must be 
awake and ever alert. Therefore the success- 
ful man must understand this wonderful sci- 
ence. Pause a moment and think of the 
wonderful power such an agent must possess 
to be able to do all this. This force has been 
sent to earth for the good of mankind. This 
great power has been put into man's hands 
to relieve suffering humanity of its many 
ills. 

It is a great and grand privilege to be the 
one selected to use this wonderful, powerful 
influence over others, which ever proves a 
source of blessing to the sick and unhappy. 
You should study this subject deeply and 
thoroughly for the success it will bring you 
as well as for the help that, through you, 
others will receive. A course of personal 
lessons in modernized Natural Healing will 
give you all the knowledge needed to become 
a wonderful healer. 

Every father and mother should under- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 179 



stand this science, so as to be able to control 
and break all bad habits in their children, 
and by its diligent application to all evil 
tendencies, see that none of their progeny- 
will ever disgrace their name. You have 
this power now within your reach. 

As a means of amusement nothing that 
has ever been devised will furnish as much 
fun and mystery as can be obtained from a 
demonstration in Hypnotism but as the hu- 
morous side of it is usually an abuse of the 
power one should use it sparingly. With a 
good knowledge of Hypnotism you can be a 
royal entertainer at a parlor gathering, and 
command the respect of the best and most 
intelligent people of your locality. When you 
have the knowledge you have something which 
very few people possess, so that those you 
come in contact with are bound to' respect 
and honor you on account of your superior 
attainments. This subtle and overwhelming 
influence will affect the strongest man, com- 
pletely subduing his mind, and 1 will, so that 
he will obey your slightest wish. You can 
make him forget his own name, and in a sec- 
ond make him think he is the President of 
the United States. By a mere Suggestion 
you can make his body as rigid as a bar of 
iron, so that being placed like a bridge be- 
tween two chairs he can be made to sustain 
a weight of several hundred pounds, with 
no other support except at the head and 
feet. 

A person can be made to believe that he is 
a dog, and will bark. You may put his 
hands or arms in motion and tell him he 
cannot stop them, and he really cannot; tell 
him to walk the floor and he is forced to 
do so until the order is countermanded; ask 
him to dance and he dances; to sing and he 
sings. You can make him believe that a po- 
tato is a delicious orange, an onion a pear, 



180 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



and he will devour it with many expressions 
of delight. You can make him believe that 
vinegar is water and he will drink it with 
relish. You can make him believe that he is 
a lady, and cause him to assume a lady's 
tone and walk. You can convince him that 
a string is a live snake, that a table is a 
lion, or a handkerchief a baby. You can 
draw a chalk line and prevent him from 
crossing it. You can lay down a penny and 
make it too heavy for him to lift. You 
can make your subject rigid, so he can't 
arise from the floor, no matter how hard 
he may try. You can make him come to 
you in spite of his most strenuous efforts 
to keep from doing so; and distance makes 
no difference. You can make him come hun- 
dreds of miles. 

The mind of a Hypnotized person can en- 
tertain but one idea at a time, and conse- 
quently whatever idea is put before him is 
seized upon with all the force and earnest- 
ness of his being. If a bashful youth is told 
while he is Hypnotized that he is a great 
orator he at once acts on that suggestion, 
and that one idea takes possession of him. 
He sees an imaginary audience, puts forth 
all his energy in addressing it, and actually 
talks and gesticulates like a finished speaker. 
You can make a couple think they are eat- 
ing ice cream, while in reality, they are 
eating flour. You can make your subjects 
think they are hearing a funny story, and 
they will laugh immoderately. No two will 
be affected alike — each will have a different 
expression on his face. You can Hypnotize 
a dozen subjects at one time, and make each 
one do a different thing, which will greatly 
amuse your audience. You can pile several 
Hypnotized persons across chairs like sticks 
of wood, and can get upon them and stand, 
or have others from your audience do so. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 181 



You can make your subject stronger than 
Sandow, so that he can lift readily over his 
head a weight of 200 pounds, which he could 
scarcely lift from the floor in his natural 
state. This is a scientific wonder to students 
of this marvelous science of Hypnotism. The 
next minute you can make your subject ut- 
terly powerless, so that he can't even lift a 
feather from the floor. You can hypnotize 
your subject without his knowledge, so that 
when he is brought out of the influence, he 
will then have no remembrance of what he 
did while asleep. You can make half a dozen 
subjects imagine themselves to be minstrels, 
and they will amuse and entertain you with 
music played on a hat for a bass drum, a 
tin pan for a tenor, a cane for a fife, a 
couple of tin plates for cymbals, etc. They 
will give your audience more delight than 
any minstrel show. You can make them 
imagine they are catching fish from a tub 
with a broom for a fishing rod. You can 
make them believe that they are soldiers, 
and going to the army. You can make a 
lady give a lecture on any subject you wish; 
or sing a song never heard by her, and she 
will sing it correctly. You can cause a 
subject to gather flowers from the carpet. 
The most amusing feature of the perform- 
ance is the serious way in which they all 
go> about these ridiculous and absurd things. 
This, together with the performance, makes 
it the most laughable spectacle that could 
possibly be imagined. It would be possible to 
go on, and fill a large volume with the things 
a hypnotized person can easily be made to 
perform, but even then you would form a 
very imperfect conception of the wonders of 
this science. You must study it well, before 
you come to know what Hypnotism will do, 
or where it will end, as every day some new 



182 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



discovery is added to the long list of what 
Hypnotism will accomplish. 

Every one should know how to hypnotize. 
Why? Because, you want what Hypnotism 
gives. You want the benefits derived from 
its use. You want the admiration of people. 
The knowledge of Hypnotism will give it to 
you. One of the great Secrets of Success 
lies in the ability of influencing others, and 
bending them to your will. Everyone you 
meet either influences you, or is influenced 
by you. Your proper place in life is the one 
in which you influence and dominate others. 
Hypnotism gives you the art of fascinating, 
and the power to keep friends and admirers. 
If you want success, power, happiness, love, 
health and wealth, you can have them all 
if you will only go about it in the proper 
manner. 

The power of fascination in man and the 
lower animals is exerted through the same 
medium, and produces, to a certain extent, 
the same results, although man has many 
advantages and can employ many more 
methods if he would only learn how to de- 
velop and use them. 

Dr. Good mentions the curious fascinating 
power the rattlesnake, in particular, has 
over various small animals, as birds and 
squirrels, which, incapable of turning off 
their own eyes from those of the serpent- 
enchanter, and overpowered with terror and 
amazement, seem to struggle to get away, 
and yet progressively approach the reptile, 
as though urged forward or attracted by a 
power superior to that of natural instinct, 
till at length they enter, apparently without 
foreign force, into the serpent's mouth, 
which had all along been open to receive 
them and are instantly devoured. The 
larger kinds of various snakes have un- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 183 



doubtedly a similar power. Dr. Barrow, in 
his Travels into the interior of South 
America, asserts this to be a fact, well known 
to almost every peasant in that quarter of 
the world; and Vaillant, in his Travels into 
Africa, affirms that, at a place called Swort- 
land, beholding a shrike in the very act of 
fascination by a large serpent at a distance, 
the fiery eyes and open mouth of which it 
was gradually approaching, with convulsive 
tremblings, and the most piteous shrieks of 
distress, he shot the serpent before the bird 
had reached it; still, however, the bird did 
not fly, and on taking it up, it was already 
dead, being killed either Dy fear or the fasci- 
nating influence of the serpent, although, 
upon measuring the ground, he found the 
space between them to be no less than three 
feet and a half. There' is a case, much in 
point, inserted in one of the early volumes of 
the Philosophical Transactions, which states 
that a mouse, put by way of experiment into 
a cage in which a female viper was con- 
fined, appeared at first greatly agitated, and 
was afterward seen to draw near to the viper 
gradually, which continued motionless, but 
with fixed eyes and distended mouth, and 
at length entered into its jaws, and was de- 
voured. 

Animals of late days have been frequently 
fascinated for purposes of experiment, and 
a universal rigidity of the muscles produced 
to such an extent as to cause them to re- 
semble pieces of statuary, so that the animal 
could be taken up and its whole weight 
supported by one foot — and this state pro- 
duced and continued at pleasure. Mr. Bruce, 
the great African traveler, distinctly states, 
from minute personal observation, that all 
the blacks in the kingdom of Sennaar, 
whether Funge or Nuba, are perfectly armed 



184 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



by Nature against the bite of either scor- 
pion or viper. They take the horned ser- 
pents in their hands at all times, put them 
into their bosoms, and throw them at one 
another, as children do apples or balls; dur- 
ing which sport the serpents are seldom irri- 
tated to bite, and when they do bite, no 
mischief ensues from the wound. The in- 
fluence exerted upon them is so great that 
they are scarcely ever able to attempt any 
resistance, even when eaten up alive, as 
Bruce assures us he has seen them, from 
tail to head, like a carrot. He also posi- 
tively affirms that they constantly sicken 
the moment they are laid hold of, and are 
sometimes so exhausted by this invisible 
power or fascination, as to perish as effec- 
tually, though not as quickly, as though 
struck by lightning. "I constantly ob- 
served," says he, "that, however lively the 
viper was before, upon being seized by any 
of these barbarians, he seemed as if taken 
with sickness and feebleness, frequently 
shut his eyes, and never turned his mouth 
toward the arm of the person that held 
him." 

This power is often used by man to dis- 
arm the fury of the most enraged or vicious 
quadrupeds. This is peculiarly seen at times 
in the case of watchdogs over whom some 
house-breakers have found out the secret of 
exercising so seductive and quieting a power 
as to keep them in profound silence while 
the burglary is committed. Lindecrantz of 
Sweden, tells us that the natives of Lap- 
land and Dalarne are in possession of this 
secret generally, insomuch that they can in- 
stantly disarm the most furious dog, and 
oblige him to fly from them, with all his 
usual signs of fear, such as dropping the 
tail and becoming suddenly silent. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 185 



Grooms are sometimes found possessed of 
a similar power over horses. Mr. Town- 
send gives a striking anecdote to this effect 
in his account of James Sullivan. The man 
— an awkward, ignorant rustic of the low- 
est class — was by profession a horse-breaker, 
and generally nicknamed the whisperer, 
from its being vulgarly supposed that he 
obtained his influence over unruly horses by 
whispering to them. The actual secret of 
his fascinating power, it is very likely, was 
unknown to himself, for it died with him, 
his son, who was in the same occupation, 
knowing nothing of it. It was well known 
to every one that, however unbroken or 
vicious a horse or even a mule might be 
when brought to him, in the short space 
of half an hour he became altogether pas- 
sive under his influence, and was not only 
entirely gentle and tractable, but in a very 
considerable degree continued so, though 
somewhat more submissive to himself than 
to others. There was a little mystery in 
his plan, but unquestionably no deceit. When 
sent for to tame an unruly horse, he or- 
dered the stable door to be shut upon him- 
self and the animal alone, and not to be 
opened until a given signal. This singular 
intercourse usually lasted for about half an 
hour; no bustle was heard, or violence 
seemingly had recourse to; but when the 
door was opened, on the proper sign being 
given, the horse was always seen lying down 
and the fascinator by his side, playing with 
him familiarly as a child with a puppy. 
Mr. Townsend once saw his skill tried on a 
horse that could never be brought to stand 
for a smith to shoe him. The day after 
Sullivan's half-hour lecture he went, not 
without some incredulity, to the smith's 
shop with many other curious spectators, 



186 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



who were eye witnesses of the complete suc- 
cess of his art. This, too, had .been a 
troop horse, and it was supposed, not with- 
out reason, that after regimental discipline 
had failed no other would be found avail- 
ing. He observed the animal seemed afraid 
whenever Sullivan either spoke to or looked 
at him. In common cases, the mysterious 
preparation of a private interview was not 
necessary, the animal becoming tame at 
once. 

We have well-attested instances of ani- 
mals in some cases fascinating man. A 
man walking in his garden, accidentally 
saw a snake in the bushes, and, observing 
the eyes gleam in a peculiar manner, 
watched it closely, but soon found himself 
unable to draw his own eyes off. The snake, 
it appeared to him, soon began to increase 
immensely in size, and assume in rapid suc- 
cession, a mixture of brilliant colors. He 
grew dizzy, and would have fallen in the 
direction of the snake, to which he felt 
himself irresistibly impelled, had not his 
wife come up, and, throwing her arms 
around him, dispelled the charm, thus sav- 
ing him from certain destruction. There 
are too many of these instances to mention 
a tithe of them; but there is one that is 
very generally known. Two men in Mary- 
land were walking together, when one found 
fault with his companion because he stopped 
to look at something by the roadside. Per- 
ceiving he did not heed him, he returned to 
learn the reason, when he perceived the 
other's eyes were fixed upon a rattlesnake, 
which had its head raised and eyes glaring 
at him. The poor fellow was leaning to- 
ward the snake, crying piteously, in a feeble 
tone: "He will bite me! he will bite me!" 
"Sure he will," said his friend, "if you do 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 187 



not run. What are you staying here for?" 
Finding him dumb to all entreaties, he 
struck down the snake with a limb of a 
tree, and pulled his companion violently 
away. The man, whose life was thus prov- 
identially saved, found himself very sick for 
some hours after his enchantment. 

You may express astonishment at the new 
light in which the whole subject is pre- 
sented. There can possibly be no cavilling 
at any of the positions assumed. 

From' what has been shown we may prove 
four things: 

First: That man can fascinate man. 

Second: That man can fascinate the 
lower animals. 

Third: That the lower animals can fas- 
cinate one another. 

Fourth: That the lower animals can 
fascinate man. 

Townsend remarks, that if we wish to 
seek for general instance of the power one 
human being possesses over another with re- 
gard to the influence of fascination, we have 
only to look at the effects produced when 
young persons sleep with old. It is recorded 
of the Psalmist, King David, that, when he 
became very old, he got a young damsel to 
sleep with him, that, from her vigorous life, 
he might obtain a supply to lengthen out 
his days. Some painful instances of this 
kind came under his own observation — one 
in which the future wellbeing of a person 
very dear to him was compromised; and he 
was acquainted with an infirm old lady, who 
was so perfectly well aware of the benefit 
she derived from sleeping with young per- 
sons, that, with a sort of horrid vampire- 
ism, she always obliged her maid to share 
the same bed with her; thus successively 
destroying the health of several attendants. 



188 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



The celebrated German physiologist, Hufe- 
land, has remarked the longevity of school- 
masters, and attributes it to their living so 
constantly amid the healthy emanations of 
young persons. 

It may be well to mention, in this con- 
nection, the fact that savage nations, gen- 
erally, practice fascination. They rub or 
pat one another when fatigued, and it re- 
freshes. The wife of one of the Sandwich 
Island missionaries, on a visit to this coun- 
try, some years since, exclaimed, on return- 
ing from a long and tiresome walk that 
had completely exhausted her strength: "If 
I was home, the native women, by patting 
me, would soon give me_complete relief from 
this weariness, and make me feel as lively 
as ever." The rites and gestures of savage 
magicians, the medicine men of the wilds, 
over their patients, which so much alarm 
travellers, are nothing more than fascinat- 
ing passes to cure disease — a method, too, 
that very generally succeeds. 

Even among animals, it has been found 
that the young cannot be too closely asso- 
ciated with the old without suffering detri- 
ment. Young horses, standing in a stable 
beside old ones, become less healthy, and, 
in time, weak and sickly. These wonders 
can all be explained, in accordance with 
what is already known of the laws of life. 

The subject is not difficult, by any means, 
and a moderate degree of perseverance is 
only necessary to master the entire sub- 
ject. 

Do you want to be a doctor? If so noth- 
ing will help you to the foremost place of 
that profession like a course of correspond- 
ence lessons in Modernized Natural Heal- 
ing. Life has been prolonged, and diseases 
heretofore believed to be incurable are now 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 189 



perfectly amenable to treatment. So many 
striking examples of the truth of this state- 
ment are now everywhere apparent that the 
history of the various improvements which 
have made the present methods of cure pos- 
sible read almost like a fairy tale. What 
more wonderful thing has been accomplished 
than the sleep of anaesthesia (or hypnotic 
sleep), which banishes all suffering from the 
operating table, cheats pain of its victory, 
and robs the sharpest blade of its wonted 
sting. In the light of recent events we have 
no right to assume that there is any disease 
so incurable today which may not in the 
near tomorrow be triumphantly vanquished 
by Natural Healing Methods. 

That curse — Drunkenness. Have you a 
brother, father, son or husband or friend 
that drinks? If so, Hypnotism will show 
you how to break the evil habit. Science af- 
firms that when all else has failed. Hypno- 
tism has succeeded in making man free from 
being the slave to drink. Drunkenness is a 
disease. The brain becomes morbid and not 
able to act properly. Then harm is done. 
With some a desire for liquor is so strong — 
alone they cannot withstand the terrible 
longing. The thirst that kills life and soul 
conquers. But with Hypnotism at your 
command, and the withdrawal of the morbid 
influences from the brain, this mysterious 
power will control the desire and kill the 
seed from which that longing comes. That 
dead then the dear one is saved from pov- 
erty and all the other horrors that love of 
drink brings into the lives and homes of its 
victims. 

Do you know anyone who is killing his 
prospects with Cigarettes? Have you a boy, 
a relative or friend, who is becoming a 
cigarette fiend? If so, try Hypnotism on him 
ere it is too late. Don't wait till he is men- 



190 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



tally and bodily a wreck. But treat him at 
once. Every day is of value to him. Every 
cigarette he smokes makes the work harder 
for you, and makes him more its slave. Ban- 
ish from earth all his bad habits by learning 
how to cure this boy, who will never see 
manhood unless you help him to break this 
terrible habit. 

The time has come for you to learn. To- 
day, not tomorrow. Every day must be 
counted as lost for you till this vast power 
is in your possession. You cannot afford to 
be without this knowledge — any more than 
you can afford to be without eyesight. Be- 
cause you cannot see clearly into life unless 
you know and understand all the mysteries 
that lie everywhere about you. The world's 
brightest men are studying it. Why should 
you be last when you might be first in your 
locality to know this science that is surely 
changing the ways of education, justice, heal- 
ing, and calling for reform in all branches of 
money-making and right living? Learn it at 
once while you can. It will do you no harm 
but much good. The danger will be in your 
ignorance. You must know its power to be 
able to grasp your share of everything of in- 
terest to you or those that have the knowl- 
edge will possess your half of the wealth and 
your half of success. You virtually give it 
to them. Think well and do not delay secur- 
ing what these Lessons will bring you. 

Do you know the strides that hypnotism is 
making? Are you watching its development? 
Are you studying this science that has sud- 
denly sprung ahead of all other sciences? 
Are you well acquainted with what it will 
do for you? Have you ever asked others 
what it has done for them? Do you remem- 
ber when you first heard of Hypnotism? Do 
you know more about it now than then? Do 
you know how to utilize its forces and turn 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 191 



its power to your own advantage? Do you 
know now to control others? Do you know 
how to secure friendships that last forever? 
Do you know how to conquer pain and suf- 
fering? Do you know how to gain success 
in business? Do you know how to gain posi- 
tion and wealth? Have you a good paying 
situation? Have you a successful business? 
Have you a cheerful home? Have you happy 
children? Have you a healthy family? Have 
you all that you have a reasonable right to 
want? Is life worth the living to you? Can 
you heal the sick? Can you comfort the 
weak and helpless? Can you break bad hab- 
its? Can you make money? Can you make 
every one love you? Can you deal with the 
unseen forces about you? Can you say that 
you are satisfied with your lot? Would you 
be different in any way than what you are? 
Would you increase your power and your in- 
tellect? Would you have more of the gems 
in life? Would you be capable of perform- 
ing extraordinary feats? Would you be first 
and foremost in the good works of your com- 
munity? If so, master Hypnotism, as it will 
make you one and all of these. In all the 
world nothing is known that can and will 
do for you what Hypnotism is asking the 
privilege of doing. In the near future those 
who will succeed will fully understand this 
wonderful science. Long ago great men 
knew that knowledge was power and in this 
bright age do we know less? To live well 
we must feel well mentally and physically. 
To succeed — to be in the front rank we must 
know not a little, but much. Nothing pro- 
vides as much rare and valuable knowledge as 
this course of study. No other Science can 
teach perfectly as many branches as this 
one. Why? Because it covers all Sciences, 
Arts and Letters. This Phenomenon con- 
trols all things. It works through the brain 



192 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



which controls life more largely than any 
other organ. Examples are all around us 
that prove the truth of this statement. A 
bright active brain means an energetic body 
capable of accomplishing grand results. A 
weak brain a poor, puny body, with no pros- 
pect but misery. This course teaches you 
how to be well and evenly balanced so as to 
master all difficulties as they arise. It 
shows you the way to be well and happy — to 
gain and keep friends — to have health and 
wealth. 

It gives you insight into humanity. It 
gives you strength to struggle against busi- 
ness affairs. It keeps Hope ever foremost, 
and Success ensured. It gives you tact and 
influence over others. It gives you confi- 
dence in yourself which must be to accom- 
plish any undertaking. It comforts and 
makes daily trials easier to endure. It im- 
proves your personality and develops all la- 
tent powers into actualities. It makes and 
keeps friends. It brings the good things of 
the world at your command. It carries all 
evil from you. It destroys sins. It cures 
diseases. It does all this, not for an hour 
or a day, but for all time. It brightens your 
existence here, and fills your life with joy 
instead of sorrow. 

It teaches you how to penetrate the hidden 
thoughts of man. It shows you how to con- 
trol the minds of others, and to know their 
innermost wishes. It shows you how to deal 
with the unseen, the intangible, the mysteri- 
ous of life. It instructs you how to make 
your existence a successful one. It instructs 
you how to "Climb the ladder of fame" in 
any profession you choose. It secures you 
an independent place in the world of society. 
It gives you distinction. It gives you the 
highest place of honor in your community. 
It gives you a surer way to wealth than any 



THE SECRET OP SUCCESS 193 



other. A speedier return than any other 
money outlay. You are able to command as 
you will. You have but to wish, act, and 
you have. You have the way of fortune- 
winning opened to you. You have gained the 
knowledge of being well and keeping so. 
You have found the way of dominion over 
mind, of advancement in your position, and 
the highest success in every business you 
may enter. You can win ardent love. You 
have indeed found the science that distrib- 
utes the happiness of life — the treasures of 
the world. 

Such knowledge will give great power 
over one's health because it enables one to 
deal with causes. The so-called science of 
medicine is based too much on the false as- 
sumption that the result and not the cause 
of disease needs attention. The learned men 
in the time of Harvey strenuously denied 
the theory of the circulation of the blood and 
he was threatened with death for advocating 
the idea. In these days of rapid progress we 
should think for ourselves and remember 
that the man was nearly mobbed who carried 
the first umbrella. It is difficult for learned 
men to unlearn their false teachings, many 
of which time is proving to be fictions. 
Twenty years ago nearly all physicians 
denied the principles of hypnotism, and to- 
day are exhibiting relatively the same ig- 
norance by simply using but a small portion 
of it instead of delving deeper down to its 
foundation, to the law on which hypnotism 
is based. 

It is, however, one thing to be aware of 
the operation of the law of suggestion, but 
quite another to use it scientifically and 
reasonably for therapeutic and other pur- 
poses. The utilitarian mind is not satisfied 
merely to observe; but wishes to have some 
practical issue as the result of its ob- 



194 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



servations. It therefore directs its owner to 
watch the operation of the law of sugges- 
tion, see how it can be made to benefit man- 
kind, and then proceed to adapt it to use. 

A person of depressed mind, to whom the 
whole world seems antagonistic, needs a cor- 
rective which can be supplied through the 
application of suggestion, as the doctors 
would say, "internally and externally." The 
internal application is the giving of verbal 
suggestions, which, by constant repetition 
in accordance with directions already given, 
find their way into the mind, and ultimate- 
ly compel it to work in a more satisfactory 
way. The external application is by change 
of environment, introducing the patient in- 
to cheerful society, if possible into a sunny 
clime, and the removal from all -rooms oc- 
cupied of every object therein calculated to 
depress. Gloomy pictures must be removed, 
books of pessimistic trend hidden from 
sight. The rooms should be decorated in 
live, warm tones, flowers should be on the 
table, and food served in a dainty fashion. 
The application of suggestion through en- 
vironment is one of great importance. 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 195 



CHAPTER XI. 

THE POWER OF THE HUMAN MIND. 

Suggestion and cognate sciences have for 
many years and 1 are at the present time 
exciting widespread interest from scientific 
men, professional men, and laymen as well. 

These subjects are freely discussed by 
only the few, yet they are marvelled at by 
the many. Around them the charlatan 
throws the sombre robe of mystery and the 
novelist finds it a rich field of romantic op- 
portunity. 

Now it is the purpose of this treatise to 
divest Suggestion of the supernatural, to 
show how it is done, and explain its rational 
basis. To describe its dangers, and endeavor 
to outline its usefulness both in the medical 
world and in society and describe the prin- 
cipal theories which are current about it. 

The influence exerted varies according to 
the age and temperament of the subject. 
The national characteristics also alter its 
manifestations 1 , especially is this true be- 
tween northern and southern races. 

Dr. J. R. Cooke says in his 373 page 
book (price $3) on Hypnotic Suggestion, 
that he has hypnotized altogether about one 
thousand three hundred and fifty people. 
The greater part of these were Americans, 
some negroes, quite a number of French, a 
few Germans, and a few of the northern 
races, such as Danes, Russians, etc. The 
American people seem less susceptible to 
this strange influence, and as a rule are 
more skeptical about it, than are their 
brethren across the water. 

Can you realize what part Suggestion has 
played in the political and religious histories 



196 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



of the world? It has made prophets and 
seers of old, witches and wizards at the be- 
ginning of our last century, religious fa- 
natics of our own day, of all conditions and 
kinds. Everyone then should seek a wider 
knowledge upon this important subject. To 
the goddess of Reason humbly bow. She 
needs no crawling, cringing minion to do 
her homage. Knowledge is her swift mes- 
senger of peace. Goodness and Mercy are 
her white-winged angels carrying glad tid- 
ings to all the world. True it is that life 
is a mystery, and yet the most mysterious 
and most marvelous things we know of, is 
the fact that it is governed by law, and 
that every thought we have is a product of 
law. Every mental phenomenon of our own 
consciousness is immutably fixed by our sub- 
jective condition, plus our environments. 

The human mind, presenting problems 
both of boundless study and endless utility, 
is the grandest thing in all this universe. 
Men have prayed and suffered in the past, 
magic and witchcraft have been evoked to 
cure disease, and yet the suffering are ever 
with us. Wrecked lives on every hand attest 
the error which man has made in not under- 
standing natural law and his own mental 
weakness. 

It is difficult to express in words the 
great variety of effects sensory and motor, 
which can be produced by suggestion, upon 
a sensitive subject, when he is in the hyp- 
notic state. Beings which are children 
wholly of his imagination, will exist for him 
as conscious entities. His personality may 
be changed, and he will for the time, think, 
act and live another man. The various 
faculties of the mind may be, each in their 
turn, rendered abnormally acute. The 
speech centres may act in such a way that 
a man who has naturally a poor command 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 197 



of language, will, under this influence, con- 
verse volubly or deliver an address, speaking 
fluently. 

The emotions may be played upon by sug- 
gestions, like an instrument of music by a 
master's 1 hand. Joy, sorrow, grief, despair, 
love and hate, may be made to> follow each 
other and appear in combination with mar- 
vellous rapidity. The man may be made to 
believe that he is a broomstick, a pitcher, 
chair, or carpet or any other inanimate 
thing, and to act his part with wonderful 
skill. Prof. James, of Harvard, says in 
effect that one needs only to see a person 
do< these things to be convinced that the 
subject is not acting his part for the purpose 
of deception. Could they act such a part 
when in the normal state, they would have 
long since found their true place upon the 
stage. 

One cheek may be made pale while the 
other is red, one hand cold while the other 
is warm, and in good subjects even the pulse 
will beat slowly or more rapidly at the com- 
mand of the operator. The states vary as 
do the phenomena obtained. 

The whole field is fascinating and allur- 
ing. It promises so much that it is in 
danger of being misused by the ignorant to 
such an extent that great harm may re- 
sult. This is true, not only of Suggestive, 
therapeutics and hypnotism, but of every 
other blessing we possess. Yet there is noth- 
ing to fear from the senseless skepticism 
and contempt of those who have no knowl- 
edge of the subject. While these sciences 
can be used in a greater or less degree by 
every one, they can only be used intelli- 
gently by those who understand, not only 
them, but Nature and human nature as 
well. 

The crafty rascal with the winning smile 



198 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



who cheats the confiding out of every dollaT 
does not entrance them, nor does he render 
them in any way unconscious. He studies 
the vulnerable parts in man's nature, and 
works skillfully upon him through these. 
His victim's weakness may be either greed, 
excessive sympathy, profound vanity, or the 
inability to reason clearly. Upon one or all 
of these the cunning man relies for suc- 
cess in dealing with his victim. 

Reason is the great governor which con- 
trols and balances all of the mechanism of 
the mind, and it is indeed astonishing how 
few men allow it full sway. Let the emo- 
tions get the upper hand, give any or all 
of the passions sway, and the man is a 
wreck. 

That very mysterious power which some 
men exercise over others and over the op- 
posite sex is not necessarily akin to any of 
the hynotic states. The influence depends 
upon the ability of one man to appeal to 
the avarice or the vanity, or to the sympa- 
thies, of another. The real danger of hypno- 
tism lies in the fact that, owing to the 
mystery that surrounds it, it may, in the 
imaginative and enthusiastic, produce by its 
very mystery a disturbed condition of the 
mind similar to, if not identical with, the 
condition of religious monomania. 

Thus it follows that hypnotism is not 
necessarily a magical power by which one 
man can permanently control or rule the 
destinies of another, or in which women can 
be robbed of their virtue, or the wealthy 
of their property; and yet certain states of 
mental enfeeblement may be produced, not 
by hypnotism, per se, but by the credulity 
which was a part of the subject's nature 
before he submitted to the process of hyp- 
notization. This element of faith, is of 
course a very important consideration in the 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 199 



production of hypnotism. It is this confid- 
ing nature when misused that makes hyp- 
notism a dangerous thing. The love of the 
miraculous and belief in the supernatural, 
are, in many cases, the twin sisters of lazi- 
ness, and men have ever sought through 
utilizing these to obtain their ends, and to 
earn their daily bread without toil. 

Modern science is throwing a new light 
upon this whole question of morals. Its 
principles have long since been recognized 
in a degree. The infinite variety in the 
moral tendencies of different individuals has 
at last aroused the best minids of the age 
to a rational consideration of their causes. 
It is now recognized that there is such 
a thing as moral insensibility, and also that 
this mental disease, for it is a disease, may 
be either congenital or acquired. The old 
idea of individual responsibility is now tak- 
ing an entirely different guise, and it is a 
recognized fact that the different moral 
traits may be strengthened or weakened by 
use or disuse. Crime is essentially a dis- 
ease. A disease not brought ahout by some 
spiritual prince of darkness, seeking the 
eternal damnation of man, but by a disease 
inherent in the development of the psychical 
life of the individual. 

The point that is here sought to be made 
clear is this, that the mind possesses in 
embryo certain capacities and traits. If 
these are properly brought out by its 
heredity, environment, and training, it will 
reach its full and grand development. If, 
from one of many causes, in some respect, 
it is hindered, the divinest thing of all crea- 
tion is distorted. Now ■ in the latent con- 
sciousness of every one lie dormant, con- 
trolled by the reason and by the will, all of 
the impulses, which if let loose, play 
havoc with the character. They are 



200 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



pireying upon us in the still hours of 
the night, or when our better selves are con- 
quered by the sway of passion. They grow 
with us, these hideous monsters that inhabit 
the cellars of our souls, and, when our 
reason and will are sleeping, they climb 
into the beautiful mansions of our intellects 
and besmear them with their own filth and 
slime. These impulses, these tendencies, 
which are in every man, can be, as is well- 
known to all, cultivated or repressed. When 
any one of them, thirst for alcohol for in- 
stance, gets the upper hand, it may often 
times be repressed by hypnotism or sugges- 
tion when the ordinary forces fail. 

It is in 1 the functional insanities that hyno- 
tism finds its true remedial sphere. It is 
in children whose normal natures are un- 
balanced, that suggestion can be made use- 
ful even after all other means fail, in con- 
trolling tendencies. It is in the adult who 
is weak and vacillating that it proves a 
tower of strength. 

READ CAREFULLY. 

Don't read a smattering on these subjects 
but get the Full Course of twenty-five Les> 
sons. Don't waste your money on anyone 
who offers you something for less money, 
because it cannot be sold for less. Remember 
that unless you are familiar with every 
point you will fail. Learn every detail, 
every point, phase, stage and condition. 
Learn what to do under all and every cir- 
cumstance. 

All may learn to hypnotize. By writing to 
the address given either in the front or back 
part of this book, you can learn of a course 
of private, personal lessons which will fully 
equip you for successful work and with this 
assistance you cannot help but be a success- 
ful hypnotist. The object in preparing and 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 201 



perfecting these Lessons has been to make 
them so simple, yet so perfect that anyone 
can understand the methods which produce 
and master this subtle power. These are 
the most perfect, plain andi comprehensive 
method® ever given to the public, and all 
who desire to become proficient should have 
them. They give full instructions from the 
very start and not only tell you how to proi- 
duce the Sleep, but over a hundred differ- 
ent things you can do with Hypnotism; and 
not only that, but just how to do each one 
of them. What to say, and how to say it. 
How to work for certain results. How to 
manage different subjects. How to treat 
different temperaments. How to act under 
all conditions. No matter what might hap- 
pen, with this knowledge you are prepared 
for any and every emergency. Not one point 
will be neglected. Not one fact overlooked. 
Every detail will be fully explained and the 
true definition to every word applied to the 
different stages of Hypnotism, how to pro- 
duce them, and how you will know the dif- 
ference in them. You will be surprised to 
find how much you can accomplish in a 
short time, after studying this Course. There 
is no guess work about it and the methods 
are so simple, and so easy, that you never 
cease to marvel at the ease with which the 
hypnotic condition may be produced. The 
effects brought about through this powerful 
agency are scarcely more remarkable than 
the fact that they can be brought about by 
you so soon after you read the lessons. It 
is impossible to give all the explanations and 
full particulars about this master science in 
a few Lessons, as there are so many im- 
portant points that the beginner should thoir- 
oughly understand, and perfect himself in, 
before he can be an expert, or even an 
ordinary operator, that a full course of 



202 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



twenty^five lessons covering the entire field 
is nececsary together with a large book of 
237 pages. 

The title of this book is: "How to Hypno- 
tize." In this book much of vast importance 
to the student is told. In its pages is proven 
that no earthly power can do for man what 
Hypnotism can, and is doing and that this 
Science is man's 1 greatest friend. This book 
will give you a clearer idea of this great 
phenomena than the Lessons alone could do. 
As soon as you begin to Hypnotize your sub- 
jects you will find this volume of great help 
to you. 

Remember it is impossible to give the full 
and complete secrets of this science in less 
than twenty-five long Lessons, and to make 
them so simple that a child can understand 
them and treat fully on every known phase 
of this subject and give you just the informa- 
tion needed to make you a perfect hypno- 
tist — no more — no less. You will be taught 
nothing but that which has been proved by 
long experience to be eminently practical. 
There is no better course given by anyone, 
no difference how great the price. This 
gives you all the knowledge that you can 
get no matter what you pay because it is the 
best. 

In brief you learn more from this course 
than would be taught you in six months 
from any other source. Why? Because you 
are told simply and plainly, and in a way 
that you cannot fail to understand, how to 
produce the wonderful sleep. How to gain 
control and how to keep it. You are given 
all the Secrets of the higher phenomena, 
physical and mental, that can be established 
by your own Hypnotic power. How to pro- 
duce startling effects and possibilities. In 
fine how to utilize your own strength and 
power in every possible way. You will know 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 203 



that you possess it, and the time for using 
it will be natural to you when the forces 
are marshalled into abeyance. You will won- 
der that you possessed such power, but after 
you study this course and develop your un- 
used forces you will be ever grateful for 
having been shown the way. 

Do not wait, but send at once for these 
Lessons, further particulars regarding which 
will be found further on. Read this book 
through again. Read carefully and thought- 
fully what Hypnotism will give you. Seri- 
ously consider the chances placed before you. 
The chance of a noble and profitable calling. 
A profession that you can be proud of enter- 
ing. Search through these pages and then 
form an unbiased judgment, and you will 
conclude that you cannot afford to be without 
all the knowledge obtainable upon this grand 
subject. What is a few dollars compared 
with such treasures' as knowledge, influence, 
prosperity and happiness? 

What it costs to be a real Hypnotist. — 
The price of the full Course of 25 Lessons 
and the valuable book is only $25.00. Think 
of it. Recall all they teach you. And all 
for Twenty-five Dollars. If every one knew 
what they could do after mastering Hypno- 
tism — if they knew what possibilities would 
be opened up to them — if they knew the 
money that they soon would command, the 
price of the Course would appear very small. 
For the investment of $25.00 you receive the 
knowledge that can bring you in $1,000 or 
$10,000, just as you will. For the sum of 
$25.00 you receive, health, hope, happiness. 
You spend $25.00 often, and in three weeks 
you have nothing to show that you ever had 
that money. If you spend $25.00 to learn 
this science the knowledge can never be tak- 
en from you. The force is always at hand. 
You can use it at will. You can never for- 



204 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



get it or lose the wonderful power. You can 
always make money with its help. No one 
can rob you of the talent when once de- 
veloped. If you spend $25.00 for this won- 
derful course, together with the splendid il- 
lustrated book, you have made a life invest- 
ment that pays a larger income than any 
other $25.00 outlay possibly can. If you keep 
the secret to yourself all will wonder how 
your luck has changed. You can influence 
people better and easier if they are ignorant 
of how you do it. Keep your lessons and the 
big book to yourself. Never let anyone use 
them unless you are paid for their use. 
Never teach what you know unless you are 
well paid for your knowledge. These secrets 
are of immense value, and if you teach them 
to others you should be well paid for them 
as all other teachers are paid. Set your own 
price on the lessons, but never give away 
your knowledge, and it is a good plan to use 
your instructions in other ways than teach- 
ing if you live in a small place, because you 
will be able to make more money in other 
ways. Keep your secrets to yourself. You 
have no time to lose. You want to begin at 
once to live in the bright, brilliant future 
that holds the best that the world can give. 
Improve mankind by selling these books and 
the others advertised herein to people 
throughout the world (by mail) by an easy 
successful plan which will be taught you free 
of charge. But you must grasp this oppor- 
tunity — and use it — for your own sake and 
those that are dear to you. The reason why 
so many are poor is because they do not ac- 
cept the means that are placed before them — 
or if they do accept them they wait so long 
that the gain has been made by those who 
were first in the field. "Think, but think 
speedily, for those that wait are lost." You 
can take an interest in this grand educa- 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 205 



tional work because you love the world and 
all struggling humanity. Because you would 
have no struggles in life. Because you would 
have every one happy and successful. Be- 
cause you know that a knowledge of these 
sciences will lighten the sorrows of earth 
and bring good cheer into 1 homes. Of the 
many wonders of the age these are the most 
wonderful because they down the wrong and 
uplifht the right. Break up evil and strength- 
en the pure. In their path is joy, peace and 
contentment. Nothing can bring more to 
this down trodden earth. All this is glorious 
beyond expression. 

If you are not prepared to send the whole 
amount at one time, send five dollars ($5.00') 
and receive the first five lessons, and if 
necessary continue on in this way until the 
entire course has been paid for, when the 
illustrated book will be sent. This is the 
most remarkable proposition ever made to 
those who want all the joy and success of 
life. 

It has cost hundreds of dollars to get 
this large book and lessons, in such cor- 
rect and perfect form and purchasers seem 
amazed at the reasonable price asked for 
them. There is no concern in America or 
Europe that gives the people such an elab- 
orate course. Every buyer says that, and 
it is really worth five times the cost. By 
reading the lessons over carefully any per- 
son, male or female, can become a practical 
demonstrator of Hypnotism almost immedi- 
ately — certainly within two or three days. 
There is about 80 per cent, of people of all 
classes that are susceptible to suggestions, 
and these lessons teach this science very 
explicitly, and so plain and simple that any 
child of ordinary intelligence can under- 
stand it and learn it very easily. The Pub- 
lisher of this course of 25 lessons, also the 



206 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



book on Hypnotism, at the age of sixteen, 
studied and learned Mesmerism (over thirty 
years ago,) when it was all the rage in 
America, and he could mesmerize as easily 
and perfectly as the Professor that taught 
him. You can learn to become a Hypnotist 
just as quickly and thoroughly. Hypnotism 
gives you a power that is beyond all human 
conception, and yet you can teach it to any 
one. The time is near, and is approaching 
rapidly, when developments through Hypno- 
tism will be the study of this entire na- 
tion. Nature has given Mankind this mi- 
raculous power, and no inter eference can 
furnish any barrier to its steady and rapid 
progress. This book that has fallen into 
your hands for some good reason will prove 
to be, ere long the open pathway to your 
future success. It will break down every 
barrier to your future progress and pros- 
perity. Please never part with this little 
book. Loan it to your friends, but always 
get it back, for the time if not here now, 
when you require the information it imparts, 
will surely come. 

The true student of Nature soon learns 
by results, why so much stress is herein 
given to the matter of attaining qualities 
and powers, instead of mere external re- 
sults. When the requisite qualities and 
powers are first attained, abundant suc- 
cess comes as the natural sequence. Char- 
acter-building or power-gaining is the true 
object of life. Happiness, power, service, 
self-mastery and Love go hand in hand. 
Principles must be applied before they can 
be outwardly demonstrated by results. All 
of these are but methods of self-culture. 
They are the best available methods. Do 
not make the mistake of regarding this 
simply as a plea for your patronage for we 



THE SECRET OF SUCCESS 207 



do not need it, nor do we want it unless it 
can be made decidedly to your advantage as 
well. We are and have been able to demon- 
strate these laws in the attainment of suc- 
cess, to a sufficient extent to make urgent 
and continuous solicitation unnecessary. 
Place this matter upon its own merits and 
silently decide upon your own course. 

The external universe is composed of 
force and nothing but force. We, as parts 
of the universe, are composed of force and 
force only. Your chief need is to understand 
and co-operate with the law of force which 
is within you. It is only in that way that 
you can manifest its •omnipotence or fulfill 
the purposes of life. You should fulfill those 
purposes. You should obtain the self-knowl- 
edge which makes that 'possible. Let us 
silently praise and glorify the law which 
makes such things possible. Let us feel rev- 
erentially thankful that happiness, power, 
knowledge, wisdom and attainment go hand 
in hand and that being obtained on the 
easy terms, are thus placed at your dis- 
posal and absolute command. 

It is not necessary to shroud this subject 
in needless mystery or to claim supernatu- 
ral, adept powers in these hidden mysteries, 
but to prove and demonstrate to the under- 
standing that they are not supernatural, 
but founded on natural laws, which, for 
good reasons, have been hidden in this 
materialistic age except to a few in whose 
hands they were thought to be safe. 

The very nature of these ideas is in many 
respects so unlike our old methods of 
thought and action that they will necessarily 
seem marvelous, and they carry with them 
possibilities no less marvelous. 

Many of these ideas also seem dangerous 
in their possibilities, and are so in the 



208 SCIENTIFIC SUGGESTION 



hands of certain unprincipled persons, so is 
fire dangerous, but the time has come when 
general knowledge on the subject is the 
greatest safeguard against that danger. 

Another wonder is that such knowledge 
carries within itself a peculiar safeguard. 
This safeguard is that it is impossible for 
a person to go far or deep into this sub- 
ject until it is safe for him to do so. In 
other words, he cannot understand or be- 
lieve in certain of its basic principles until 
he has the purity of conscience and morality 
sufficient to make them safe in his hands. 
It furthermore teaches a code of morals that 
is sublime, and offers rewards for obedience 
that are almost irresistible. Does this seem 
strange? Have you never thought of it 
in this light while studying these subjects? 
If you haven't please note it in the future. 

This subject has an important bearing on 
one's health, his business, and every relation 
he sustains to the world. If he studies 
simply its outer forms so that he may, 
through hypnotic influence, bend some one 
to his will for some selfish purpose, or 
wreck vengeance on his enemies through 
the use of unseen forces, he will find the 
way barred to more important and practical 
knowledge, and will be sure to reap for 
himself in so doing a rich harvest of retri- 
bution instead of its normal fruit, which 
is the extreme opposite. 



SUCCESS OR NO PAY. 

We occasionally receive communi* 
nations from persons living at a distance, 
desirous of securing ©ur services on what 
is known as the "Success or no Pay" plar. 
Those people are of different degrees of 
responsibility, and are actuated by different 
motives. They may be classed as follows: 
No. 1, is an honest, fair dealing gentleman, 
who is rather sceptical, but who can and 
will pay when the times comes, without ex- 
cuse or delay. No. 2, while honest in his 
intentions, has not the means to pay at pre< 
sent, but thinks he will be able to do so by 
vu.e time specified, and adopts this plan t6 
get credit. No. 3 is what an American 
would term a "Deac* Beat" — one who never 
intends to pa,y. Now, did we adopt the 
"Success or no Pay" plan, the result would 
be something like this. No. 1 would pay 
promptly. No. 2 would find that he had 
made a miscalculation, and failing to send 
the money, would write a long letter of ex- 
cuses, promising to "make it all right" soon, 
and that would be the last we would hear 
of him. No. 3, as a matter of course, we 
would never hear from at all. Cod sequently, 
we would have to over-charge No. 1, i* 
make good our losses on the other two. For 
several reasons we decline to do business in 
this way. The price charged is so ex- 
tremely low, compared with the benefits 
received, that it is manifestly unfair to ex- 



pect us to take any risks in the matter. On 
ihe other hand, if he "pays as he goes" ho 
Will be more apt to follow instructions and 
get the full benefit of the same. Because, 
having paid his money, even should he 
become discouraged, he will still persevere, 
and, consequently, come out all right; 
whereas, had he paid nothing, he would 
probably abandon the instructions in a day 
or two, and change from one thing to 
another, without adhering to one thing long 
enough to obtain results. For these 
reasons, and for the further reason that it is 
contrary to all established rules, we can do 
no business on the "Success or no Pay" 
plan. If in any case our methods are 
shown to have failed after being accorded 

A FAIR AND IMPARTIAL TRIAD, We bind OUT- 

selves to immediately refund price, but 
our friends will please bear in mind that 

PAYMENT MUST IN EVERT CASE ACCOMPANY 

the order, or no notice can be taken of it. 
To this rule we can make no exception. Did 
we let these accounts run, and book every 
name, address, date, etc., and then have to 
collect so many thousands afterwards, the 
labor incurred would seriously impede our 
business. To some it may appear dis- 
courteous to so strictly enforce this rule, 
but it must be remembered that if not 
adhered to in all cases, it cannot fairly be 
enforced in any — hence no distinctions are 
made. The National Institute is an old 
established institution, with a world-wide 
reputation, and is therefore entirely respon- 
sible. In concluding, we trust that no one 
will take offence at anything contained in 
the above. It is needless to say that none 
is intended. Our terms are fair and liberal, 
and every one must see the justice of our 
remarks; we therefore rely with confidence 
upon the good sense of the intelligent 
ireade?. 



OUR CLAIMS. 

We claim that our New System embodies 
ihe results of many years of study, experi- 
ment and observation. That it is just as 
important in directing one how to preserve 
health as to cure disease. That our New 
System is entirely different from anything 
that has been given to the public from time 
immemorial. 

We do not claim that every disease can 
be cured by the methods we advocate. We 
cannot cure consumption in its advanced 
stages, nor cancer, nor malignant growths, 
nor organic heart diseases (and we have 
never heard of any drugs that will cure 
these). We cannot perform miracles — we 
cannot raise the dead. We do claim that 
diseases due to a profound change in the 
blood; diseases due to impaired nutrition; 
to iocate congestions; to displacements; can 
be cured. 

We claim that Dyspepsia of all kinds, 
Indigestions, Billiousness, Constipation, 
Headache, Dysentery, Liver and Kidney 
troubles, Coughs, Bronchitis, Consumption 
in its first stages, Chronic Skin Diseases, 
Catarrhs, Emaciation, Palpitation of the 
Heart, General and Nervous Debility, 
Nerve Exhaustion, Softening of the Brain, 
Insanity, St. Vitus' Dance, Paralysis, 
Liquor, Tobacco, Cigarette, Opium and 
other bad habits, many cases of Epilepsy, 
all cases of Insomnia or Sleeplessness, Im- 
potence, Chronic Rheumatism, Neuralgia 
and all the Chronic Pelvic diseases of 
women, and other diseases can be cured by 
our method. We can give the power of speech 
and hearing to those bornbeaf and dumb. 

We claim that no drugs need be taken 
with our system. That the relief of pain, if 
present, is immediate, and that the im- 
provement in strength and flesh, and color 
is speedy. 

Treatment given successfully at a dis- 
tance — but come and see us if possible- 



TO PHYSICIANS. 

Every physician of large practice has one 
or more patients whose malady he con- 
siders chronic or incurable; but do not 
despair doctor, — we have been successfully 
treating such cases for years and will gladly 
assist you in all such cases; or better still, 
let us familiarize you with our methods and 
you will find it possible to either relieve or 
cure this class; thus not only giving you a 
splendid reputation for ability to cure when 
all others fail, but confer a blessing on suf- 
fering humanity as well. 

The greatest care has to be taken in 
treating such cases, and a considerable 
knowledge of the art of Hypnotizing should 
be obtained before venturing to utilize it in 
this class of affections. 

Hypnotism is of such a nature that many 
do not believe in it at all, and others, for 
whom the facts are too strong to be utterly 
denied, require the definite exposition of a 
theory by which to explain them. This is 
all very well ; we all want to know how a 
thing can happen before really believing 
that it has happened, and therefore it 
would be well could we with any certainty 
explain how the facts recognized as hap- 
pening during Hypnotic sleep are or could 
be produced. It must be admitted that at 
present we labor under a great drawback 
with regard to Hypnotism. 



THE SECRETS AND WONDERS 
OF HYPNOTISM. 

Mesmerism, Animal Magnetism, 
Suggestion and Suggestive Thera- 
peutics. 

A Treasury of Priceless Knowledge, giving the 
Real and True Laws and Secrets, so that anyone 
can acquire these Powers, and put them to prac- 
tical use. 

The very latest, surest, quickest and best meth- 
ods known. 

Do you desire to learn all that is worth knowing 
concerning these occult sciences? Then you must 
have this complete course of correspondence les- 
sons relating to them. In making application 
please answer the following questions, simply by 
writing the number of each question, followed by 
the answer: 

1 — What is your age? 2 — Are you in good health, 
if not what are your principal ailments? 3 — 
Present occupation? 4 — Are you brought much in 
contact with the general public? 5 — Have you 
strong will power? 6 — Are your eyes bright and 
strong and can you easily withstand the gaze of 
another? 7 — Are you of a positive or a negative 
nature? 8 — Are you easily excited and do you lose 
temper quickly or are you usually cool, calm and 
deliberate? 9 — Are you timid and backward, lack- 
ing in firmness and self-confidence? 10 — Is your 
memory good, mind clear, and are you quick men- 
tally? Any hesitancy of speech or action? 11 — 
Are your imaginative and intuitive powers strong? 
12 — Are you animated and enthusiastic and do 
you possess the power of influencing naturally to 
any great extent. 13 — Do you suffer from an 
aversion to society and do you have any trouble in 
gaining or retaining friends? 14 — Are you a fluent 
talker and have you a good command of lan- 
guage? 15 — Do you want to take a private course 
in Hypnotism, Natural Healing, Psycho-Physical 
Culture, the Science of Longevity and the Scien- 
tific Evolution and Development of the Self? If 
all of these, name them in the order you desire 
to take them. We would advise the last course 
mentioned to be taken first. 16 — Have you taken 
lessons in any of the above? If so, of whom and 
with what results? 17 — Do you wish to master 
the best, surest and quickest methods known to 
science? 18 — Do you wish to cure yourself of any 
bad habit or diseased condition; if so, state full 
particulars. 19 — Do you wish to become a trav- 
eling lecturer and give startling and wonderful 
demonstrations and exhibitions of your power? 
20 — Have you read any books upon the above, or 
kindred subjects? If so, please mention titles and 
authors if possible. 21 — What is your chief reason 
for taking up this line of study? Is there a dis- 
tinct ambition or any one particular subject upon 



which you desire special advice, or do you expect 
to merely employ the knowledge for self-improve- 
ment and advancement or professionally? 22 — 
Are you willing- to sign a pledge of secrecy pro- 
viding it can be explained to you that it is to your 
advantage? 

Anything else not embodied by the above ques- 
tions which you feel is important should be men- 
tioned. Remember the more explicit and complete 
your statement the better. 



Notice to those interested in 

THE SCIENTIFIC EVOLUTION 

AND DEVELOPMENT OF 

THE SELF. 

By a careful study of yourself in the prepara- 
tion of your replies to the following questions 
you will have already begun to know yourself 
better than you ever did before in your life, and 
as you proceed with the course of study you will 
be asked hundreds of other questions calculated 
to make you thoroughly acquainted with yourself, 
both as to your weak and strong points. The 
answers you will receive in response to your re- 
plies will not only prove to be startling revela- 
tions to you, but a source of unparalleled satis- 
faction never before realized. Heretofore hidden 
secrets which pertain to your inner life and the 
means by which you can impress others for their 
greatest good, will be revealed to you from time 
to time. 

As a further means of assistance it is well to 
send in a recent photograph of yourself at the 
commencement of the course and have another 
one taken at the completion, as the transforma- 
tion made for the better is often miraculous. In 
some cases the change is so great as to make 
the photographs taken only six months apart ap- 
pear as that of an entirely different person. Often 
the improvement is so marked that one's nearest 
friends fail to recognize them as the same per- 
son. One pupil had his photograph taken every 
thirty days, and each one showed a vast super- 
iority, both mentally and physically, over previous 
ones. Remember, there is nothing else like this 
course, or that can in any way approach it. 



APPLICATION STATEMENT. 

Please read carefully. 

Upon receipt of your replies to the following 
questions it will be possible to inform you just 
what may be assured from a private course of 
correspondence lessons in the Scientific Evolution 



and Development of the Self. It is necessary to 
have a knowledge of the individual needs of the 
applicant in order to advise correctly. 

Answer by number without repeating the ques- 
tion, thus: 1, 35. 2, Medium, etc. 

1 — Age? 2 — Health poor, medium or perfect? 
3 — Have you ever had any severe illness from the 
effects of which you have not fully recovered; if 
so, what, when and of how long duration, and 
do you know what medicines were administered? 
4 — If not in Health what ailments have you, of 
how long standing and the probable cause? 
5 — Do you wish to ward off the ills that weak 
human flesh is beir to? 6 — Do you inherit a 
strong constitution? 7 — If always in good health, 
how long would you like to live? 8 — Do you be- 
lieve it possible to prolong youth indefinitely? 9 — 
Occupation? 10 — Are you unfitted either mentally 
or physically for your best work? 11 — Any curva- 
ture, deformity, lack of development or wasting 
away of any part of the body? 12 — What is the 
color of your eyes and are they bright and ex- 
pressive? 13 — Are you married or contemplating 
marriage? What is your ideal as to a life partner? 
14 — State nationality and religious belief, if any? 
15 — Are you timid and bashful and do you suffer 
from aversion to society? 16 — Do you possess 
Personal Magnetism and power of influencing to 
any extent; if not do you wish to develop a mag- 
netic personality so as to control and influence 
others? 17 — Have you any special case in mind; 
if so state particulars? 18 — Can you talk better 
to men or women? 19 — On what occasions is it 
most difficult for you to talk? 20 — Do you talk 
much or little? 21 — Do you express yourself in 
speech in a direct or indirect way? 22 — What 
particular fault do you think makes you a poor 
conversationalist? 23 — What has been your 
business experience exclusive of your present occu- 
pation? 24 — Are you a success in your present 
position; if not in what respect do you wish to 
improve yourself for your work? 25 — What is 
your greatest ambition? 26 — Do you dress shab- 
bily, plainly or stylishly? 27 — Are you a good 
reader of character? 28 — Are your intuitive pow- 
ers strong? 29 — Do you often err in your judg- 
ment of people and affairs? 30 — Are you in sym- 
pathy with all good movements? 31 — How many 
years have you spent in school? 32 — Name any 
special courses you have taken, in school, college 
or elsewhere. 33 — Did you ever undertake any 
study or course of training and abandon it before 
completion; if so why? 34 — Are you of a studi- 
ous nature and have you ever taken any course of 
lessons (correspondence or otherwise) or read 
books touching on Personal Magnetism, Self-Cul- 
ture, Human Nature, or Kindred Subjects; if so, 
mention titles and authors if possible. 35 — Have 
you read any of the writings of Allison, Ander- 
son, Atkinson, Call, Colville, Emerson, Fletcher, 
Fowler, Holbrook, Marden, Mulford, Nichols, Ral- 
ston, Shaftsbury, Smiles, Trine, Whiting, Wilmans 
or Wood and what kind of literature do you read 
now? 36 — How much time daily can you con- 
veniently devote to reading? Thirty minutes 
will probably be sufficient, but an hour or two 



would be better. 37 — Can you keep up your 
reading regularly and systematically for six 
months or more providing you are furnished with 
interesting and instructive literature? 38 — Do you 
borrow books from any public or private library, 
or can you have access to one; if so, does it con- 
tain many books on scientific and helpful subjects? 
39 — Have you a strong and sincere desire to make 
your life richer, higher, better and in every way a 
blessing to yourself and those around you? 40 — 
Any distinct ambition or particular aspiration re- 
garding which you wish special advice; if so, does 
it relate to health, business, love or some public or 
political success, or do you desire chiefly self-im- 
provement and general advancement ? 41 — Have 
you had ambitions which have never been grati- 
fied; if so what? 42 — Do you know the value of 
time and money? 43 — Do you see anything in life 
besides dollars and cents? 44 — Do you believe in 
lending a helping hand to those weaker and less 
able than yourself? 45 — Can you control your 
thoughts and have you strong will-power? 46 — 
Do you wish to secure such control of yourself 
that your successes and enjoyments will be in- 
creased a hundred fold? 47 — Do you wish to pos- 
sess a Personal Magnetism that will increase your 
power for good in the world? 48 — Do you wish to 
know how to promote domestic happiness and pre- 
vent the woes that lead to divorce? 49 — Do you 
wish to have strong, healthy, pure and well-bal- 
anced children? 50 — Do you wish to replace un- 
happiness, disease and misery, with joy, health 
and long life? 51 — Are you willing to sign a 
pledge of secrecy or contract of honor not to 
divulge any of the methods and secrets revealed 
to you in this course of correspondence lessons 
providing it can be shown you how it will be to 
your interest as well as that of others? 

These are only a few of the questions necessary 
as preliminaries — many others will be asked 
throughout the course and your instructor will 
prove a most efficient guide and friend, keeping in 
close touch with you and you will most heartily 
enjoy the many "heart to heart talks" made pos- 
sible through this purely personal and private 
course of lessons. 

This course of correspondence lessons will enable 
you to begin life aright and will prove to be worth 
more to you, each succeeding year, in the way of 
greater health, increased happiness, etc., than any 
thousand dollars you will ever possess. 



A Natural Method of 
PSYCHO - PHYSICAL CULTURE 

Requiring Very Little Effort. 

An unfailing method of developing health, mind 
and muscle, by focusing the will upon certain 
parts of the muscular system and bringing them 
into play simultaneously by a new and most 



unique method. The body is placed in certain 
positions, and by a peculiar method of resistance 
and contractions, the blood capillaries are emptied 
and recharged in rapid succession, thus vivifying 
and developing the muscles at the same time the 
mental development is rejuvenated by a quick, 
inventive brain, dashing personality and a reliable 
memory. The will is carefully trained. Instead 
of the pupil being turned out a physical giant, 
with a useless, ragged, wavering will, he tri- 
umphantly succeeds in the world, because he has 
both physical strength and will power. No other 
system of training: does this. 

The power of concentration is thoroughly devel- 
oped — in fact, it is the very rock upon which this 
system is built. You will be amazed at your 
power of concentration and continuity. This is 
worth a small fortune to those who are changeable 
and vacillating and feel themselves lacking in 
business ability. 

The eye is trained. Instead of a fitful, shifty, 
blushing face, the eye becomes so accustomed to 
the movements that a permanent flashing and 
magnetic eye is the result. 

Stumpy, bent and short people are straightened 
and lengthened. This is a most astonishing thing 
to say, but nevertheless it is true. This system 
gives graceful carriage, symmetrical muscles, im- 
pressive manners, manly desires and lofty ideals. 

It is not its purpose to develop brute strength 
and stunted mind, but a well proportioned body 
and a big, capable brain which can control and 
compel the passions, allow methodical thinking, 
and conservation of nerve energy. 

In this age very few are in vocations that force 
them to take the exercise necessary to retain 
health. The entire system or physique is being 
constantly worn away. Something must be done to 
rebuild it or one will soon be weak, delicate or 
sickly in some if not in every particular. The 
earlier in life you come to this conclusion and pro- 
ceed to remedy it, the better it will be for you, 
your family and posterity. 

These priceless gifts can easily be yours by 
following the simplest laws of Nature. Five to 
ten minutes of your time each day will give you 
not only freedom from suffering, but make your 
life a joy, your work a pleasure and your pleasure 
perfect. It will give you what you need to build 
up, fill out or reduce your figure to graceful, sym- 
metrical proportions and secure for you a fine car- 
riage. It will give you poise — mental, moral, 
vital — perfect self-possession, clear brain, quick 
perception and a winning manner. 

Everyone needs a set of well directed physio- 
logical exercises which he or she knows apply 
directly to their individual needs. The busy per- 
son who will spend five minutes night and morn- 
ing upon definite exercises intelligently prescribed 
for any particular development, reduction or cure, 
will obtain better results from these private lessons 
practiced at home than from years spent in a 
gymnasium. 

No expensive apparatus required, or further ex- 
pense beyond the cost of tuition. 

Physical Culture with very little effort is now an 



accomplished fact. You admit the wholesome in- 
fluence of physical exercise on body and mind, but 
perhaps you do not take advantage of it on ac- 
count of the great amount of time, effort and 
perseverance required. 

This new, natural and unsurpassed method which 
is hailed with joy by both busy people and weak 
people — a method by which all the benefits of rig- 
orous exercise are obtained without strenuous 
effort. IT'S WONDERFUL! For, strange as it 
may seem, this method requires scarcely any effort 
whatever on your part — makes weak people strong, 
and delicate people robust — banishes disease and 
builds up and strengthens every vital organ. It 
is equally adapted to men, women and children — 
age is no barrier. It produces every benefit of 
physical culture, without work and without train- 
ing and does this while one is fulfilling the duties 
and pleasures of everyday life. It gives a full chest, 
large lungs, a strong stomach, an active liver, puts 
rich, red blood into vigorous circulation; banishes 
stagnation, which is the primary cause of many 
diseases, and makes the mind clear and exuberant. 

One of the most important and remarkable sci- 
entific discoveries and revelations ever made to 
man. 

Reply to questions simply by writing the num- 
ber followed by the answer: 

1 — Age? 2 — Height? 3 — Weight? 4 — Girth of 
chest in repose and expanded? 5 — Girth of ab- 
domen at waistband? 6 — Girth of thigh? 7 — Of 
calf? 8 — Of ankle? 9 — Of forearm? 10 — Of the 
upper arm? 11 — Of the neck? 12 — Is under- 
weight or overweight an individual or family trait? 
13 — Give full particulars of any change in weight 
during past five years. 14 — Do you inherit a 
strong constitution? 15 — Are you married? 16 — 
Is your appetite good? 17 — Do you eat three heavy 
meals a day and at what hours? 18 — Do you 
breathe easily? 19 — What is your occupation? 
20 — Is the action of the heart regular? 21 — Do 
you sleep well? 22 — Are your bowels loose, costive 
or regular? 23 — Is your digestion good? 24 — Do 
you take cold easily? If so, where does it affect 
you most? 25 — Have you a weakness, soreness, 
lameness or pain in the lower part of your back? 
26 — Mention usual hours of retiring and arising 
and say if you feel refreshed. 27 — Is your cir- 
culation good? 28 — Any chronic disease of the 
skin? 29 — Any permanent injury or deformity? 
30 — Any impediment of speech, hearing or eye- 
sight? 31 — Are you ruptured? 32 — Mention any 
weaknesses. 33 — Any dullness or lack of concen- 
tration? 34 — Ever suffer from headaches? 35 — 
Any nervousness? 36 — Are you irritable? 37 — 
Have you ever been on a health diet; if so for how 
long and by whom advised? 38 — What method 
of Physical Culture do you or have you prac- 
ticed? 39 — Have you a tendency to round shoul- 
ders? 40 — In your estimation what portion of 
your body requires development? 41 — About how 
far do you walk daily? 42 — Do you enjoy your 
work and feel equal to it? 43 — What is your 
favorite pastime or method of exercise? 44 — Do 
you wish to increase or decrease weight? 45 — 
Do you desire to increase your height? 46 — To 



what extent do you use tobacco or other narcotic 
or alcoholic stimulants or medicine? 47 — How 
much liquid do you drink daily, and what kind? 
48 — Are your collar bones prominent? 49 — Does 
it distress you to run, or to climb stairs? 50 — 
How much time night and morning can you con- 
veniently devote to self-development? 



MORE MONEY CAN BE MADE 
in the Practice of the Science of 
Modernized Natural Healing than 
at Anything Else. 

It is successfully taught through 
correspondence. 

DIPLOMAS ARE GRANTED. 

$300 is only a reasonable sum required to de- 
fray board and tuition for a six months' course in 
a first-class business college. This expenditure will 
equip and fit one to fill a salaried position paying 
from $20.00 to $50.00 per month, which after a time 
may become enhanced to $65.00 or $75.00. A law 
or medical course of four years will involve an 
outlay of from $1,500 to $2,500. What is the rec- 
ompense? After a few years on half rations, so to 
speak, the profession may yield you from $600 to 
$1,500 annually. Now compare with this the pro- 
fession of Modernized Natural Healing, in which a 
proficiency can be acquired in a period of six 
months, and at less than half the cost of a course 
in medicine. One is then placed in a position to 
accomplish a much greater degree of substantial 
good to humanity, besides the handsome remunera- 
tion afforded. 

Every known disease that has hitherto baffled 
medical experts surrenders to the knowledge ac- 
quired by a course in Modernized Natural Healing, 
as is demonstrated by thousands of testimonials 
received from the four quarters of the globe. The 
Natural Healer's recompense is usually from $100 
to $500 per week, or $5,000 to $25,000 annually. 

A scientific knowledge of this marvelous science 
will render you competent not only to successfully 
minister to the ills of others, but eradicate disease 
from your own body, emancipate poverty and dis- 
cord, and institute in their stead harmony and 
happiness. 

Upon receipt of your replies to the following 
questions all information requisite will be for- 
warded, together with interesting literature for 
which no charge is made. 

1 — Age? 2 — Health, poor, medium or perfect? 
3 — Sex? 4 — Present occupation? 5 — Do you de- 
sire to devote all or a part of your entire time to 
healing? 6 — Have you read medicine or studied 
hygiene or practiced healing? 7 — Have you stud- 



ied anatomy and physiology? 8 — Have you read 
books on health and hygiene? If so, mention 
titles. 9 — What text or reference books have 
you? 10 — Do you believe in the curative prop- 
erties of drugs? 11 — Do you wish to increase 
your income? 12 — Do you wish to cure yourself 
of any chronic disease, nervous or mental disorder, 
deformity, lack of development, or unharmonious 
conditions? 13 — Do you wish to heal others, who 
are ill, as if by magic and without the use of 
drugs or medicines of any kind? 14 — Do you 
wish to become the architect of your own future, 
your health, your income, your destiny? 15 — 
About how much time each day can you devote to 
reading and study? 16 — Do you desire to become 
a specialist, or to engage in general practice? 
17 — If a specialist, which of the following classifi- 
cations do you prefer: Nervous diseases, Chronic 
diseases, Dermatology, Diseases of Men, Diseases of 
Women, Diseases of Children, Rheumatism, Cancer, 
Blood Diseases or Nursing? 18 — Do you desire 
to establish an office practice, a family practice, an 
advertising and correspondence practice through 
the mails with patients in all parts of the world, 
or do you wish to travel? 19 — If advertising do 
you expect to use local or general mediums? 20 — 
Do you prefer the title of Doctor or Professor? 



THE SCIENCE OF LONGEVITY, 

A NEW VITAL PHILOSOPHY 

AND TRUE SCIENCE 

OF LONG LIFE. 

This is one of the most valuable and important 
course of lessons ever devised, sets forth the par- 
ticulars and practical application of that which is 
believed to be the most important discovery of 
modern times, if not of the world's entire history. 
Its subject matter is the outcome of over a quar- 
ter of a century of original research, which was 
instituted for the purpose of solving the problems 
involved in the activities of life, and of those in 
particular which pertain to the physical and men- 
tal degeneracy into which the human family has 
drifted. That the effort was crowned with suc- 
cess, is a proposition which will hardly be called 
into question, after the particulars shall have been 
fully and impartially considered. For it will in 
that event be seen that the fundamental principles 
of the economy of life have been unfolded; that 
the predisposing cause of disease and decay has 
been discovered, and that the greatest riddle of 
the world's history has been solved. 

The majority of human beings die violent deaths, 
not by the hand of the assassin, the bullet of the 
sharp-shooter, or by accident, but as the result of 
gross and long-continued violation of the laws of 
health. It is the testimony of naturalists, who 

draw their inference from the study of the 



animal kingdom in general, that man is in- 
tended by Nature to live at least one hundred 
years. But statisticians tell us that the average 
actual length of life is really less than forty years. 
Just think, sixty years of life, the best part of it, 
thrown away by inattention to the obligations of 
health laws! 

Reader, if you wish to know how to live out 
your full measure of years and then quietly fade 
out, life gliding painlessly into death as twilight 
shades into night, then reply to the following 
questions: 

Do not write the question, just the number, 
followed by the answer: 

1 — Age? 2 — Occupation? 3 — Married or single? 
4 — Have you inherited a strong constitution? 5 — 
What afflictions have you had in the past and 
what ailments have you at the present time? 
6 — Are your teeth sound? 7 — Do you hold your 
age well? 8 — Do you believe that Nature can 
give you a new body every year? 9 — How long 
do you believe it possible for a normal person to 
live? 10 — How long do you want to live? 11 — Do 
you believe that perpetual enjoyment and per- 
petual youth go hand in hand? 



An Important Secret 
REVEALED BY DEATH. 

There recently died in an Indiana town a gentle- 
man who had quietly and with little effort accu- 
mulated a fortune, and when the administrator was 
settling up his estate, the methods employed by 
this man in accumulating his vast wealth were 
inadvertently disclosed to a member of The Self- 
Culture Society, and as it happily proved to be of 
such a nature as to be easily employed by any- 
one, anywhere, and made applicable to furthering 
the sale of any commodity whatever. It was, with 
some alterations and improvements so constructed 
as to benefit not only The Self-Culture Society as 
a whole, but every individual member of it who 
desires to quietly and honorably increase his or 
her income. 

These plans and methods will be fully divulged 
to all new members who request it. Not only will 
they be told just how this gentleman conducted his 
particular line of business, by the aid of these 
plans, and how The Self-Culture Society are using 
them, but how they can easily be made to promote 
the sale of any salable article on earth, no differ- 
ence what, providing orders for it can be received 
by mail, and filled by mail, express or freight. 

It is one of the greatest plans ever devised for 
securing agents, and from each one hundred names 
used in mailing out advertising matter, one should 
receive a cash profit of from Ten Dollars to Fifty 
Dollars, and from 1,000 to 5,000 new names for 
additional prospective customers. From this you 
can figure the value of the Plan. You will receive 
a large list of fresh names daily to whom you can 



mail your advertising matter, and the profits on the 
Plan itself will much more than pay your Postage, 
etc., to say nothing of the many orders received 
for goods described in your literature. You will 
be surprised at the increased orders your regular 
advertising brings in, and how fast the business 
grows and expands. The possible profits of the 
Plan cannot be estimated. 

Anyone in the Mail-Order Business will realize 
that a plan which will secure a large list of choice 
names daily, even if the operation of it cost con- 
siderable money, would be invaluable. This plan 
secures them, and insures big profits in addition. 
Spending cash for Newspaper and Magazine Adver- 
tising in order to secure names, is slow and ex- 
pensive. With this Plan you get them quickly 
without cost and have money left. 

If you want a Money-Making Plan to work dur- 
ing spare time, this plan is a Money-Maker and 
sure winner. The amount of business possible for 
you to do is unlimited. The work is pleasant and 
fascinating and in the way it is now perfected, it 
is a Mail-Order Business in itself. 

If you are not in the Mail-Order Business, get 
in. This plan will put you on the ground floor. 
Anyone can make a success with this plan. It will 
help old timers and beginners and START OTHERS. 
If you are already in the Mail-Order Business, you 
need this plan. It will promote the sale of ANY 
GOOD THING. It is strictly legitimate, and it 
makes no difference how many use it. Work it 
along with your regular business, or work it alone. 
There's money in it either way. 

This is positively one of the greatest Mail-Order 
Plans ever devised, and with its aid, failure is im- 
possible. It can be made to pay enormously as no 
newspaper or magazine advertising is necessary in 
connection with it. 

The Mail-Order Business is looked upon by all 
good judges of trade conditions as the business of 
the future. It is still in its infancy, but it is 
growing fast. Mail-Order buyers are everywhere 
that the habitations of man are clustered, and 
with ever increasing mail facilities the Mail-Order 
Business is bound to grow. A local business soon 
reaches its limit, but there is no limit to the pos- 
sibilities of the Mail-Order Business. 

The Mail-Order Business offers the grandest op- 
portunities imaginable, to any energetic person 
who is desirous of a good income and of building 
up a most profitable and successful enterprise of 
their own, over which they may exert entire con- 
trol, and employ others to work for them. This 
new Direct Selling Plan will lead you to success. 
It will turn the tide of wealth in your direction. 
Thousands of dollars earned and spent by others 
should find their way into your pockets. The peo- 
ple in America alone spend $1,600,000.00 every 
week, $6,400,000.00 every month, $76,000,000.00 ev- 
ery year. Study these figures. Are you getting 
some of these dollars or are you simply one of the 
spenders. 

This plan is strictly new and original, and was 
perfected after long and careful study, and is a 
sure money-maker right from the start. Within a 
few weeks from the time you start, the way the 



money will roll in will astound you, and by fol- 
lowing the plain and simple instructions, you can 
keep it coming- in a steady stream, ever increasing'. 
This work is fascinating', clean, practical, honor- 
able and successful. The profits are large and 
sure. The business is profitable throughout the 
entire year, and is not affected by general business 
depressions. It is easily conducted. You can start 
it anywhere, and at any time, and with practically 
no capital to speak of. 



A Condensed List of 
SELF-CULTURE ' ' SPECIALS. ' ' 

Please look it over carefully, you will find many 
that will prove priceless to you. These are not 
ordinary recipes or formulas but contain many 
pages of closely typewritten or mimeographed mat- 
ter and some of them are accompanied with books 
treating upon the subject mentioned. These rare 
and valuable secrets would cost you in the ordinary 
way from $5.00 to $100.00 and would be cheap at 
that but they are given free to our members for a 
few moments of philanthropic work among their 
friends, in securing new members. Only one new 
member is required for the majority of them. 
Those marked with a star (*) after the number, 
require the addition of five new members. The 
cost of membership ($1.10) can be collected from 
those becoming new members, or you can bestow 
the membership upon them as a gift, just as you 
prefer, and your name will not be mentioned in 
the transaction unless you request it. 



YOU NEED THESE "SPE- 
CIALS" 

ANYONE after becoming familiar with 
these "Specials" will realize their 
" immense and priceless value, and will 
not rest content until they have secured 
the entire lot. Both the ailing and the 
well need these "Specials," They are in- 
valuable to all who desire to live a better, 
broader, brighter and busier life, abounding 
in Health, Peace, Joy, Happiness and 
Power. 

f[ We herein outline a new plan that ha? 
been added to the many good things 



which our Society has been offering its 
members for many years. We have carefully 
prepared a number of "Specials" in manu- 
script form, relating to the most important 
requirements of everyone. These "Spec- 
ials" contain the cream of the experience 
of progressive and profound thinkers and 
scientists, and are efficacious and thorough- 
ly reliable. They are as infallible as the 
science of mathematics or any other exact 
science. Failure is impossible when direc- 
tions are followed. Any one can easily 
master the plain, simple instruction at one 
reading and at once prove its great value. 
Every ailment and discomfort which af- 
flicts humanity can be permanently rem- 
edied. Every man, woman and child 
should be, and cannot help but be, interest- 
ed in one or more ot the subjects covered 
by these "Specials." There is no expense 
whatever attached to their use. Read this 
carefully and learn of them and of the great 
work of our Society. 

f[ Many grateful persons who have proven 
the great value of our wonderful "Specials" 
have written us that the service required 
in exchange for them is so insignificant 
compared with the value of the informa- 
tion given, that it is really ridiculous, and 
advise us to put a monetary value on these 
"Specials" that is something near what they 
are worth. But to do this would be im- 
practicable. There are some things the 
value of which cannot be estimated in 
money, and these priceless "Specials" are 
of this class. Their value is the difference 
between a short life of suffering and sor- 
row and longevity with comfort and hap- 
piness. We are satisfied in realizing that 
we are doing untold good by furnishing 
them and the small service required to se- 



cure them serves to stimulate a sufficient 
interest to insure a conscientious trial of 
the instructions given, which means abun- 
dant satisfaction and great enthusiasm, and 
another convert to our cause. And so the 
good work goes on and a steady stream of 
new members keep pouring in. Again, our 
liberal terms put these blessings within the 
reach of every one who is worthy, as there 
is absolutely no expense connected with 
their use. 



KNOWN AS MODERN MIRA- 
CLES 

fT Some call our "Specials" Modern Mir- 
acles. But the term does not apply. If 
you fall into the water you will get wet. 
If you put your hand into fire it will be 
burned. These are the natural results of 
given causes; the natural laws governing 
these conditions make these results inev- 
itable anywhere and at all times. For in- 
stance, in "Special" No. 19, referring to 
Headaches, the directions tell how to re- 
move the cause and, as a matter of course, 
the result (the headache) must cease. Can 
anything be more logical? The same is 
true with all of our other "Soecials." 
There is nothing strange about them when 
fully understood; they are not miracles 
but developed science based upon Natural 
Law, the consequence of a rational cause 
These priceless discoveries are without 
question the greatest and most important 
of the twentieth century. 

4T We give herewith a condensed list of 
a few of our "Specials." Please read 

carefully and select those in which you are 
most interested. Each one is full and com- 



plete in itself and prepared in such a way 
as to be easily understood by anyone. 
Other "Specials," covering any subject of 
human interest, will be prepared to meet 
individual requirements. Please do not 

hesitate to make all your wants known 
and we will take pleasure in giving you 
further particulars. Any of the following 
"Specials" will be sent you absolutely free; 
i. e., one "Special" in exchange for each 
new member you add to our Society. You 
can easily add new members by soliciting 
them and having them pay for their mem- 
bership, which is one dollar and ten cents 
($1.10). Or, you can bestow the memb^ 
ships as gifts among your friends, without 
even consulting them, simply by paying 
for them yourself. When you donate mem- 
berships and send in the names of new 
members we will, when writing them, 
mention your name as benefactor, or will 
not mention it at all, as you prefer. In 
either case, you are to send us $1.10 for 
each new member you desire to add, when 
our Secretary will issue a Certificate of 
Membership and send to each one direct. 
New members can be sent in with your 
application for membership, or at any 
time, if you are already a member. If you 
are now a member, all you need to do is 
to mention your membership number, oth- 
erwise send $1.10 for your own member- 
ship certificate and letter of advice. The 
price of the "Specials" to non-members is 
$5.00 each, but we would rather not sell 
them at any price, preferring to give them 
as premiums to our members for adding 
new members. 

f[ Briefly outlined the plan is this: Upon 
receipt of $1.10, you will be enrolled as 
a Life Member of the Self-Culture Society 



and a Certificate of Membership and letter 
of advice sent you. This Certificate en- 
titles the holder to many advantages not 
accorded non-members, such as books, cor- 
respondence lessons, etc., without expense. 
You can, if you prefer, send in with your 
application the addresses of those you; de- 
sire to have enrolled as members, together 
with their membership fees, which entitles 
them to a Certificate of Membership, let- 
ters of advice, and all special privileges 
accorded to members and you to the 
number of "Specials" to which you are en- 
titled and which you are to select. 

Please study the following' list carefully and you 
will surely find something that will bring you 
greater health and happiness and that will put 
many extra dollars in your pocket. The following 
"Specials" have been selected because of their 
general usefulness and the ease and cheapness of 
their manufacture. They have all been tried and 
tested and found to be reliable. No exaggerated 
statements are made. We guarantee everything to 
be as represented. Our terms are very reasonable 
— many of these and even inferior, similar formu- 
las cannot be bought of the originators for less 
than one hundred dollars. 

Please Order by Number. 

1. Scientific Self-Culture. Very important. 

2. Nature's Way to Perfect Health. Priceless. 

3. Natural Physical Culture. Gives strength. 

4. Brain and Mind Culture. Brightens the wits. 

5. Human Science, Character Reading, etc. Fine. 

6. Beauty- Culture by Natural Methods. A true 

way. 

7. Perfect Health Foods. How to make and use. 

8. Personal Influence. How to possess it. Useful. 

9. Appendicitis. Its prevention and easy cure. 

10. Catarrh. A quick, radical and permanent cure. 

11. Child-Culture. This is priceless to parents. 

12. Cold Hands and Feet. Tells how to avoid 

them. 

13. Colds. Their prevention and cure. A life saver. 

14. Constipation. Best cure in the world. Get it. 

15. Consumption. A natural home cure for it. 

16. Dysentery. A prompt remedy. Have it ready. 

17. Dyspepsia. A certain prevention and cure 

for it. 

18. Extra Money. Plan "A" tells how to travel 

and make it. Plan "B" for towns of 3,000 
and upwards. Plan "C" is Self-Culture 
mail-order work. 

19. Headache. Priceless to sufferers from it. 

20. Heart Disease. A safe and sure preventive. 



21. How to Become Plump. A common sense 
way. New. 
22. Kidney Trouble. The only rational cure. 
^3. Maternity Made Easy. Priceless to mothers. 
Zi. Malaria. A sure and pleasant cure. No drugs. 

25. Liver Troubles. A new and infallible remedy. 

26. Neuralgia. Quick relief. Sure, permanent 

cure. 

27. Obesity. Removes superfluous flesh naturally. 

28. Offensive Breath. Detects, cures, prevents. 

29. Pre-Natal Culture. Get this in time. Fine. 

30. Rheumatism. Best ever known. Never fails. 

31. Skin Diseases. Simple, harmless cure. Try it. 

32. Sleeplessness or Insomnia. A prompt cure. 

33. For Weak Eyes, and Failing Eyesight. Great. 

34. What Every Young Man Should Know. In- 

valuable. 

35. What Every Young Woman Should Know. 

Important. 

36. What Every Husband Should Know. But few 

do. 

37. What Every Wife Should Know. Saves worry. 
38.* The True Marriage Relation. Sex secrets. 

39. The Science of Motherhood. A priceless boon. 

40. How to Secure Social Success. A sure winner. 
41.* How to Make Your Business or Profession a 

Success. Sure Secrets. Be sure and get this. 

42. Abscesses. How to cure and prevent them. 

43. Abdominal Troubles. A very rational remedy. 
44.* Advertising. How to do it successfully. 

45.* Alcoholism. A very positive and permanent 
cure. 

46. Animal Magnetism. How made useful. Easy 

to learn. 

47. Apoplexy. This trouble is easy to prevent. 

48. Appetite. The loss of it is easily restored. 

49. Artificial Honey. Superior to other methods. 

50. Artificial Maple Syrup. A recent discovery. 

51. Artificial Skin Formula. Beats court plaster. 

52. Asthma* A quick and lasting cure. No drugs 

used. 
53.* Atrophy of Any Part of the Body. New. 
Can't fail. 

54. Auto-Hypnotism. Self-Suggestion, Nature's 

cure. 

55. Auto-Cars. Get rich selling or renting them. 

56. Bad Habits Cured. No difference what kind. 

57. Barber's Itch. A prompt and permanent 

cure. 

58. Barrenness. Its cause and natural remedy. 

59. Bath Powders. Useful and saleable. Extra 

fine. 

60. Bearing-Down Pains. Their cause and cure. 

61. Beauty Bags. A fine substitute for soap. 

Try it. 

62. Biliousness. Easily cured to stay cured. 

63. Bilious Fever. Easily remedied. Learn how. 
64. Blood Diseases. Purifies the system. Rational. 
65.* Blood Poisoning. Its prevention and cure. 

66. Bodily Deformities. This will correct them. 

67. Bone Diseases. These troubles easily relieved. 

68. Brain Diseases. Prevents insanity. Invaluable. 

69. Breath Perfumes. Easy to make. Sell very 

fast. 

70. Bronchitis. This cures quickly and perma- 

nently. 



71.* Cancer. This awful disease is now curable. 

72. Carbuncles. If taken in time, easy to cure. 

73. Cholera. Can be cured nad prevented by this. 

74. Choosing a Calling. How to select the right 

one. 

75. Children's Diseases. How to cure and prevent. 

76. Colic. Its rational and natural treatment. 

77. Collecting Names and Addresses. How to sell 

them. 
78.* Concrete Blocks. How to make the best for 
all purposes. 

79. Congenial Employment for the Aged. Very 

sensible. 

80. Concentration. A very superior method. Im- 

portant. 

81. Conversation as an Art. Learn to talk well 

and win. 

82. Corns and Bunions. Quick, permanent cure. 

Best yet. 

83. Crystal Gazing. A psychological magical mir- 

ror. 

84. Debility. This will build up body and brain. 

Try it. 
85.* Dementia. Helps every case and cures many. 

86. Detective's Secrets. How to make easy money. 

87. Diabetes. Heretofore supposed incurable. 

Priceless. 

88. Distilled Water. How to make it. Big money- 

maker. 
89 Dropsy. The most reliable cure ever offered. 

New. 
90.* Drug Habit. Difficult to cure. Easy by this. 

91. Ear Troubles. Deafness, etc. Helped or cured. 

92. Eggs. How to keep them fresh for one year. 
93.* Electric Belts. Fortunes made selling them. 
94.* Elixir of Life. Efficacious and a money-maker. 

95. Erysipelas. New and unfailing cure. Get it. 

96. Facts in Telepathy. Reveals many rare se- 

crets. 

97. Female troubles. Home treatment. Best yet. 

98. Fertilizers. Fortunes made manufacturing 

these. 

99. Fevers. A rational and successful treatment. 
100. Fireless Cookers. Manufacture these money 

savers. 

101.* Flowers and Seeds. Fine mail-order business. 

102.* Fortunes in Waste Materials. A growing in- 
dustry. 

103.* Gambling. How to overcome this terrible vice. 

104. General Debility. In either sex. Rational 

cure. 

105. Gleet. A simple and efficacious cure. Try it. 
106.* Gonorrhea. How to cure and prevent. Simple. 

107. Gout. Cure easy if directions are followed. 

108. Grey Hair. How to avoid and restore. Fine. 

109. Hallucinations. This easily prevents. Try it. 

110. Hay Fever. A new and sure method of cure. 

111. Heartburn. Easily avoided. Permanent cure. 

112. "Herbs of Life" Formula. Sells for $250. 

Very fine. 

113. Helpful Hints for Contractors and Builders. 

Fine. 

114. Hemorrhages. How to stop them quickly. 

Valuable. 

115. Hemorrhoids. How to cure and prevent them. 

Great. 



116.* How to Locate Precious Metals. Very practi- 
cal. New. 

117.* How to Invent and Patent Useful Articles. 
Splendid. 

118.* How to Write for the Press. Many valuable 
pointers. 

119.* How to Cheaply Increase the Value of Real 
Estate. 

120.* How Financiers Make Money out of Nothing. 
Great. 

121. How to Save $100.00 Annually. "A penny 

saved, etc." 

122. How to Prepare for Confinement. Get this 

now. 

123. How to Care for a Child at Birth. For nurses. 

124. How to Beautify and Develop the Bust. Great. 

125. How to Write Love Letters that Win. Speci- 

mens. 

126. Husbands. How to select a good one. In- 

valuable. 

127. Hysteria. Easy to prevent if taken in time. 
128.* Hydrophobia. This awful malady easily cured. 

129. Hydropathy or Water Cure. Wonderfully ef- 

ficient. 

130. Hypnotism. The originator's (Dr. Braid's) 

secret. 
131.* How to give Massage Treatments. Money- 

Maker. 
132.* Idiocrasies. Easy to overcome these "leeches." 

133. Indigestion. No need of suffering from this. 

134. "Indian Oil" Formula. This "wonder oil" 

sells fast. 

135. Inflammations. All kinds easily reduced with 

this. 

136. Inks and Mucilages. How to make the best. 

Big sellers. 
137.* Insanity. Worst forms are often easily cured 

by this. 
138.* Impotency. This is an unfailing- cure. Get it 

now. 

139. Investments. How to make splendid paying 

ones. 

140. Jaundice. This will both cure and prevent. 

141. Jealousy. What it is and how to overcome it. 

142. Jiu Jitsu. The Japanese art of self-defence. 

143. Kink Remover. Makes curly hair straight. 

144. La Grippe. No need of suffering from this. 

145. Learned Fakirs. Reveals their mysteries. 

146. List of Needed Inventions. Riches for some 

one. 

147. Love Making Secrets. Best yet. Can't fail. 

148. Love Letters that Cost $10,000. Very fine. 

149. Laziness. These cases are curable. Try this. 

150. Leucorrhoea. Removes the cause. Cure fol- 

lows. 

151. Lumbago. Relief at once. Cure is certain. 

152. Lupus. Shows the cause and how to remove It. 
153.* Magnetic Healing. Tells how to employ it. 

154. Magnetic Rubbing Cloth. Acts like magic. 

155. Massage Cream. One of the very best. Salable. 

156. Medicinal Herbs. Profitably grown anywhere. 
157.* Manicure Parlors. How ladies make easy 

money. 

158. Memory Culture. Very practical. Don't forget. 

159. Mesmerism. Gives Mesmer's $5,000 secret. 

Rare. 



160. Money in Magic. Give paying entertainments. 

161. Money in Mining. How to avoid risks. Sensible. 

162. Moving Picture Shows. Secrets of their suc- 

cess. 

163. Mushrooms. How to grow them. A Money- 

Maker. 

164. Farmers' Money-Making Secrets. Dollar 

makers. 

165. Occult Powers. How to develop them. In- 

teresting. 

166. Ovaritis. Operations are dangerous. Get this. 

167. Paralysis. Worst forms cured or helped. 

168. Peanut Butter. Easy to make. Sells fast. 

169. Personal Chastity. Its great importance. 

170. Perpetual Youth Possible. Longevity secrets. 

171. Phosphate Baking Powder. Make it for 6c 

per lb. 

172. Plums of Gold. New creations as money- 

makers. 

173. Painless Partuition. Get this, help others. 

174. Post Cards. How fortunes have been made. 

175. Pocket Inhalers. Soid as Bottled Electricity. 

176. Procreation of the Sexes at Will. Never fails. 

177. Poultry Raising. How to make it profitable. 

178. Pleurisy. Not difficult to cure. Learn now. 

179. Pneumonia. Use this in time. Save lives. 

180. Prolapsus Uteri. How to cure and prevent. 

New. 

181. Old and Rare Books. Are easy money-makers. 

182. Quinsy. This method quickly cures. Invalu- 

able. 

183. Radium. Greatest scientific discovery out. 
184.* Real Estate Business. How to make it a 

success. 

185. Rents Free in Home or Office. Very practical. 

186. Ricketts. Easy to cure and easy to avoid. 
187.* Rupture. Natural methods of self-treatment. 

188. Salt Rheum. Cures permanently. Use in time. 

189. Secrets for Agents and Canvassers. Very fine. 

190. Secrets of Life, Health, Wealth, Freedom, etc. 

191. Scald Head. Prompt and sure cure for this. 

192. Sciatica. This trouble quickly relieved. 

193. Scrofula. Purifies the fountain head. New. 
194.* Seminal Losses. Stop this waste of life now. 

195. Sore Throat. Easy to cure in one night. Fine. 

196. Solidified Air. An incalculable power. New. 

197. Soaps. How to manufacture and wholesale 

them. 

198. Spasms. How to prevent and cure. Splendid. 

199. Sprains. Gives prompt relief. Be prepared. 
200.* Small-pox. Its prevention and cure. Scientific. 
201.* Stammering. Efficacious self -treatment. New. 
202.* St. Vitus' Dance. Priceless to sufferers. 

203. Surgical Operations. This may save your life. 

204. Self-Heating Bags. Substitute for water bags. 

205. Suggestion. How to use it. Very valuable. 
206.* Syphilis. Wonderful. Completely eliminates. 
207. Self-Study and Development. "Know thyself." 
208.* Short-Hand, self-taught. Learned in a month. 

209. Tapeworm. Promptly brings away head and 

all. 

210. Tetter. Easy to cure and avoid. Learn how. 

211. The Truth about Love. A new revelation. 

Fine. 

212. Tobacco Habit. Worth many dollars to users. 

213. Toothache, Gives quick relief. Get this. 



214. Traveling Salesman. By a successful drummer. 

215. Tumors. The worst cases cured in due time. 

216. Typhoid Fever. A sure remedy. Common 

sense. 
217.* Varicocele. Cures quickly and permanently. 

218. Water Cress. How to make big money out 

of it. 

219. Warts and Moles. Permanently removed. 

Easy. 

220. Washing Compound. Renders Wash-day a 

pleasure. 

221. Whooping-Cough. Relieves at once. Prevents. 

222. Writer's Cramp. Simple. Sure preventative. 

223. Wives. How to find a truly good one. Val- 

uable. 

224. Vaccination. Its evils prevented. 

225. "Zazma Life Liquid." Formula. Originator's 

price, $10. 

226. Wrinkles. Removes in a few days. Great. 

227. Bashfulness Cured. Many need this. Get it. 

228. Bad Temper. Its cause and rational remedy. 

229. Bee Keeping. Big money with these secrets. 
23 0. Beautiful and Luxuriant Hair, Eyebrows, etc. 

231. Coal Savers. How to make them. 

232. Gas Bills. Reduced 25 per cent. Pays to know 

this. 

233. Ginseng. How to grow. A big fortune maker. 

The conditions upon which the above "Specials" 
can be secured, are certainly most reasonable. Never 
before have such high-class formulas been offered 
for so little an outlay of time and money. Similar 
formulas have been sold for as high as $2,000. 
Chemical tests have enabled us to offer them as we 
do. We could sell them at $25 to $100, but we 
think it will be to the mutual advantage of our 
many members and The Self-Culture Society as a 
whole to offer them in the way we do. You now 
have the opportunity to improve yourself, start a 
lucrative business at little expense, or to effect 
great savings and improvements in your household, 
farm or factory. Think over the matter and then 
send us your orders for membership at once. 

Ask for information concerning any special for- 
mula or bit of knowledge, secrets or discoveries not 
listed here which you may desire. Remember that 
this list contains only a small proportion of an 
enormous collection, and if you don't find what you 
want herein, ask for it. 



YOU CAN HAVE ' 'SPECIALS" 
PREPARED FOR YOU PERSON- 
ALLY 

ITf If you should desire information on 

other subjects than those mentioned in the 
enclosed, do not forget that we can pre- 
pare for you reliable and trustworthy ad- 



vice in the way of "Specials" especially for 
you and to fit your particular ailments or 
requirements, no matter how much they dif- 
fer from those of others. Write us fully, 
giving us all the information possible and 
we will take pleasure in sending you full 
particulars as to what we can do for you. In 
using our "Specials" you know just what 
to expect, and that satisfactory results must 
follow. 



A TRIAL WILL CONVINCE YOU 

f[ Secure some of the various "Specials" 
offered you, and prove their value by per- 
sonal knowledge, which is the only true 
way by which to arrive at facts. When 
you know from personal experience or ob- 
servation that these discoveries are really 
the wonder of the age and a blessing to 
humanity, you will feel fortified with this 
knowledge and, cognizant of thece facts, 
you will realize that life is well worth 
the living. 

fl The Self-Culture Society opens wide 
the doors to a New Life to men and wom- 
en in all parts of the world who heretofore 
have lived a narrow life — lived in ruts, 
limitations, disease, poverty and general 
failure. The most enduring kind of success 
is that kind of success which will 
make one permanently healthy, peace- 
ful, progressive, prosperous and noble. 
Our Society is growing fast and now its 
members number away up in the thousands. 
The more members, the more powerful for 
general good. Help us and we will help 
you. 



THEi LAW OF CAUSE AND EF- 
FECT. 

ff To accomplish great things, you must 
first do the small and simple duties of life 
thoroughly, as the whole world around you 
and the world of possibilities within you 
are ruled by Law. A happy and successful 
life is sure to come to each loyal active mem- 
ber of the Self-Culture Society, as a natural 
result. After becoming familiar with our 
plans, your power to do and achieve will 
astound you. We clearly show you by 
simple methods how to daily add power 
and strength to your being, so that you can 
give the world the best there is in you 
at all times and under all circumstances. 
We show you how to take advantage of 
countless opportunities and bestow endless 
blessings upon others. We speak to you 
in love, sincerity and earnestness. Join 
hands with us for life and help us spread 
the glad song of hope, health, courage, pro- 
gress, optimism, enthusiasm and success to 
the whole world. This is the golden op- 
portunity of your life. You cannot doubt 
it if you read this over thoughtfully and 
ask yourself about it. 



BRINGS FORTH YOUR BEST 
ABILITY. 

f]" This work will fit you for the highest 
and noblest service, the greatest, most en- 
during and satisfying success. It will make 
your life larger, broader and grander in 
every way. We have and solicit members 
in all parts of the world. No matter what 
your aims and aspirations may be, we can 



help you to realize them. Our Society is 
in no way connected with any religious de- 
nomination. We are all children of one 
common parent, Nature. We gladly wel- 
come to membership all religions and nat- 
ionalities. We teach universal love, tol- 
erance, charity, progress and prosperity. 
We teach the brotherhood of man and the 
unerring Laws of Nature. Our aim is to in- 
spire and awaken all, so that they may be 
healthy, strong, progressive, prosperous and 
happy. 

0T With love, peace and good will to all 

created beings in the universe, we are al- 
ways for a grander, brighter and in every 
way happier life. 



CONSIDER WHAT THIS MEANS 
A HELP AT ALL TIMES 

We give our members the benefit of the 
midnight oil burned; the many days and 
nights spent in delving into musty libraries 
for secrets that have been for ages buried 
to the world; also the years of experiment- 
ing and testing every secret that has been 
unearthed. We have called to our assist- 
ance not only the best books and hidden 
manuscripts of past and present ages, but we 
have called to our aid the talent and brains 
of the modern civilized world. 

In our "Specials" you not only receive 
the most marvelous formulas ever written, 
but you can draw at any time on the vast 
fund of knowledge acquired by our man- 
agers and associates in the past and have 



the benefit of our investigations in the fu- 
ture. 

We can help you; we have taught others 
to develop their natural, but latent powers, 
which brought out in them an irresistible, 
subtle influence, enabling them to develop 
such marvelous powers that they have mys- 
tified and astonished their friends with the 
wonderful things they have accomplished. 
We can teach you what others have learned 
from our "Specials" so that you can attain 
such marvelous mental and physical devel- 
opment in strength and beauty, such a suc- 
cess in gaining friends, wealth and happi- 
ness, in reading character, in influencing peo- 
ple, in developing memory, that you will 
feel your influence and knowledge are al- 
most unlimted. These "Specials" besides 
aiding you in numerous ways, put into your 
hands the power of healing the most stub- 
born cases of illness that have baffled the 
skill of all other known methods. They will 
teach you how to remove disease from your 
own body and increase your pleasure and 
days on earth many fold. 

NOTHING BETTER AT ANY 
PRICE 

These "Specials" deal at once with the 
secrets of success, happiness, health and 
wealth. They unfold to you the vital prin- 
ciples of all true success in the shortest pos- 
sible time. 



We can help you now; why turn a deaf 
ear to success when it is knocking at your 
very door? Every individual has an op- 
portunity now to turn die current of his life 
into the full tide of prosperity; will you 
slight this opportunity, or will you do as 
hundreds of others are doing, grasp health, 
wealth, happiness and success while they are 
within your reach? 



A POSITIVE GUARANTEE 
GIVEN. 

We give you our absolute guarantee and 
contract to refund your money if you are 
not successful, if everything is not fully as 
represented, or if you are dissatisfied for any 
reason whatever. All is left with you, your 
judgment and word are absolute. We have 
nothing to say; you have it all your own 
way — can you ask more? Certainly not! 

We include in the subjects treated in our 
"Specials" the boiled-down information of 
the past ages and of all sciences pertaining 
to these subjects from the days of the patri- 
archs to the present time. 

THE SECRETS OF THE AGES. 

We have enlisted the aid of the master 
minds of the century; we have searched to 
the ends of the earth to get what you need 
to help you in obtaining health, happiness 
and success. 



Do you desire to make opportunities kneel 
to you, to be the architect of your own for- 
tune, prolong your life and fathom your 
destiny? If so, Toe can, v>e will help you. 

There are certain things in every under- 
taking which lead to success ; others to failure. 
These "Specials" will teach you these things. 
They will explain to you the secret of per- 
fect happiness. They will bestow upon you 
the concentrated effort of years of untiring 
research and investigation. 

These "Specials" are treasures that excel 
all other riches and blessings of this world. 
They comprise secrets which all should 
know, concerning Nature's methods which 
render the senses clear, the body strong and 
vigorous in all its parts, the understanding 
acute, the memory quick and tenacious, the 
bodily movements free and supple, and all 
the functions regular and easy. Reveals all 
the causes of sickness and disease. How all 
may ward off the approach of premature 
death, and how youth may secure firmer 
hopes of life. 

They tell you how to live healthily and 
happily one hundred years. They are a 
compendium of Nature's wonders, and are 
the best known and most sucessful health 
methods and success systems, showing fully 
the blessing and happiness of living a life as 
Nature intended us to do. 



Special and Exclusive Propositions. 

A specialty is made of devising exclusive and 
special propositions for the Mail-Order trade. These 
include formulas, manufacturing directions, also 
all advertising needed such as circulars, booklets, 
form letters, follow-up-system, labels, etc., and full 
Information where to obtain all necessary supplies 
at lowest prices. The advantage of having a plan, 
and a specialty or several specialties all your own 
Is apparent to any one. In the majority of in- 
stances from $25 to $100 will pay for a proposition 
which will put you on the direct route to a fortune. 

Many have become wealthy through placing on 
the world's markets just one of the many Formu- 
las or "Specials" mentioned herein. "Why not you? 
Give it a trial and do it NOW. At once! 



Application Questions to be Answered by those 
Desiring to Join 

THE SEKF-CIULTURE SOCIETY. 

It is only necessary to write the number of the 
question following it with your answer. 

1 — What instruction have you had along Self- 
Culture lines? 2 — Do you believe in Drugs, Medi- 
cine and Surgery? 3 — Do you practice Physical 
Culture exercises regularly? 4 — Have you ever 
taken any lessons in Brain and Mind Culture? 
5 — Are you a good judge of Human Nature? 6 — 
What is your occupation? 7 — Of what does your 
Diet usually consist? 8 — Have you a Magnetic 
Personality? 9 — What is your age? 10 — Are you 
troubled with Catarrh? 11 — Are you interested in 
Child-Culture? 12 — Do you suffer from Cold Hands 
and Feet? 13 — Are you subject to Colds? 14 — 
Ever Constipated? 15 — Any Consumptive tenden- 
cies in your family? 16 — Are you ever troubled 
with Dysentery? 17 — Any Dyspepsia? 18 — Do you 
contemplate taking up some other kind of work, 
either for a part or all of your time, if so, what ? 
19 — Do you ever have Headaches? 20 — Any trouble 
with your Heart? 21 — Do you desire to Gain or 
Lose Flesh? 22 — Any Kidney or Bladder trouble? 
23 — Are you interested in the subject of True Par- 
enthood? 24 — Ever suffer from Malaria? 25 — Is 
your Liver all right? 26 — Any neuralgia or other 
pains? 27 — Are you satisfied with your Health 
and condition in life, if not, what changes and im- 
provements do you want brought about? 28 — Is 
your Breath always Pure and Sweet? 29 — Do you 
believe in Pre-Natal Culture? 30 — Do you ever 
suffer from Rheumatism? 31 — Have you any Skin 
Trouble, if so, describe it? 32 — Do you Sleep well? 
33 — Is your eyesight strong? • 34 — Have you ever 
made a study of Natural Law? 35 — Mention any 
subjects on which you desire special information. 
36 — What are your three chief desires and ambi- 
tions? 



VALUABLE PREMIUMS 
For Names and Addresses. 

We are particularly anxious to call the attention 
of the folowing classes to our work: 

Class 1. — Ambitious men and women interested in 
good books, self-advancement, the Occult, New 
Thought, etc. 

Class 2. — Sufferers from chronic diseases who em- 
ploy physicans or purchase drugs and patent 
medicines. If you know what diseases they have 
please mention it, such as Rheumatism, Lum- 
bago, Neuralgia, Paralysis, Pain in Back, Dys- 
pepsia, Constipation, Consumption, Kidney Trou- 
ble, Nervous Debility, etc. 

Class 3. — Philanthropic persons who have made do- 
nations and believe in aiding a good cause. 

Class 4. — Marriageable persons of both sexes who 
might marry if the proper person were found. 

Class 5. — Wife, mother, father, or anyone related 
to, or interested in one who is addicted to the 
liquor or opium habit. 

Class 6. — Those of a speculative turn of mind who 
are able to recognize a good investment when 
placed before them, and ready money to put in 
a paying enterprise. 

Class 7. — Business men in all lines. Please mention 
their business after their name. 

After each address write the number of the class 
to which they belong, and their financial standing 
rated as follows: R. for rich, W. for very wealthy, 
P. for poor, O. for ordinary, thus: 

Miss Mary Brown, 204 Pearl St., Topeka, Kansas. 
Class 1. O. Rheumatism. 

Please write each name very plainly, as it is im- 
portant that we should get the name correct. Tou 
being familiar with the names can read them more 
readily than one who is not. Give the postoffice ad- 
dress in full, and if in a city, be sure to give 
street and number. Commence each name with 
Mr., Mrs. or Miss, whichever is proper. This is 
important. 

Send addresses from as many different post- 
offices as possible, even those you know in other 
states and foreign countries will be interested. 

Send us at least ten good names and addresses, 
and as many more (up to fifty) as you can think of. 
but don't forget we prefer quality to quantity. 

In sending advertising matter to names and ad- 
dresses, the sender's name is never mentioned un- 
less especially requested to do so. All communica- 
tions are strictly confidential. 



"HE WHO READS, RULES." 
"NO TYRANT CAN TAKE FROM YOU YOUR 

KNOWLEDGE." 

INTERESTING, USEFUL AND 
HELPFUL BOOKS, 

All those who wish to be familiar with the 
leading advanced Minds of the New Century will 
find the most progressive writers represented in 
the list presented herewith. 

For the convenience of our customers prices are 
affixed in both American and English Money. 

Books are sent fully prepaid to any part of the 
world upon receipt of price named. 

Extra Books Free. — $5.00 (£1-1) pays for $6.00 
(£1-5) worth of books; $10.00 (£2-2) for $12.50 
(£2-10) worth; $15.00 (£3-3) for $19.00 (£3-16) 
worth; $20.00 (£4-4) for $26.00 (£5-4) worth; $25.00 
(£5-5) for $33.00 (£6-12). 

Remember, that sooner or later everyone will 
have to fall in line with the teachings of Natural 
Law, or be thrown on the world's scrap-heap, for 
it is a law of evolution, then why delay? Why be 
in the rear? These books are practical and teach. 
Everyone is as good as an ordinary ten-dollar 
course of lessons. As one reader remarks, "Pew 
books are so terse and to the point as these and 
they are bound to impress the dullest perception, 
and will do a wonderful lot of good." These books 
stand for freedom from every limitation, abolish- 
ing poverty, sickness, unpleasant circumstances and 
mental depression, transforming every reader into 
a ray of sunshine a thorough optimist, building up 
self-reliance, opening up the powers which every 
human being possesses. Order some of these pub- 
lications and you will be so very much interested 
that you will purchase all the others. 




"Good books are a most 
precious and priceless blessing;." 

What the World Wants 

or HINTS on SELF-IMPROVEMENT 

BY G. B. MOORE 
A treatise on Self-help, Progress, Character 
Development, Humaneness, and all that 
tends to make life higher, happier, healthier 
and more successful. Full of grand and inspir- 
ing thoughts which enkindle the kind of en- 
thusiasm that wins. It multiplies one's abili- 
ty by awakening sleeping powers, stimulating 
latent energies and bringing forth resources 
before undreamed of. Price 25c (Is.) 

Practical Self = Help. 

By "A Member of the Self-Culture Society. 

A NEW REVELATION. 

Containing just what every one needs. Re- 
lates to the great secret mainsprings of power, 
influence and achievement — the forces that 
command success — the germs that all possess 
and can easily cultivate, develop and strength- 
en, if they but make the effort. 

This splendid book will inspire the reader 
to make the necessary endeavor which will re- 
sult in reaching ambition's goal. 148 pages 
Price prepaid, 35c. (Is. 6d.) 



A POUND OF BRAINS. 

The Author of this splendid book offers to give 
$1,000 in Gold, not to be invested in free literature 
or artificial lakes, but in tons of coal and barrels 
of flour to be distributed among poor people in 
quarter-ton and quarter-barrel lots, if Andrew Car- 
negie can produce a single volume from any one of 
his free libraries, a book regardless of cost, that 
contains as much valuable information, good read- 
ing and common sense as this book, or 412 pages 
contains, which is now offered to the reading pub- 
lic for only $1.00 per copy, the decision to be sub- 
mitted to a jury of twelve men selected from the 
common people. This book covers almost every 
subject under the sun and cannot help but appeal 
to every man, woman and child and if you are 
not delighted with it, the price paid will be cheer- 
fully refunded. This same "iron clad" guarantee 
applies to everything listed herein. Remember you 
get your money's worth or your money back. 



SUCCESS. 



Treats on Personal Magnetism as an indispen- 
sable aid to success in Business, Love and Society. 
Eleventh edition (145th thousand), enlarged and 
improved, 166 pages of inspiring and helpful mat- 
ter. Power to influence in the right direction 
when not abused is the philosophy of SUCCESS IN 
LIFE. It is a universal power which Nature 
bestows upon us all if we will but cultivate it. 
You can make your life a glorious success if you 
bring into play all the powers which lie dormant 
within you. Study yourself closely and you will 
discover a wonderful mechanism within and learn 
how to manipulate your heretofore unrecognized 
powers and you will find health, happiness and 
success, all within your easy reach. 

In this new century, which promises to be one 
in which competition will be keener than any pre- 
vious one, it behooves all who aspire to anything 
above the ordinary to arm themselves with the one 
infallible weapon of advancement — Personal Mag- 
netism — which will enable those of lowly birth to 
outstrip the highly educated and aristocratic. By 
its aid the humblest have soared to the highest 
pinnacle of social distinction and unbounded suc- 
cess. This book will start you right and the price 
is only 50c (2s). 



NATURAL WAY IN DIET 
The Proper Food for Man. 

The public is becoming aware of the dangers in 
unnatural food and many are anxious to adopt a 
natural diet but do not know how to begin. Some 
are actuated by the desire for better health, purer 



blood and freedom from cares and responsibilities 
of the preparation of ordinary kinds of foods. 

Natural diet is a boon to all. It not only in- 
creases strength and the power to perform labor, 
but the mental strength, magnetic powers and in 
face all vital forces are increased. Persons who 
value their good looks and wish to keep and im- 
prove them can do so by following a natural diet. 
Added to all this is the satisfaction that your way 
of living causes no pain and no suffering. 

The usual modes of life are the cause of univer- 
sal ill health, distress, poverty, desperation and 
untimely death. 

Like a ray of light piercing the darkness comes 
our book, "Natural Way in Diet," a revelation to 
the masses, teaching them how to live in order to 
reach the highest mental and physical perfection 
known to mankind. Do you want to better the 
condition of your life? Do you seek health, wealth 
and success? This book will show you the right 
way. 

This valuable volume, highly endorsed by the 
leading authorities and regarded in scientific cir- 
cles as one of the most beneficial books ever pro- 
duced, is so cheap as to be within the reach of all. 
It contains 232 pages and 28 illustrations, is hand- 
somely and substantially bound in green cloth, with 
silver back and side stamps. Price, only $1.00 (4s). 



HEALTH FOODS 

And How to Prepare Them. 

A splendid treatise on Dietetics and Domestic 
Cookery, tells what, when and how to eat in order 
to be Healthy, Happy, Beautiful, Magnetic and 
Prosperous. 

This book has completely revolutionized the 
homes of thousands, substituting bounding health 
and supreme joy for poverty, disease and misery. 

The latest and best production in Culinary Sci- 
ence, purely scientific and true to Nature. The 
most critical of housewives and advocaters of 
High-Class and Sanitary Cooking pronounce it to 
be the True Cook Book of the Age, meeting the 
demands and requirements of perfect health for 
the body and mind. Cooking is made simple and 
kept a Natural Science. It is not a book of mere 
recipes but a scientific study. 

To really live, the application of the principles 
which are the basis of life must be understood. 
If not, we cannot enjoy perfect health. The great, 
melancholy army of dyspeptics is caused through 
eating unnatural foods. The awakening thought 
of the age demands this book. Its teachings can- 
not but lead to a higher development of the race 
and when we know how to live properly we shall 
have this development. 

You need this book to open the way to a better 
and happier realization of the home-ideals that 
lead to health, comfort and a longer life. 



If you are tired of trying remedies and disap- 
pointed with those you have tried, then it is time 
for you to call your common sense to aid and 
read this book. 258 pages, nicely bound in durable 
cloth, $1.25 (5s). 

HOW TO WIN. 

Sure Secrets of Success. 

Just the book to be welcomed by every live, 
wide-awake person in the land. Brimming over 
with infectious Enthusiasm, New Thoughts, New 
Ideas, to say nothing of old ideas arrayed in a 
dress so fine you would not recognize them. 

Would you develop that strange, subtle, unseen, 
yet mighty power that makes you a master of 
men and enables you to mould them to your 
heart's desire? "Would you win the adulation of 
the multitude, compel the greatest to acknowledge 
your supremacy and the highest to bow to your 
decree? Would you direct the current of your life 
stream anew, overriding circumstances, making 
fate your plaything and destiny your slave? 
THEN READ THIS BOOK. 

This remarkable book sets forth the practical, 
every-day common sense ideas of a well meaning, 
friendly disposed, business man, who is thoroughly 
aroused and alive and tingling to his very finger 
tips with a desire to convey a knowledge of the 
rarest gifts of earth to his fellow-men. 

It gives the philosophy of one's influence over 
others! you see it exerted every day by some one in 
your circle of friends. YOU can do the same. AIX 
possess the power but few know HOW to use it. 
Develop these latent forces within you, for this 
faculty of influencing others can be cultivated and 
developed to an unlimited extent. 

This indispensable book shows in a new light 
the higher possibilities of life. The true "Philoso- 
phy of Success" — the art of pleasing, captivating 
and making friends of those you come in contact 
with easily acquired. 362 pages and numerous il- 
lustrations, handsomely bound in cloth, $2.00 (8s). 

HOW TO HEAL 
By Nature's Potent Methods. 

The most Marvelous Work of modern times. An 
Encyclopedia of Hygiene, Rules of Life, Health- 
Culture, and the Cure of Disease. How to Avoid 
Illness. How to Restore Health and How to Treat 
Accidents. 

Health constitutes the Greatest Wealth and there 
is no Happiness without Health. Doctors and 
Drugs are not required. In fact, as far as drugs 
are concerned, they are looked upon by our most 
reputable scientists as producers of diseases, worse 
than those which they seek to cure. The foremost 
medical men acknowledge it and many have 



adopted Natural Methods of healing- and we ap- 
peal to all doctors to follow their example in the 
interest of suffering humanity. 

Although the amount of money this work will 
save you in the course of a year is very consid- 
erable, it is as nothing compared with the Misery, 
Disappointment and Suffering which you will 
avoid, or the anguish of seeing those dear to you 
suffer, without being able to alleviate their pains. 

This book is a worthy counselor in health, sick- 
ness, pain and disease, containing in plain language 
all the information necessary for the promotion of 
life, health and happiness. One of the best and 
most complete works upon these all-important sub- 
jects published. 540 pages, with numerous anatom- 
ical and other illustrations. Elegantly bound in 
silk cloth, $3.00 (12-6-0). Full gilt, Im. morocco, 
$15.00 (£1-0-6). 



EVOLUTION OF THE SELF. 

Small as this book is, it contains a great deal of 
what mankind ought, and wants more than all 
else, to know. 

No knowledge can compare with an understand- 
ing of the Self. 

The general lack of self-knowledge is the prin- 
cipal cause of human misery — physical, mental, 
and otherwise. On the other hand, the compre- 
hension of the Self, enjoyed by the minority, in- 
sures physical and mental well-being, and more- 
over the consciousness of possession of especial 
gifts, talents, and individual powers that lead to 
fame and fortune. 

All who follow the advice given in this book will 
discover a new world of wisdom and power. 72 
pages, 10c (5d). 

NATURAL HEALING. 

Treats on Natural and Rational Methods of pre- 
venting and curing disease. Who would not have 
these priceless gifts of human existence — health 
and happiness? Learn how to employ Nature's 
forces and you can bring your body and all its 
functions into normal condition and the result will 
be the highest state of perfection. Thousands die 
prematurely annually who, had they read this 
book, might now be alive. 72 pages, 10c (5d). 



BEAUTY, BRAWN AND BRAIN. 

How to Attain and Retain them by Nature's own 
True Methods, which insure a strong, healthy 
body, active limbs, new life, rosy cheeks and nat- 
ural beauty. A book of real merit to everybody 
and worth more than gold or diamonds, for where 
on earth can you find greater boons than intelli- 
gence and health or a more desirable blessing than 
beauty? 32 pages, 10c (5d). 



THE MYSTERY OF LOVE 
And Art of Fascinating. 

A book on the only true system of Fascination, 
the most startling- and intensely interesting pub- 
lication ever issued on the subject, being an ex- 
position of the phenomenal influence of the art of 
pleasing, charming and captivating. This system 
of fascinating should be studied by everyone, par- 
ticularly by those whose wooings have been fail- 
ures. Those "who acquire this method of capti- 
vating are masters of the situation. Anyone can 
learn this, the most useful of all human accom- 
plishments, and will find it is the true Secret of 
Success in all matters relating to courtship and 
matrimony. 

This knowledge prevents anxiety and removes the 
possibility of failure. It teaches you how to in- 
spire feelings of love in those for whom you have 
a similar feeling. It gives you the philosophy 
and science of love and is the means by which you 
can become united with the person you wish to 
marry. It tells you many things about love-mak- 
ing which you have not known and which when 
practiced brings the success desired. If you love 
and your love is not returned this book will enable 
you to turn indifference into sincere devotion. If 
your love is returned you can increase it a thou- 
sand fold and hold it. 

If you have been disappointed in love, take 
heart, have hope, read this book and follow the 
principles it lays down. With this knowledge you 
can win the person of your choice and hold their 
love for all time. Send for this book and learn 
that which will give you your heart's desire and 
a knowledge which though old as man is one of 
the many secrets never heretofore fully divulged. 
224 pages, bound in cloth, $2.00 (8s). 



MARVELS OF MAGNETISM. 

Contains over Fifty Methods of producing the 
hypnotic sleep or trance, variously known as Mes- 
merism, Animal Magnetism, Electro-Biology, Statu- 
volence, Entrancement, Fascination, etc., collected 
and arranged at a cost of hundreds of dollars. 

Nothing else furnishes as much amusement and 
Mystery as can be obtained from disclosures in this 
book. "With this knowledge you can be a royal 
Entertainer at a Parlor Gathering, and command 
the respect of the best and most intelligent people. 
By using these different methods you can learn 
how to subdue the minds and wills of others, so 
that they will obey your slightest wish. 

This science has suddenly sprung ahead of all 
others. Do you know how to utilize its forces and 
turn its power to your own advantage? Do you 
know how to secure friendships that last forever? 
Do you know how to conquer pain and suffering? 
Can you break bad habits? Can you deal with the 



unseen forces about you? "Would you have more 
Of the gems of life? Would you be capable of per- 
forming the extraordinary feats you have seen 
others do? If so, buy this book. 

These instructions will not only enable you to 
influence a very large percentage of people, but 
these principles will enable many who have become 
discouraged with hypnotism to become successful 
operators. Tou will save many times its cost in 
time and develop one hundred, per cent greater 
power as an operator. 

The demand for this book has been so great that 
a second edition has been called for, which has 
been enlarged with additional matter on Human or 
Personal Magnetism. 220 pages, handsomely 
bound in cloth, with gold side stamp, $5.00 (£1-1-0). 

Private Instructions in 
ANIMAL MAGNETISM. 
By the Original and Famous Ra- 
phael — Heretofore Very Scarce — 
Large Sums Were Offered for a 
Copy. 

Animal Magnetism or Nerve Fluid exists in ev- 
eryone, and corresponds with the invisible action 
of the magnet or lodestone. This book tells how 
to develop and use this power in many ways. 

How to heal the sick by the laying on of hands, 
having developed in yourself a wonderful magnetic 
energy which exhilarates and inspires mentally, 
morally and physically. 

Upon coming: into possession of this strange and 
tremendous power you find yourself face to face 
with a great responsibility. You have in this a 
power to elevate and also to injuriously influence 
the characters of those with whom you come in 
contact. But the good vastly outweighs the evil 
in its potentiality. 

Heretofore man has been engrossed in the ac- 
cumulation of wealth; the acquisition of houses 
and lands, stocks and bonds. But to-day there is a 
mighty stir among the more enlightened portion of 
humanity — a movement back of which are pure 
motives and noble purposes to become cognizant of 
the mysteries of life — the silent forces and powers, 
which since the very dawn of civilization have 
lain dormant on account of having been misunder- 
stood. Price of this great book, printed in MSS. 
form from zinc etchings, copied from the original 
London Edition, $2.50 (10s). 

HOW TO THOUGHT READ. 
By Prof. Coates. 

Contains scientific explanations and experiments 
which enable anyone to reach a high state of per- 
fection. 



comes unconscious and obeys the commands of the 
operator in every way, he walks, talks, sings, 
laughs, and, in fact, does whatever he is told to do, 
and when restored to consciousness does not re- 
member anything that transpired. In this state 
all sorts of illusions and hallucinations may be 
created. 

Anyone can learn to Hypnotize. You can acquire 
this wonderful Power, and use it to accomplish 
much more than we can ever tell you. 

This wonderful book is pronounced by competent 
judges to be one of the best works upon this sub- 
ject extant. It contains 237 pages and 35 lifelike 
photo engravings of human beings, animals and 
reptiles under this strange influence. Bound in 
cloth, $2.00 (8s). 



ANCIENT MAGIC. 

Magnetism and Psychic Force, 

We are living in an age of mystery as difficult 
to satisfactorily explain as the mysteries of two 
thousand years ago. The dark night of supersti- 
tion will never end and no day will ever break so 
bright as to drive away mankind's firm belief in 
the mysteries that this book strives to unravel — 
this book so strange, so wonderful, that the or- 
dinary human mind can easily grasp its mysteries. 

All through the historic ages and among all civ- 
ilized nations, we find fragments of the truths 
which are united in this volume. This book forms 
a complete magical biography, being collected from 
the most ancient authors. Read it and you will 
enjoy a secret happiness and sincerity of mind 
which the world can never rob you of. 

The following are some selections from the table 
of contents: Superhuman Powers. True Magic 
Lies in the Most Secret and Inmost Powers of the 
Mind. Requirements Necessary for the Develop- 
ment of the Psychic Force. The Magnetic Sleep. 
The Mysteries of Mystical Love, Indescribable Bc- 
stacy. Fascinating Power of Some Animals. The 
Mental Influence of One Sex Over the Other. Will 
Power Exerted on Persons Many Miles Distant. 
Criminals are Often Incited by Another's Will to 
Commit Crime. Trances of the "Indian Fakir." 
Hundreds are Buried Alive. How it Can be 
Avoided. The Success of our Lives Depends upon 
our Vital Force. How to Generate and Store It. 
Sexual Magnetism. The Strongest Force Known. 
How to Place Yourself in Possession of Special 
Gifts. Enjoyments Can Be Increased Beyond 
Measure. Man Blind to the Wealth Within Him. 
Lift the Veil from your Eyes. 

This work is the result of years of thought and 
research, arriving at the correct conclusions re- 
garding the wonderful powers which knowledge 
and soul development bring within the reach of 
man and make subservient to his will. 224 pages, 
cloth bound, $2.00 (8s.) 



SUCCESS SERIES NO. 81. 

INTELLECTUAL PURSUITS 
Or Culture by Self -Help. 

This work is addressed mainly to young persons 
ambitious of excellence in a literary, an academic 
or an oratorical career; it has no pretentions to 
instruct those who are experienced in this field. 
But in saying young persons, is meant those who 
are still young intellectually, and includes all 
those who are still striving for improvement, 
still growing in knowledge and ability. Only 
those who have stopped learning are old. 

There is something in it which appeals to 
every reader, which seems addressed to him indi- 
vidually; and the hope is that this book will 
contain at least one chapter appealing or apply- 
ing to everyone that reads it, and affording him 
some light or guidance in his efforts towards a 
useful and honorable career. It will not only 
save you from blunders, but show you the best 
methods to secure success. 

A few of the chapter headings are: 

The Homes and Haunts of Genius. Choosing a 
Profession. How Men Find Out Where Their 
Talent Lies. The Power of Expression. How In- 
tellectual Power Is Acquired. The Secret of Lit- 
erary Success. How Great Things Are Done. 
Men of True Greatness. How Genius is Awakened 
and Developed. How Life Develops Talent. Some 
Great Orators — The Secret of Their Power. 

There are thirty-seven chapters in all, besides 
a copious index, all comprising 361 pages, nicely 
bound in cloth, with silver side and back stamps. 
Price $1.50 (6s) with the usual guarantee of 
more than worth the price asked or returnable. 



Success Series No. 8. 

THE KINGDOM OF THE 

UNSELFISH 
Or the Empire of the Wise. 

"Seize upon Truth, wherever found, on Christian 

or on heathen ground; 
Among your friends, among your foes, the plant's 
divine wher'er it grows." 

The present stage of social evolution demands 
something not yet possessed; and this book is 
one of the many things evolved to supply that 
demand. 

Among other things, it treats on: 

The Reliable and the Unreliable in Thought. 
The Evolution of Morality. Independence. In- 
tellectual Immorality. Conceit and Self-Right- 
eousness. Natural and Social Selection. Love. 
Religiosity and Religion. Conversion and Salva- 



tion. Artosity and Art. Immortality. Human 
Perfectibility. 

This valuable and very unusual work will sur- 
prise and antagonize many, but it will neverthe- 
less prove an "eye opener" and set them to think- 
ing; 480 pages nicely bound in red cloth with 
silver side and back stamp. Price only $1.50 
(6s). Abundant and lasting satisfaction is guar- 
anteed. 



Success Series No. 16. 

ESSAYS OF SCHOPENHAUER, 

Schopenhauer is one of the few philosophers 
who can be easily understood without a com- 
mentary. All his theories claim to be drawn 
direct from facts, to be suggested by observation, 
and to interpret the world as it is; and whatever 
view he takes, he is constant in his appeal to 
the experience of common life. This character- 
istic endows his style with a freshness and vigor 
which would be difficult to match in the philo- 
sophical writings of anyone else. 

These two volumes comprise the following 
works by this great pessimist and you must read 
them or miss a rare intellectual treat. 

The Wisdom of Life. Religion, Pantheism, 
Physiognomy, Psychological Observations, etc. 
The Art of Literature. Studies in Pessimism. 
Counsels and Maxims. 

In the practical outcome of Schopenhauer's eth- 
ics — the end and aim of those maxims of con- 
duct which he recommends, there is nothing that 
is not substantially akin to the theories of life, 
which, in different forms, the greater part of 
mankind is presumed to hold in reverence. It is 
the premises rather than the conclusion of his 
argument which interests one as something new. 
The whole world, he says, with all its phenom- 
ena of change, growth and development, is ulti- 
mately the manifestation of will. 

These essays are bound in two cloth volumes 
of over 200 pages each, and the price for both, 
charges fully prepaid, is only $1.50 (6s), and if 
not worth many times this amount, you are at 
liberty to return them. 



BEAUTY OF FORM AND FEA- 
TURE. 

The Cultivation of Personal Beauty based on 
Hygiene and Health-Culture by twenty Physicians 
and Specialists. This book on looking well and 
being well is intended especially for women, but 
the sterner sex can profit greatly from a perusal 
of it. 

New edition; Revised and enlarged to 256 pages. 



New Chapters, New Illustrations. Bound in Extra 
Blue Silk Cloth in Gold and Silver, only $1 (4s). 

It is seldom a work is published that receives 
such universal commendation as has been given 
to this one, as will be seen from the following 
Notices of the Press: 

"The title will attract the reader: the contents 
will capture, for in this volume is brought to- 
gether the teachings of specialists in various lines, 
all converging upon the central question of how 
to attain and how to keep the maximum of 
beauty. This volume closes with two chapters — 
"Hints on Beauty Culture" and "Hints on Health 
Culture" — which, if followed, would do much to 
secure to all a high degree of health and beauty." 
— New York Herald. 

"This work is all the better for confining its 
injunctions to beneficial and attainable processes." 
— Salt Lake Tribune. 

"A most sensible book, full of good, sensible 
advice. Best of all, it is practical." — Daily Mail, 
Canada. 

"It is not a treatise on cosmetics, the cultiva- 
tion of personal beauty being based on hygiene 
and health-culture, as it ought to be." — Country 
Gentleman. 

"This treatise contains many valuable sugges- 
tions which will make it useful." — Woman's 
Journal. 

"A book that will strongly appeal to more than 
one-half of our population." — Leslie's Weekly. 

"Anyone, pretty or unblessed with beauty, would 
do well to study it." — Chicago Daily News. 

"Many valuable hints upon health are gi,ven 
while talking upon the subject." — Minneapolis 
Times. 

"Such a volume of practical information as this 
is of marked value." — Chicago Inter-Ocean. 

"It shows how beauty and grace can be devel- 
oped by healthful means." — The Practical Age. 

"No one can read this work without being in- 
spired to efforts for the maintaining of a better 
physical condition." — Ladies' Home Ideal. 

"Excellent and worthy of recommendation be- 
yond other works on the subject." — Christian Ad- 
vocate, New York. 

"It is a book based on high principles, but made 
practical in every page." — World, Cleveland, Ohio. 

"It is a book that can safely be recommended 
to all who desire beauty." — Christian Standard, 
Cincinnati. 

"Anyone who studies this book and lives the 
precepts laid down in it will acquire a charm of 
manner and a measure of health which will amply 
repay the expenditure of the time and trouble 
necessary to secure these results." — Health Maga- 
zine. 



Moore's Marvelous Memory 
Methods. 



BY G. B. MOORE 



A Good Reliable Memory is one of the Keys 
to Success in Life. Observation proves that 
the person with a good retentive memory is 
bound to rise to the top. 

The following are a few of the many im- 
portant subjects treated of in the book: 

Remarkable Powers of Memory. Marvelous 
Feats of Memory. Modern Memory Methods. 
Ancient Memory Methods. Figure Alphabet 
Method. Influence of Health on Memory, 
Scientific Memory Methods. Important Rules. 

Conversation enriched, books, speeches, etc. 
learned in one reading; exact memorizing of 
special studies, law medicine, sermons, drama- 
tic parts, prose, dates, names; all knowledge, 
however abstruse; the mind trained to create, 
to flash thought quickly; the secret of attention 
and concentration insuring happiness and suc- 
cess in life. 

We are living in a busy age which demands 
great tasks from men, women, and even chil- 
dren. MOORE'S MARVELOUS MEMORY 
METHODS help to systematize and save time 
and so lighten the burdens of life, thus afford- 
ing hours for self =culture and recreation. 

The price of this invaluable work of 172 
pages, handsomely bound in cloth is only 
$1.50 (6s.) Paper edition $1.00 (4s). 



THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND CONDENSED. 

HUMAN NATURE 
Or Men and Women Exposed! 

Treating: of every characteristic, both good and 
bad, of the various types of men and women as 
they exist, and as manifested in everyday life. 

Selections from the Table of Contents: 

CONFDDENCE MEN AND BLACKMADLERS. — 

The Kind of Society in which the Worst Class is 
Found. Incident Illustrating a Game Practiced 
upon an Old Man. Seduction a Species of Confi- 
dence Game. Mock Auction Sales and the Tricks 
that are Practiced There. The Panel Game. Dead- 
beats. How Clerks and Bookkeepers are Fre- 
quently Confidence Men. How Two Young Ladies 
Kept up Personal Appearance when in Strait- 
ened Circumstances. How Ladies Play the Confi- 
dence Game. How a "Wealthy Man was Confi- 
denced by a Fast Woman. The Arts and Tricks of 
Women to Excite the Curiosity and Passions of 
Men. The Ingenious Devices of Bad Women to 
Raise Money and Advertise Themselves. Black- 
mailing. A Case of Adultery. The Demand for 
Money. How a Doctor and his Associate Extorted 
Money from a Young Man. How Business Men are 
the Victims of Female Operators. How Men Black- 
mail Women. How to Resist and Counteract 
Blackmailers. 

EAST MEN AND WOMEN. — The Meaning of the 
Term Fast. Two Classes Represented. Appetite in 
the One Leads to the Other. Abuse of Free Will. 
What Sin Is. Love of Freedom. Desire. Love of 
Opposites. Curiosity. Two Things Necessary to 
Cause Fast Life. Temptation. Attraction, Repul- 
sion, Evil Suggestions. Novel Reading. A Laun- 
dry Girl. Scandals. Fallen Women; How they get 
into the Palace of Sin and why they Seldom Re- 
turn to a Life of Purity. Why there are so many 
Prostitutes. Assignation Houses. Women their 
own Seducers. King Solomon's Opinion Concern- 
ing Them. Some Prostitutes Make Good Wives. 
Why Woman is Woman's Worst Enemy. Sly Fast 
Women. How They Operate. A Class of Married 
Women who are Too Liberal in Their Sentiments. 

SHAM MODESTY. — What Young People Read 
and Do. How it Ruins Young People. Ignorance. 
Two Girls in an Art Gallery. Dress and Prostitu- 
tion. Fancy Pictures. Statuary where Immodesty 
Exists. Arts of Women. What Excites Amative- 
ness. A Kind of Sham Modesty Peculiar to Min- 
isters. False Modesty in Society. Sham Modesty 
in its Relation to Kissing. Who and How to Kiss 
and Who Not. 

The Art of Flirting. Two Kinds of Flirtation. 
Mistaken Idea of Flirting. Its Effects upon the 
Affections. Why Flirting is an Evil. A Polite 
Flirt. High School Flirts. A Green Flirt from 
the Country and His Experience. A Theatre Flirt. 
Drummers and Agents. A Flirt's Letter. Soft 
Young Men. An Old Flirt in Chicago. 



The Influence of Amorous Thoughts. Cause of 
Criminal Acts. How to Determine a^ Person's Hon- 
esty. How to Judge of Young Men and Women. 
How a Dishonest Person Acts in General Conduct. 
Qualifications for Money-making. Signs of Honesty 
and Dishonesty in the Countenance. 

BLONDES AND BRUNETTES.— Why Tropical 
Regions Produce Brunettes and the Temperate 
Blondes, Hazel and Black Eyed People. Deficient 
Character of Blondes. Their Inclination to Sin. 
Cause of Temper. Red-Haired Persons. 

SIGNS OF CHARACTER.— Beautiful Eyes. Ex- 
cessive Passion. Pain and Pleasure. Dimples in 
the Cheeks. A Suspicious Nature. Revenge. Sa- 
gacity. Flattery, Conceit and Vanity. Original 
Sin. How Women Tempt Their Pastor. How Flat- 
tery Affects Females. How Some Women are 
Ruined by Flattery. What a Woman Is. Her 
Weakest and Strongest Point of Character. Man- 
oeuvers of Young Ladies to Attract Attention. How 
Conceited People Talk and Act. 

BUSINESS SUCCESS AND FAILURE.— The Se- 
cret of Success. Getting into the Wrong Occupa- 
tion. In a Hurry to get Rich. How to Hire Help. 
Tricks of Advertising. 

312 pages. Bound in Cloth. Illustrated. This 
book cannot be obtained in book-stores. Will be 
sent, all charges prepaid, for $1.00 (4s.). 



THE SILENT FRIEND. 
A Key to Rapid and Honest Wealth. 

Be your own boss and make money at your home, 
no office rent to pay. 

This book is within the reach of all seeking 
profitable and respectable employment, and who- 
ever follows the instruction given is as certain of 
success and riches as that the sun rises and sets. 
This book tells how any person, no matter what 
their present condition in life is, may make a start 
in business for themselves and not be dependent 
any longer on a paltry weekly or monthly pit- 
tance. 

Unless you are one out of a thousand you desire 
to become wealthy. There is just one thing neces- 
sary to our every comfort next to good health, and 
that is money. The almighty dollar is the ruler 
of men to a great extent, and how to get and keep 
"the root of all evil" is the one study and aim in 
life of the generality of mankind. There is no 
secret road to wealth; there is perhaps something 
in "luck," but luck seems to fail with those who 
most deserve it; the great secret is to get started 
right, then it is uphill only part of the way, the 
rest is easy. 

Among many other things it tells How to Build 
Concrete Houses, How to Make Fire and Water- 
proof Paint for Roofs, etc., Golden Magnetic Salve, 
Hygienic Elixir of Life, How to Make a Life Ring 
or Armature, Formula for French Developing Lo- 



tion, How to Make Artificial Gems, Pearls, 
Amethysts, Agates and Turkish Beads, How to 
Make Artificial Stone and Marble, How to Make 
Celluloid, How to Make "The Hecktograph," for 
duplicating hand or typewriting, How to Make Imi- 
tation Gold, Ivory and Silver, and How to Increase 
the Weight of Gold, How to Make at Small Cost 
all kinds of Wines and Liquors. 

This book must not be confounded with the 
many recipe books on the market. This one is of 
high order and very practical. 158 pages, neatly 
bound in cloth cover, $2.00 (8s). Cheap paper cov- 
ered edition, $1.00. 



EASY ROAD TO WEALTH. 

Great Book of 400 Secrets; or, How 

to Make $10 a Day Without 

Capital. 

Golden Words to the Working Class — How to Get 

Rich Without Capital is what this Book Teaches, 
and how to Start a Business that will pay from 
$25 to $50 a week, at home. Others are doing it, 
and you can be as successful as they. Will you 
Make the Effort? Many, by following the Direc- 
tions in this Book, have accumulated thousands, 
and gained a competency for life. It is for Male 
or Female, Young or Old. One Secret alone, with 
the privilege to use it, cost $250. Two others $100 
each. Three others $50 each, and several others 
from $5 to $20 each. You can devote evenings to 
the business if employed daytimes. We give 400 
Methods to Make Money Fast. In Philadelphia 
there lived a man and wife, in a garret bedroom, 
without work, influence or friends. Fortunately 
for him he was told of the Book of Secrets. He 
sent for it, and later from his own lips, he said he 
made over Twelve Thousand Dollars clear from 
what he had been taught by this Book. The process 
is so easy and plain that none can go astray, and 
here is where the Great Secret of Success lies, and 
any one who gets this Great Book of Secrets and 
follows the Instructions strictly, is bound to suc- 
ceed and become Rich in the end. You do not 
require education or experience. If you are poor 
so much the better, for when you see that you 
can make money so fast you will work harder to 
become rich, and by persevering you cannot fail. 

Why pay out so much for manufactured goods, 
when you can manufacture them yourself for less 
than one-third cost. There is not a store or grocer 
in the land that would refuse to handle your goods, 
because there would be a universal demand for 
every article that you would manufacture. (Out- 
side of this you would have no license to pay; all 
Home Manufacturers are exempt from this.) There 
are many ways for you to sell goods. You can 
dispose of them by mail, through advertising. 
These books tell you how to do it. Everything 



has been made easy for you. The Great Book of 
400 Secrets will tell you of goods that you can 
manufacture at less than one-fourth cent each that 
retail at from 10c to 25c each. You haye everything 
needed right in your own home to begin the man- 
ufacture of the articles named in this Great Book. 
No machinery or extra utensils required. Don't 
class this Book with any other. It is the best one 
ever printed. Many have made Thousands of Dol- 
lars by making up goods after some of the re- 
ceipts given and at the present time are selling 
the articles every day. What they are doing, you 
can do also, if you only try. Price, $1.00 (4s.) 



THE SILENT REVEALER 

Confidential Advice to Beginners in the Mail-Or- 
der Business! Be Your Own Boss and Make Money 
at Your Home. No Office Bent to Pay. Orders 
Arriving: by Every Mail. 

There is a Boyal Boad to Wealth, Position and 
Fame in the Mail Order Business, and hundreds 
have already traveled that Road — been economical 
and laid away plenty for a rainy day. The Old 
Story is still there, and you can see it depicted on 
many a cheerful face that has traveled this Honest 
Path in the Mail Order Business. 

Whoever follows the Instructions given in this 
Book is as certain of success and riches as that 
the sun rises and sets. We never lose sight of the 
idea that we are addressing persons without capi- 
tal — that very large class of our people that are 
battling and struggling hard through life without 
apparently making the slightest headway. To all 
such, as well as to those whose present occupations 
are too laborious, we give the most explicit direc- 
tions, and the most valuable information. We point 
out clearly in our Book how any person, no mat- 
ter what their present condition of life is, may 
make a start in business for themselves, and not 
be dependent any longer on a paltry weekly or 
monthly pittance. If you will follow the directions 
given in the Book you will soon be in circum- 
stances that will enable you to become wealthy in 
a much shorter period than by any other plan. 

No personal solicitations are to be made: All 
Business carried on through the mails. "THE 
SILENT REVEALER" will tell you in full how to 
do a mail order business; How to start with little 
capital; How to succeed from the very start and 
make it go. What others are doing and how they 
started. How they receive hundreds of cash or- 
ders per day; many are making over $200 a month. 
THE SILENT REVEALER will tell you where to 
get all kinds of mail merchandise; Where to get 
large circulars advertising the goods with your 
Name and Address printed on as Dealer; Where to 
get the goods from, at less than one-third retail 
price. THE SILENT REVEALER will tell you 
where to get all kinds . of Books sold through the 
Novelty trade at from 10 to 25 cents each that 
retail readily at from 25 to 50 cents. THE SILENT 
REVEALER will tell you where to get all kinds of 



Watches direct from the factory at less than half 
retail price. It will also tell you where to get Cuts 
and Electrotypes advertising- the same, also where 
to get all kinds of Jewelry for advertising pur- 
poses. It will tell you how to advertise success- 
fully. It will tell you how to do a Manufacturing 
business at your own home, what to manufacture 
and how to put it on the trade. Some of the best 
methods, secrets and formulas out from which you 
can make hundreds of dollars annually without 
ever leaving your own home. A copy of this won- 
derful book will be sent secure by mail postpaid 
for $1.00 (4s.) Send for a copy and become wise 
in the mail order business; sit in your chair and 
make money every day, rain or shine, hot or cold. 



Six Hundred 

WAYS TO GET RICH. 

A Great Book of 300 Pages for $1.00. 

One dollar invested in this book may turn all 
the rivulets leading to Wealth towards you. 

One dollar is a large amount of money to spend 
foolishly, but when you may open the roadway to 
affluence by so doing, then it is money well spent. 

One dollar is never missed when you have 
smoked ten cigars that cost you that sum. 

Remember, the price of "600 Ways to Get Rich 
When Your Pockets are Empty" is only one dollar. 
An elegantly bound book, 300 pages, containing all 
the information necessary to commence making 
money although you may be penniless. The book 
will put you on your feet. 

Who knows but what this really is the true step- 
ping-stone to your future fortune. Every one has 
a critical moment in their lives, but they do not 
always know it. Why? Because they are not 
aiways on the alert. They settle down to the 
conviction that they never will be rich, and when 
such a chance as this comes before them they 
think it is not intended for them. It is for some 
one else. It was a mistake that it was sent them 
— it was intended for some one in the next house 
— it could not be for me. Reader, from this mo- 
ment banish every such thought from your mind. 
This is for you. Now is your time. This will lead 
you to something that is just as sure to pave your 
way to fortune as that you now exist. You cannot 
afford to pass it by. You are the one that this 
chance appeals to. You are the lucky individual 
that the sun shines upon now. A bright future is 
yours if you only stretch out your hand and grasp 
the Golden Key that unlocks the vault that opens 
to your astonished gaze the hidden treasure. Al- 
most any one will pay you what this book costs, 
even if you make no use of it after learning its 
secrets. This book is not for all eyes to see unless 
they pay for it — therefore it should not be care- 
lessly laid where any one can take a copy of 
some very valuable secret without the permission 
of the owner. 



MANY MONEY MAKERS. 
Over One Hundred of Them. 



This book is just filled with practical suggestions, 
reliable formulas and priceless trade secrets which 
will enable any intelligent person to establish a 
money-making business at home, either with or 
without capital. It gives complete details of sixty 
separate and distinct lines of business, many of 
which may be started on a small scale by persons 
whose time is only partly occupied, thus enabling 
them to increase their income without interfering 
with their regular employment. Fakes and schemes 
form no part of this little volume; it treats of 
legitimate business enterprises only and the in- 
formation given is worth many times the small 
price we ask for the book; in fact, $30.00 instead 
of $1.00 would be a fair price for the information 
given. 

The object of the book is to assist those willing 
to help themselves, and to enable persons of small 
means to engage in permanent and profitable en- 
terprises of their own. Young people are often 
discouraged because there are no desirable vacan- 
cies in the various trades and professions, but that 
does not justify them in remaining idle. There is 
always something in this big world for willing 
hands to do, and patient, faithful labor is sure of 
its ultimate reward. Be independent; work for 
yourself. Any honorable business of your own, no 
matter how humble it may be, is better than being 
a slave for others. The man of pluck and energy 
doesn't despise a small beginning; he makes of it 
a stepping stone to something higher. The price 
of this little volume is only $1.00, and to those 
who are ambitious to engage in an independent, 
money-making business in any locality it is worth 
its weight in gold many times over. The following 
partial outline of the contents gives some idea of 
its great value: 

No. 1 — Shows how an enterprising person, who 
is willing to work — not hard, but steady — can, with 
$10 capital, quickly build up a permanent business 
in any city or large town good for $1,200 a year. 

No. 2 — This business is suitable for an energetic 
man or boy in any locality. Little or no competi- 
tion, and less than $5 will put it on a paying basis. 
Profits from $10 to $15 weekly the year round. 

No. 3 — A business that can be started in any 
city, town, or village without capital. Only brains 
and energy required, and with them it is an easy 
matter to make it yield a monthly income of $75. 

No. 4 — This is a light and profitable business, 
suitable for either sex. Capital needed, $5; profits 
enormous. Anyone can make a good living out of 



it, and, with a little experience, $20 weekly can 
be made. Also good for selling by mail. 

No. 5. — Another business suitable for either sex, 
but is especially adapted for ladies and children. 
Practically no capital required to start, and it 
pays from $5 to $12 a week in towns of 1,000 or 
more. 

No. 6 — A business suitable for ministers, teach- 
ers, telegraph operators, and others whose time is 
not fully occupied. Adapted to towns having from 
1,500 to 10,000 population. $2 capital needed; 
profits $500 a year. 

No. 7 — A business for ladies only. Openings in 
every city, town, and village in the country. Tact 
and skill the only capital required. Yields an 
income anywhere from $6 to $30 weekly according 
to location. 

No. 8 — A profitable little manufacturing business 
that may be established in towns having a popu- 
lation of 1,000 or more on a capital of $2. Profits 
range from $2 to $10 daily according to size of the 
town. 

No. 9 — The right man can make a fortune in this 
business in almost any locality. $5 will start it on 
a small scale. Plenty of hard work connected 
with it, but as Col. Sellers would say, "There's Mil- 
lions in it." 

No. 10 — A light business suitable for either sex, 
and may be inaugurated in almost any town hav- 
ing a population of not less than 5,000. No capital 
necessary, and an income of at least $60 monthly 
is assured. 

No. 11 — This is a business that can be success- 
fully established in cities having a population of 
25,000 and over. Plenty of work, but easy, and 
no capital is needed to start it. Profits from $15 
to $25 weekly. 

No. 12 — This requires capital back of it. From 
$200 to $500 needed; will yield a net income of 
50 per cent, monthly on the investment. But little 
time or attention necessary after it is once started. 

No. 13 — Here is a splendid opportunity for a 

willing worker. The business is suitable for almost 
any locality, and either large or small capital may 
be used. It is very profitable, but it takes a little 
time to get satisfactory results. 

No 14 — A combined local and mail-order busi- 
ness. Can be established in any city or town on 
a capital of $25. By devoting his evenings to this 
business a bright young man employed during the 
day can add $10 weekly to his Income. 

No. 15 — This is a light manufacturing and mail- 
order business that may be conducted on the popu- 
lar premium plan. $15 will start it en a small 



'-ifBA 






scale, from which it may be gradually worked up 
to gigantic proportions. The profits are large. 

No. 16 — Another splendid little mail-order busi- 
ness that may be made to yield a good income if 
properly pushed. Can be operated in any locality. 
A little capital will be needed for printing and 
advertising in order to make it a success. 

No. 17 — In this business several fortunes have 
been made, and with the information given, any 
shrewd man can make another. It requires very 
little capital, and the profits are simply enormous, 
but it will be necessary to work hard at first. 

No. 18 — This is a pleasant and profitable busi- 
ness, suitable for either sex. The work is light, 
and no capital is needed. If properly handled in 
any city having a population of 10,000 or more, it 
will yield an income of from $75 to $100 a month. 

No. 19 — A light manufacturing business, suitable 
for mail-order advertising or for cities and large 
towns. Takes a fairly well educated man to run it 
successfully. Capital required to start it, from 
$25 to $50. If suitably located, the profits are 
practically unlimited. 

No. 20 — As a side issue this little business is a 
veritable bonanza for any person who has some 
spare time — say an hour daily — to devote to it. 
Can be made to yield a profit of $50 or more on 
each $10 invested. 

The remaining trade secrets (over eighty of 
them) relate to large businesses for large towns 
and small ones for small towns. Suitable for men, 
young or old. Capital needed from $25 up, ac- 
cording to size of the town, etc. Profits from $1 
to $10 a day; depends on location and business 
ability. 

In addition to the foregoing, the book contains 
an appendix in which a valuable trade secret and 
toilet recipe are referred to, also hints on Store 
Demonstrations, Mail-Order Work and "Canvassing 
as a Fine Art," etc. 

As a matter of course, the numerous business 
propositions treated of in this book are entirely 
beyond the experience of any one person, but the 
expenditure of a great deal of time and money 
has enabled the author to secure much valuable 
information from persons actively engaged in the 
different enterprises suggested. The result is a 
collection of practical facts instead of mere 
theories. The book is not large, but the nature of 
its contents renders it indispensable to those who 
are seeking a wider scope for their faculties. Send 
for it to-day. You will be highly pleased with it. 

We also have a smaller book containing sixty 
selections from the larger one. Price, 30 cents. 



STARTLING DISCLOSURES FOR 

MEN. 

Contains knowledge of Vital Importance to every 
man, young or old. Forewarned is forearmed, and 
this book sounds the alarm. 

It reveals secrets which if all the world knew 
would decrease crime and misery fully fifty per 
cent. Prof. Anderson spent years of study and 
research before it was possible to give you the 
benefit of this work, and it is his desire that the 
world shall have the benefit of it at a price which 
all can afford who need the special advice and 
valuable knowledge it contains. • 

What was heretofore hidden in mystery becomes 
plain as day. Nothing like it ever before offered. 
Worth more than its weight in gold. Its value is 
priceless; you cannot estimate it in dollars and 
cents. You have often wished to know just what 
this book tells you. 

For the sake of yourself and others, perhaps 
some one you wish to save from the consequences 
of some possible indiscretion or error, you should 
regard this knowledge as a blessing and no young 
man should delay a single day in securing this 
knowledge which is priceless. 132 pages, elegantly 
bound in red cloth, $1.00 (4s). Paper edition, 
60c (2-6.) 

VALUABLE BOOKS FREE 

In order that you may become acquainted with a lot of 
good books not listed herein for want of space, one copy 
will be sent you absolutely free if you will send inan order 
at once for one dollars worth of books. If you order five 
dollars worth, five premium books will be sent you. If 
your order amounts to ten dollars, twelve extra books will 
be sent you and for orders of fifteen dollars or more, 
twenty-five premium books will be sent you gratis. The 
premium books will all be different and selected with care 
and treat upon subjects in which you will be very much 
interested. 

When ordering do not fail to write the Department 
number given below, at the beginingof your letter. This 
will insure accuracy and promptness. Address all orders 
to. 

The National Institute of Science 

306 Wabash Avenue 

CHICAGO, ILL. 
.-*• (\ 

Department No.^ 4 \1 

Please remit by P. O. or Express Mouey Order. 
Stamps accepted for small amounts. 



/ 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Nov. 2004 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township. PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




